The Apostle’s Office, Part 3

SETTING THE RECORD STRAIGHT

 

We are entering into the 3rd part of our message, hoping that we can say something that will help clear up much of the misunderstanding that is associated with the late ministry of God’s prophet messenger to this age, Bro. William Marrion Branham. In the 1st part, we established, by the scriptures, that this age of grace to the Gentiles started with apostles, and certainly, the scriptures will testify to the fact that it will end with the apostolic ministry that God has set in the church for the perfecting of the saints, in the lead.

Through the seven church ages since the day of Pentecost, the gospel has been subjected to every kind of a spirit that Satan was capable of sending forth. It was because of Satan’s attack against truth, that God sent His prophet, to this age. His ministry was a unique one, for he was charged with the responsibility of calling God’s people out of the many denominations that they were scattered through as a result of Satan’s attack against truth. He fulfilled his part, as he traveled around this world, preaching a message that would have the effect of turning the people of God back to the gospel, as it was declared by the apostles. The sad part is that most of those who were called from these systems are just as confused now as they were then, yet, they will say that they have been turned back to the faith of the fathers. I find that rather strange, knowing that the apostles of the first age all believed the same way.

 

ACCOUNT OF GENTILES RECEIVING GOSPEL

In part 1, we spoke of how God dealt with the apostle Peter through a vision, to get him to unlock the kingdom of God for the Gentiles. Upon returning to Jerusalem, he was confronted by the other apostles and brethren who said, you went in to men who are uncircumcised, and did eat with them. In other words, they began to contend with him because he had gone contrary to their former customs. (The leading of the spirit of God will always cross over our traditions.) Peter seized the opportunity to tell them how God had showed him, (by a vision), that he should not call anyone common or unclean, that he, (God), had cleansed. He rehearsed the whole matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them. He told them all of the details of how God had led him to the household of Cornelius, the Roman centurion, to preach the gospel unto them. He told of how the Holy Ghost fell upon those Gentiles while he was preaching to them. The he asked the question, “What was I, that I could withstand God, seeing that he gave them the same gift, as he did us, in the beginning?” He reminded them that he had taken six brethren with him, who would testify to the things that had taken place. Upon hearing those things, the brethren held their peace, and glorified God, saying, “Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.” This is how men who are genuinely filled with the Holy Ghost will respond to a true witness. If they had not responded in such a way, there would have been trouble in the church at Jerusalem for sure. It was quite different in that day, than what we find in our day. Those men were not trying to prove to anyone, how much they knew. They were interested in one thing. That was to please God in all that they did. No one was trying to make a name for themselves, for we see in the Bible that they moved, as they were led by the Holy Ghost. It was the Holy Ghost that directed their activity, and caused that apostles’ office to hold authority over the word of God. It was that office that Satan attacked, for he knew, if he could destroy that office of authority, he would really have things going his way, for an apostle is just like a police chief, or fire chief. Anyone can recognize that a policeman, or a fireman is what they are, regardless of the rank they hold within their department, but it is the rank they hold that reveals their authority to direct the affairs of their particular outfit. That is exactly why God placed within the church, apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers. He knew that there would need to be some offices of authority to direct and lead the people of God as Satan sought to destroy them, through the ages. These men were all different. They each had their individual makeup. Their personalities were different, and their offices within the body of Christ were different, but they all believed the same thing. There were no divisions among them. Every last one of them believed in baptism by immersion, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. They all believed in the Holy Ghost experience. They all had the same revelation of the Godhead. They believed in the same holy walk of life, and death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. They believed that he was born of a virgin birth, and that He was going to return again. They also believed that He was going to rule and reign on earth.

 

PLAYING WITH THE GOSPEL

It was when men began to play with the word of God as time progressed, that the true revelation began to be perverted. In that first church age, it was not permitted, that every kind of a preacher that might come along, get involved in trying to explain, and teach the word of God. No, it lay within the ranks of those men who held an office of authority, to do the teaching.

I do not say these things to try and puff myself up, or anyone else, but we are living in that much talked about, year of 1977, and it seems that just about everyone, is trying to be a voice. Each man seems to have his own revelation of how things are supposed to be. Some will come out alright, but I want you to know that, not everyone is going to come out alright, for some will sink with their revelation, and take others with them. The year is almost past, and I am sure that when it is over, and the events of it have become history, there will be a great host of people left with nothing to hold on to. Some of them, who are honest hearted, and just been led wrong, will repent and apologize for their carnal ways in the past, but there will, no doubt, be a great number who will go back to the world, and turn completely against all that they formerly stood for. That is the tragedy of setting dates for God to do certain things. If it doesn’t happen according to the projection, it usually always leaves a group of people confused, dissatisfied, their confidence destroyed, and with nothing to turn to. There is, however, something taking place in this year of 1977, and the history that is written in 1978, will record the events of it all.

 

TYPE OF SEVEN CHURCH AGES

I want to reflect back to something that I mentioned earlier. It concerns the six brethren that accompanied Peter to the house of Cornelius. These six, along with Peter, made SEVEN. Where did they go? Into the house of Gentiles. This set a perfect type. As the gospel would come in its completeness, over to the Gentiles, there would be seven Gentile ages, and there would be seven messengers. We find this number of men represented in the events recorded through the 19, 20, 21st chapters of Acts, but aside from that, and the account of Cornelius receiving the gospel, there is no other place throughout the book of Acts where that number of men was ever represented. It was not like that when Peter and John went down to Samaria, or when Barnabas went to Antioch, for their ministry was not designed to set a type. But it was when Peter was led by God, to go completely contrary to his Jewish nature, that we see such a thing.

 

GOD IS LOOKING FOR OBEDIENCE

It had come time for God to give His precious word to some Gentiles. Brother, he wanted it to go, through an office of authority, and Peter was the man that was to be used. He had stood for the word of God through the months, and years, (since his conversion), in the streets of Jerusalem, in the face of much criticism and persecution. He had been thrown in jail for what he stood for, and been delivered from the jail by an angel. His Jewish nature, (as was portrayed in the vision), was as carnal as carnal could be, but that did not change his office, and God overrode that carnal nature in order to use his office, because he had a loyal spirit about him. He loved that gospel truth. In the light of what we know about God and his works, we would have to say, “God doesn’t need help, all He needs is believing hearts, receptive minds, and obedience.” When God finds a person who has a believing heart, and a receptive mind, He can do anything through that person.

 

GENTILE NATURE IS PAGAN

Now, just for a moment, to show you what the Gentile nature was like, and for the most part, still is, as soon as Peter entered the house of Cornelius, that Gentile was ready to fall down on his face and worship him, all because an angel had appeared to him and instructed him to send for Peter, who would tell him what to do. That was a Gentile’s nature in that hour. Anyone they believed to be associated with deity in any way, they were ready to fall down and worship that person. This was the case with Cornelius, but Peter took him up, and said, “Stand up, I myself am a man also.”

Just to show you that God does not need help, I want to call your attention to how He worked His plan on this occasion. I am sure Peter must have been wondering as he stood there preaching to those Gentiles, just how are we going to do this? He knew how they had done it at Samaria, and how they had been doing it at Jerusalem, but this was different. These people were Gentiles. God just overrode his nature, and filled those Gentiles with the Holy Ghost while he was still preaching to them. He did not have to make an altar call for those who wanted to be filled with the Holy Ghost. God filled every one of them as they opened up their spirit to him. You will notice that the Holy Ghost fell on all them which HEARD . . . the word. I believe that implies more than just hearing the words from Peter’s mouth with their natural ears. I am speaking of the account as recorded in Acts 10, and particularly to the 44th verse. Brothers and Sisters: I do not believe that apostle had any trouble recognizing what was happening to those people as they began to shake and speak with other tongues. He certainly did not instruct the other six to jump in there and pray with them, or to pat them on the cheeks and try to help them speak, as we see it done in our day. If Jimmy Swaggart had been there, he would have been encouraging them to send for his record which would teach them what they ought to know. God doesn’t need any of that to fill His people with the Holy Ghost. I know that some of you are saying, “That Raymond Jackson’s church doesn’t believe in any manifestations at all.” You are wrong. I want you to know that before you get out of here, you are going to need some kind of a manifestation, but you will never judge me, nor the gospel that I preach, by how high I can kick my heels, or how I climb the walls, nor by how much I scream and yell. You just do not judge the scriptures like that. I do not say these things to be funny, nor to make fun of anyone, but there is a lot going on among the ranks of those who are supposed to be men of God, that just does not measure up with the scriptures. They may send you a charismatic course on record and such like, to teach you how to speak in tongues, but they can not give you the Holy Ghost. I know that most of you who are on our mailing list would not participate in anything like that, but there are some of you who still support the people who do, by sending them offerings and ordering their literature. Nevertheless, in spite of all this, God’s elect is getting through all this and finding the real thing. That is why I keep saying, “If they are getting the real thing, they will not stop until the gospel net gets them and leads them to a proper revelation of the word of God.”

 

EVERY MAN TO HIS CALLING

Praise God, I can hear old Peter, as he observed what was happening to those Gentiles that day, “Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?” Peter recognized what God was doing, and he did not try to stop them from speaking in tongues to rush them down to the water hole. He just waited until things leveled off, and then he took them all to the water hole and baptized them. Each man, (in that first age), who had an office to fulfill, remained faithful to that calling. None of them tried to make of himself something more than he was called to be. Neither did they covet the other man’s office or become jealous. When Phillip went down to Samaria and watered the seed that Jesus sowed that day, as he spoke to the woman at the well, he saw a great move of the spirit of God, with many miracles, but he knew where his ministry should stop. As we said earlier in this article, that is when he called for those apostles to come down, and lay hands on the people that they might receive the Holy Ghost. Phillip did not take it upon himself to fulfill the part that God was using the apostles to establish. I realize that, as time moved on, and those early apostles passed off the scene, God still filled people with the Holy Ghost, but the point I am desiring to establish is this, it is not the will of God for all men to run everywhere, playing with the revelation of the plan of God. If we believe that God sent a prophet to this age to get us back in the word of God, then it behooves us to take stock of the order that God used, in that age, that established the gospel, that we are to be turned back to. In that age, the apostles held a line on the revelation of the word, and that produced harmony among the believers. Therefore, good common sense ought to teach us that, we, in this age, will never have the kind of unity and harmony, that will be acceptable to God, until we get back to the place of recognizing and giving place to God’s ordained ministry. It will take the office of an apostle to get this end time message straightened up and fed to the saints sufficiently to produce that harmony. That does not make the man who holds that office a bit better, in the sight of God, than the least among the saints, as far as the human side goes, but the office is to be recognized and given place in the body. I am not pleading with you to give place for these offices. God has already set them in the church for the perfecting of the saints. I am merely reminding you that you are not going to progress any further in the plan and purpose of God until you bring your life in line with the ministry of this late hour.

 

ORDER IN THE CHURCH

I will remind you of something that you may read in the 14th chapter of I Corinthians if you wish. This particular writing was necessitated by the fact that certain ones had began to get little ideas and revelations, and spread them through the church, to the extent that the church had gotten in a mixed up mess. This was just seven years after the church was established. We find the apostle Paul writing to them, explaining the gifts of the spirit, and the operation of such gifts. He explains to them what proper conduct, and order in the church is to be like. You will notice that I said ORDER IN THE CHURCH, and not CHURCH ORDER, there is a great difference. Now, when we get down to the 37th verse, we find him saying, “If any man think himself to be a prophet, OR SPIRITUAL, let him acknowledge that the things I write unto you are the commandments of the Lord.” Paul did not have the right to challenge any man’s call of God, for it was Paul himself, who said, God has set in the church apostles, prophets, evangelists, who had said, “Are all apostles? Are all prophets? Are all teachers? All workers of miracles?” etc. etc. It was he, who said, “Who is Paul, and who is Apollos, but ministers by whom ye believed, even as the Lord gave to every man.” Therefore, we can see that the apostle to the Gentiles was not trying to establish a one man route. He just wanted all men, everywhere, to know that you just do not play with the revelation of God like children playing with toys. That is the way a lot of people are doing in this age. They will believe certain things for a while, then they will throw them down and look for something else to play with for a while. That proves that they do not have a revelation, when they just play around with the word of God. That revelated word has life, and when that life comes to an individual, it gets rid of those playful ideas and causes that person to become serious about the word of God. Those early Christians received revelation of God that they were willing to die for if necessary, and many of them did have to die for their faith, but God gave them grace to die with. Those martyrs have a special crown awaiting them.

 

LOYALTY OF GOD’S TRUE MINISTRY

We will get back to the apostle Paul, who stood so staunchly for the word in his day. He did not have to take 2nd place to any man’s ministry. He held a tight line on the word as long as he lived. I will say also, that as long as there was one of those apostles of that first age, alive, they maintained an image of loyalty and respect, and held to a consistency of revelation that we will say, rode herd on, or kept a straight line on the word of God. In the face of hard trials and testings, those men remained loyal and true, and their revelation was unwavering. You take the apostle John, who was placed out on the isle of Patmos, because of the word of God, and the testimony of Jesus Christ, by 96 A.D., he may have been gray headed, or bald, wrinkle faced, and hump shouldered. In other words, physically, he might not have been in very good shape, but he had a good spiritual insight. Though the devil tried to shut him up by placing him out there on that island, God took the occasion to show him things that became the last supernatural revelation the church received, until a few short years ago. Through the revelation that God gave to John, the seven churches of Asia were exemplifying the spirits that would project through the grace age, (the seven church ages), was brought to light. Those churches had been in existence about 40 years, by that time, and we find, in the letters written to the individual churches, that God found quite a few things wrong with them. We can see from those letters, where the churches had drifted to. That will help us to understand the importance of that apostolic office, by observing the condition of those churches, so soon after the apostles had passed from the scene.

 

THE REFORMERS – HOW THEY CAME TO BE SUCH

We will try now to bring the message up to our present day setting. Down through the ages, God has had a man in every age that has been dealt with in a special way. The man himself, did not have to try to make himself anything. No, if you will study the life of the men that God has called, through the ages, to stand for truth, you will find that the man had quite a struggle with himself. Until Luther started preaching what he did, he had a terrible struggle with himself. His struggle was because he had a deep longing in his soul to find a closer walk with God. He wasn’t even trying to be a reformer. That thought had not even entered his mind. He just knew that he must find some peace in his soul, and he did not have the least idea where to look for what he needed, but the great God that had put hunger in his soul, spoke to him in a special way, “Martin Luther, the just shall live by faith.” From that time forth, Martin Luther, searched the scriptures. There was no more self condemnation because of being sick of the system that was holding him in bondage. There was no more wondering if the system could be right, and all the fault was with him. Now he was finding, (in the scriptures), what his soul had been searching for so long. There might have been other monks who could have quoted more scripture, or prayed the rosary better, or held higher rank, and would have enjoyed being made somebody, but God chose Luther. What Luther found in the word of God, gave him the peace that he had searched so desperately for. As a matter of fact, every man that ever got anything from God had to go to the scriptures to find it. When Luther made his soul satisfying search of the scriptures, it automatically put him in line to be a reformer; he could no longer hold his peace, and go along with the system. When he began to speak the move was on.

When you read the story of the life of John Wesley, you will discover that he was not trying to be the messenger to an age. All he wanted was to be a missionary to some poor Indians, but in tying to be that, he had a terrible battle with himself. He had a hard time getting them to listen to him. He went back home, feeling so miserable and dejected, in his rejection, but then, he had an experience that changed his whole life. He described it as the inpouring of assurance that God, for Christ’s sake, had forgiven him all his sins. It was so vividly impressed on his consciousness that he could tell the very moment when it happened, “about a quarter before nine,” on May 24, 1738. Thereafter, his doubts and fears, and inner conflicts, gave way to the inexhaustible confidence with which he preached the gospel. After that experience, his soul was so aflame, that he could not help but be what God had ordained him to be.

 

NO ONE UNDERSTANDS

When we come on up to the last church age messenger, (the messenger to this age), Bro. William Marrion Branham, we find the same thing. He did not have to try to make something of himself. His early childhood was a struggle, and as he grew up, he had a constant battle with himself. Feeling rejected and out of place with just about everyone that he ever tried to associated with while growing up, because of not being able to do the things that they would do, without that constant reminder of the wind sound in the tree, he felt like a black sheep. His confession was, that, “no one understands me, and I do not understand myself.” Certainly, he had no thoughts of every being a church age messenger, much less a prophet, but God works in strange and mysterious ways to accomplish His wonderful purpose. Bro. Branham’s peculiar life was such, because God was molding his life to fulfill a very important office. God works circumstances to get His chosen men in the place of their calling. We all know that Bro. Branham was no exception to that, for we have read, and heard his testimony of the moving of God in his life. He came on the scene, and his life and ministry was used by God to pull down many of Satan’s strongholds, while calling the people of God out of Babylon. Now he has left the scene, to return no more until the apostles Paul, Peter, James, John and all the rest return; even in spite of the hopes that so many of his followers still hold for his special resurrection. His ministry, and calling of God, was to turn a people back to the apostolic way that the Bible teaches. We would have to say that he fulfilled that calling. There is a people on the earth today that has been turned back to the Bible, but the greater percentage of the people that followed his ministry have given themselves over to a spirit that is more deadly than the one they were delivered from. Idolatry, after having heard the truth, is worse than the pagan practices we were mixed up in before. Nevertheless, Bro. Branham, cannot be blamed for that any more than the apostle Paul can be blamed for the Nicea Council, and Roman Catholicism, that came out of it. A man can only do what he is called to do. Bro. Branham was not called to hold a line on the word throughout the rest of the grace age, His calling was to deliver a message that the five fold ministry would stand by, as the age closes out. It will be that ministry, that holds the true revelation for the bride of Christ.

 

BOOK OF ACTS NOT COMPLETED

The bride will accept the biblical five fold ministry in the end time, but she is the only people who will. She will love it, hunger for it, and cherish it. She will delight in the office of an apostle to guide her through her testings, but the movement that follows the messenger to this age, will never accept any man as an apostle. It wouldn’t matter if he was 7 foot, 2 inches tall, with a degree a mile lone, that movement will never accept an apostle’s office. You ask why? It is because they are just like all other systems. They put a period at the end of what Bro. Branham said, just like every denomination did when their leader passed on. That closes the book for them. What they fail to realize is, that the messenger to the age was to put us back in the Bible, and especially, back in the book of Acts, which is still an open book. You will not find any, Amen, where the book of Acts leaves off in the Bible. That is because God has not finished writing the Acts of the apostles. That is why I say that it will take the office of an apostle to straighten this message out, and the five fold ministry to preach it, for those who follow the system that has formed from this message, have perverted and polluted it beyond recognition.

 

THE WORLD KNOWS

No sooner had God taken His messenger off the scene, than men began to rise up and play with the message that he delivered to this age, as I said earlier; just like children playing with toys. I have accepted the fact, to a point, that God permitted this, and I will tell you why. At least, (by men being allowed to run all over the world, preaching the prophet, instead of the prophet’s message), the world has been testified to, that God sent a prophet to this age, Now the world is without an excuse. God wanted that done, for as I have said before, so say I again, the living element of the bride of Christ will not leave here in the rapture to meet the Lord in the air, before she knows that God has fulfilled again, Malachi 4:5-6, having sent that Elijah spirit. Some of you are bound to say, “that is being too dogmatic.” I say, it isn’t being dogmatic, it is being scripturally sensible. Let us be practical, or maybe I should say let us be scriptural. You will have to agree with me, that everyone in the first church age knew that God had sent a man by the name of John, but you will also have to agree that those apostles did not go around preaching about John. They put the message of John in its proper place, and preached Jesus Christ. Take, for instance, the account we read in Acts, chapter 19, where the apostle Paul goes to Ephesus, and found certain disciples there. These were men who had become disciples the year before, as a result of the ministry of Apollos, another Jew. He had come from Alexander, Egypt, up to Ephesus the year before, and now Paul comes along and find twelve men that Apollos had baptized. Naturally, Apollos was preaching John’s message at that time. That message was to get men to believe on the Christ that was to come. There they were, sitting there at Ephesus, waiting for Christ to come. Then there came another Jew by the name of Paul. I want you to notice how that apostle’s office straightened up those men in their revelation, and baptized them properly. Notice the first question Paul put to them, verse 2, “Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed?” When they confessed that they had not even heard of the Holy Ghost, Paul responded, by saying to them, (3) “UNTO WHAT THEN WERE YOU BAPTIZED?” This question opened up their experience to Paul, for they answered, “UNTO JOHN’S BAPTISM.” This apostle was getting right to the point with them. We learned from the previous chapter, that a Jew, named Aquila, and his wife, Priscilla, had taken Apollos unto them, and expounded unto him the way of God more perfectly. In other words, they had straightened up the revelation that Apollos had, but they did not take it upon themselves to say anything to his disciples. They left them alone. Now we find the apostle Paul on the scene, ready to straighten up their revelation. He said, (4) “John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. (5) When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.” Did you notice, as we read those verses, there is no indication of any kind of a struggle. When the apostle had properly instructed them, they were baptized, and then he laid hands on them, and they were filled with the Holy Ghost, speaking tongues, and prophesying. Now there are twelve men in Ephesus who are filled with the Holy Ghost, and have a right revelation of the message for their age. All they needed was proper instruction in the word. They did not hold on to John after more truth came. You will also notice, that Paul did not try to discredit John. He knew exactly who John was, and what his ministry fulfilled. But he pointed those men past John, so they could see Jesus, the one that John was preparing a people for. The messenger is not the message. I know there are a lot of people in our day who will tell you that the message is William Marrion Branham, but I am here to tell you that the message is the same one Peter and Paul preached. The difference is in the season. Those apostles lived in the sowing season, and now we are living in the season for harvesting the crop. I will quickly add this, though, the next order of business is for some people to get their revelation straightened out. It is a matter of getting back in step.

 

SCATTERING THE CHURCH – FULFILLED THE COMMISSION

For the last twelve years, since Bro. Branham’s death, certain men have run all over the world preaching the prophet, rather than the prophet’s message. I have heard many of them, listened to their sermons, and I believe many of them are sincere in what they are doing, but they are out of step. They want the world to know who Bro. Branham was, and that they knew him personally. They have almost given the name of Jesus, second place. Nevertheless, it is all serving a purpose in the plan of God. Take, for instance, the commission that Jesus gave to His disciples. He told them to go into all the world and preach the gospel. Now tell me, did they go as a result of Him telling them to do it? No, they did not, they all stayed right there at Jerusalem where He told them to begin. The church at Jerusalem was growing by leaps and bounds, but no one was planning any missionary trips. What was taking place at Jerusalem was a wonderful picture, but God saw that none of them would take any steps to fulfill the rest of the commission unless He did something. Do you know what He did? He let one, from the ranks of their leaders, get martyred, and great persecution come against the church. That is when they began to scatter. We read in Acts 8:4, “Therefore they that were scattered abroad went everywhere preaching the gospel.” There had to be a reason for them to leave Jerusalem. The great persecution furnished them with a reason to go, and as they went, the world received the gospel. I wonder what the picture would be like here in our day, if God had let everything continue to run smoothly, with all of us, and we had stayed in the same frame of thinking for the past twelve years. There would be scores of us here in Clark County, with the rest of the world virtually untouched by the message of God’s prophet.

 

SEPARATING – SPIRITS

Listen carefully to what I am going to say now, do not run ahead of me. I believe God has allowed these men to run everywhere, preaching the prophet, first of all, to catch the attention of the world, and cause them to know that God HAS sent a prophet to this age. Then, secondly, it has turned loose all of those spirits, and put them in circulation. They will serve as a separating factor. There has to be a separator in motion, to fulfill something else that Jesus said. He said that only a few would find that strait and narrow way that leads to life. I will have to say also, that of all the time that men have been playing with the gospel, God has been marking time. (God is the time keeper, you know. He is the one that actually closes the curtain on an age, and opens up another.) Now, by the time we reach the place in God’s plan, for the five fold ministry to come fully, on the scene, there will have to have been the office of an apostle established and recognized. If there is going to be a five fold ministry, that office has to be there. It is not an office to be coveted, but if God has laid that calling upon a person, He will work circumstances to manifest it, for the benefit of those who are looking for such a ministry.

 

LETTERS OF THANKS

I have told the dreams that God has used to guide my thinking over these past years, and I have received much criticism because of it. Nevertheless, through the years that we have been publishing the Contender, we have been able to print articles that have served to stabilize, and establish many people. I have sacks full of letters that have come in from all over the world expressing gratitude for these articles, that have guided them in their search for truth. Many of them just simply say, “thank you for helping us better understand the message.”

 

CONSISTENCY PAYS DIVIDENDS

While some were running everywhere preaching church order, I just endeavored to keep order in Faith Assembly. While others were preaching the seven thunders, I have been waiting for the time when the thunders will truly be sounded. There have been others declaring for over eleven years now, that Jesus is off the mercy seat, and there can not be anyone else saved; yet those same people still claim to be preaching the gospel. How foolish can anyone be? That is just plain childish to talk like that. I know it has only been because of the grace and mercy of God that has kept me from drifting into some of this, and I thank God for it, often.

Many of the people that have broken fellowship with me because of my uncompromising stand on these issues, have been people that I had a great love and respect for over the years, but I always try to remind myself that Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to send peace on earth: I came not to send peace, but a sword,”(Matthew 10:34). As I began to hear these various things that were so contrary to what God had taught me from His word, I said, “Lord, if this call on my life is of you, then, I ask you to bear witness to it, but if it is not, then, wrap me up and ship me off some place to get me out of the way. There is too much going on already.” But down through the years God has enabled my soul to see things out of His word, that has not only helped to keep myself stabilized, but also has helped others who were saying, “God, there has to be an answer somewhere, to all of this foolishness.”

 

GOD TALKS TO MY SOUL

When others were preaching, BRANHAM . . . BRANHAM . . . BRO. BRANHAM said this, and BRO. BRANHAM said that; they said I had quit preaching the message, because I would not do that. I am glad, and deeply grateful that I was privileged to hear a man named William Branham that preached to me out of the Bible, for he made the Jesus of that Bible to have the preeminence. I believe the spirit of Jesus Christ lives in my soul, according to the gospel I heard that little man preach. He put me back in a book, (the Bible), and out of that book, God talks to my soul. I know also, that he was the messenger to this age, but when God took him from the scene, I realized that a person cannot stand and look at a tombstone, and get anywhere with God. A person must have the abiding presence of the great God that Bro. Branham preached about in order to keep stable when everything around you seems to be falling apart. Those disciples which stood looking up toward heaven after Jesus had been taken from them had to have something to take over. There had to be something within them that would take over, or they would have kept standing there looking up, probably saying, “Oh, I wish He would come back.” Do you know what they had within them? They had the words of Jesus ringing in their soul, “Wait in Jerusalem until you are endued with power from on high, (the promise of the Father, which is the Holy Ghost), then you can be witnesses of these things that you have seen and heard.” That is the reason so many are experiencing defeat in these days. All they have to hold to is some statements made by God’s prophet. He did not tell them to hold those statements above the word of God, but they have; to their hurt. For over eleven years, many of them have been saying, “God will no longer speak by prophecy, nor by tongues and interpretation, nor by dreams, for the interpreter is no longer with us.” They have, (as I said earlier), preached that Jesus is off the mercy seat, that the 7th seal is already opened, that we no longer need the gifts, and such like, but now it seems that, (some of them at least), are beginning to see the error of their ways, and we thank God for it. I do believe that these people that have been so strong against the gifts of the spirit operating in the church, for the past 12 years, are going to be required, (by God), to go to the people that they have stood in the way of, and say, “Dear brother, Dear sister: I am sorry that I have hindered your spiritual growth for so many years, please forgive me this wrong.”

 

1977 – THEN WHAT?

I believe there is going to be a need for some apologizing when the year of 1977 has come and gone, and those who have held so staunchly to the statements that all will be over by 1977, are still here, and the year of 1978 has been ushered in. I wonder what some of these people are going to hold to then? Will they admit the error of their ways, or will they go on to destruction? Some of them are beginning to change their ideas about the 70 weeks of Daniel. It is strange how time changes things, but I always did say, “If given enough time, God will reveal who, or what, is right, and likewise, who, and what is wrong.” God, (in time), is going to wear some things, and some people out. God, (in time), is going to cause some people to want HIS . . word. He will create a necessity in their lives, that will be resolved by nothing less than THE WORD OF GOD . . . He will create a hunger in their souls that will cause them to cry unto Him for every true ministry that there is around. By that time they will no longer be children playing with the message, neither will they want to hear anyone who is limited to saying, Bro. Branham said this and that. Bro. Branham would have been the first to say that a thing like that is childish, if he could have. He would have said, “Read what Paul said in 1 Corinthians chapters 1:3 ” who is Paul, who is Apollos, but ministers by whom you have believed. Was Paul crucified for you, or were you baptized in his name?”” The obvious conclusion is that, these men were lifting up the name of Jesus Christ as the answer to peoples need. Likewise, Bro. Branham spent his whole ministry lifting up the name of Jesus, and while doing so he brought a message to the world that was destined to be the last message to this age. The true ministry will take that message, and lead the people of God right back to the Bible with it. But the rest will run with statements until there is no place left to run.

 

SEVENTIETH WEEK

During the course of Bro. Branham’s ministry, he touched every major doctrine of the Bible, but practically every major point of doctrine of mystery was spoken in plural language. Take for instance, the 70 weeks of Daniel. I happen to know that, before he ever preached the original 70 weeks of Daniel message, he leaned toward the idea of there being only three and one half years left, of the seventieth week. I remember one time while we were out rabbit hunting, he brought the subject up. I did not mention it. As a matter of fact, until that time, I had never even made a study of the subject. Nevertheless, for some reason, he made the remark that there was only 3½ years left. At the time, I did not think too much about it, but after quite some time had elapsed, I became interested in the subject, and sat down to prayerfully study it. I began to pray, asking God to make this thing known unto me. About that time, I happened to fall in line to receive some history books. Using those books, along with the Bible, I began to compile history and time factors, working them together, until I was completely satisfied that there had to be a full week left of the seventy weeks. That, of course, meant 7 years instead of 3½ years, but I thought to myself, “Now wait a minute, he is God’s prophet, and he has said there is only 3½ years left. I will not say anything contrary to that.” Do you think, I carried that in my heart until the time when he preached on the 70 weeks as a subject, how it made me feel when he proved by the scriptures, that there had to be a full 7 years left to the Jews. Not just 3½, but 7 years. I said, “Praise God, I am not crazy after all.” But then, we sat there through that wonderful week, while he brought to us, the revelation of the seals, and during that time he made reference to the seventieth week of Daniel, saying, that there was only 3½ years left. I thought to myself, “Oh, my, what in the world has happened now?” I knew that he had leaned to that previously, but, after proving by the scriptures that there was still 7 years left, I could not understand him saying 3½ again. Then some brother from down south wrote the question, asking Bro. Branham, if he had not taught that there is still 7 years left to the Jews. Bro. Branham answered that brother’s question by telling him that he must have got a little mixed up on what he had said. If that brother was mixed up on what he had said, then those who printed the book of the Seventy Weeks of Daniel, teaching, were mixed up too, for you will find it right in there, laid perfectly in line with the scriptures. I am not pointing out these things to find fault with God’s prophet. I believe he did exactly what he was called to do. God allowed these dual statements to be made, in order to set in motion, all of those contrary spirits, that will serve as a separating factor to shake the rotten fruit off the tree.

 

WHAT THE MINISTRY IS FOR

If there is a brother who would criticize me for pointing out these dual statements, I want to say this to you, I am doing it for the benefit of those dear people who have honestly studied the messages of Bro. Branham, desiring to find the truth, and having read these various statements that are contrary, one to the other; do not know which one is right. Not every one who desires to follow truth is able to take the scriptures and search out these things without some help. That is what the ministry is for, to help people get their lives in line with the word of God. I do not claim that knowing the right version of these many dual statements is essential, to make it in the rapture, but I do claim that our understanding of the truth, in its restorational revelation is essential to bring about the unity and understanding between brethren, that the Lord requires. Many of you will remember that I said, over 11 years ago, when God took his prophet off the scene, and all these conflicting ideas began to be circulated, that it is possible we could all be wrong, but it is impossible for all of us to be right. That is why we have had to wait for time itself to prove the right or wrong of statements, as well as people. I say, God willed the man to speak in these plural terms, for He knew that there would be carnal minds that would feed and live off of these things. It is hard to realize how many people have built their little private revelations off of these things. That is why, for over eleven years, many have been setting dates for the rapture, and the ushering in of the millennium. By the time you read this article, all of their projected dates will have come and gone, and every last one of them are still here, unless there be some who have gone by the way of the grave. The only people who are going in the rapture, when it does take place, are the ones who have come to a proper understanding of the purpose of God, and a oneness of faith. They will all be looking at the same thing.

 

GOD REQUIRES UNITY

I realize that there will be people all over the country who will say, “Just who does that Raymond Jackson think he is anyhow, talking like that?” I am nobody, but you can not sell me everyone’s teaching. When I hear one man teach a subject one way, and then hear another one teach the same thing a different way, and on, and on, then I know that there is definitely something wrong. I know also, that everyone of us who sat under the ministry of that prophet, is going to have to come back to a oneness of what he taught, if we are going to be acceptable to the Lord.

You take the lives of those disciples that followed Jesus for 3½ years. They did not have tape recorders, printing presses, nor any of the devices we find so handy today. All they had was the ears to hear, yet when the 120 disciples came out of that upper room, filled with the Holy Ghost, they all had the same revelation. What they had heard, produced a consistent unity, that brought them all out into the streets of Jerusalem speaking the same thing. Peter was not standing on one corner preaching, “Repent, every one of you, and be baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ,” while James or some of the others were on the other corner saying, “Now wait a minute, that is not the way I heard it, Jesus said so and so.” That is the way it has been in our day. It has brought confusion on every hand, but it did not start out like that, and before we can get away from here, to be with the Lord, we will have to see that the Lord Jesus Christ is to have the pre-eminence. Everything we preach or testify to must point to him. Many of these who are constantly harping on the fact that they heard the prophet also, and he said this and that, I simply say to you, “Did you really hear him, or did you just hear words that came from his voice box?” There is a difference, you know. If you really did hear him, you would be back in the Bible by now, with nothing left to argue and fuss about.

 

YOU WILL KNOW SOMETHING

Bro. Branham was a prophet, we all acknowledge that. He was the messenger to this Laodicean age, we all acknowledge that. But he was not a prophet sent to add more to the Bible. He was sent to help us understand what was in there already. We do not need anymore added to the book, what we need is to line up with what has been in the book all along. Let me tell you this, also, being a Christian, is more than just saying, “Thank God I am saved, I am sanctified, I am filled with the Holy Ghost, and I am on my way to glory.” If you are a Christian, you are going to know something before you leave here. You are going to know why you are a child of God, and what goes with such a privilege, in the way of honor and responsibility. None of us are worthy, that is true, but there is one thing for sure, we are not going to nurse on a milk bottle forever. Listen to what the apostle Paul wrote to the Hebrews, chapters 5:12-6:2, (12) “For when the time came that ye ought to be teachers, you have need that one teach you again, the first principles of the oracles of God; and are become such as have need of milk, and not of strong meat. (13) For every one that useth milk is unskillful in the word of righteousness: for he is a babe. (14) But strong meat belongeth to them that are of full age, even those who by reason of use, have their senses exercised to discern both good and evil. (Chapter 6) (1) Therefore, leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, let us go on unto perfection: not laying again the foundation of repentance from dead works, and of faith toward God, (2) Of the doctrine of baptism, and of laying on of hands, and of resurrection of the dead, and of eternal judgment.” It is interesting to note, that the apostle said, “When the time came that you ought to be teachers, you still have need to be taught.” That is exactly what we have been experiencing for the past twelve years. Many of those who have had opportunity to hear enough that they ought to be able to teach, or instruct others, still have need themselves, to be taught, if they were teachable. Paul said, “let us go on to perfection.” In other words, let us gain an understanding of the whole word of God, of the things of God, the mysteries. Not in the sense, or to the point where we would walk down the street ready to demonstrate how much we know, for we are only what we are, by the grace of God, but there comes a time when we ought to have these things settled. Head knowledge will cause a person to be puffed up, but heart knowledge, (or spiritual revelation), will humble a person. It will cause you, more and more, to realize, just how wonderful the grace and mercy of God really is. As I said before, it is only for the grace of God that any of us have been able to keep our head on straight.

 
IN THE GARDEN

 

Now, I would like for us to consider, for a little while, some of the statements that Bro. Branham made, concerning the garden of Eden, and man’s original sin. First, let me say this, the Catholics believe in original sin, but they do not know what caused it. They say Eve ate an apple. That is just about as far from the truth as a horned toad riding water skis. Brothers and Sisters: you do not find horned toads in the Ohio Valley, you find them in the desert, and there is no water in the desert for them to ski on. You may not like the illustration, but I am sure you get the point I am making. People from all over this world have fought against the true revelation of what happened in the garden of Eden to cause the fall of man. I am not going to take the space here, to defend what we have printed on that subject, but the prophet to this age taught that Eve had an intimate relationship with the serpent that brought about the original sin. Many of the critics in denominational circles have accused Bro. Branham of teaching that Eve had a relationship with the devil. Let me say this to you, Eve did not have a relationship with the devil. He is a spirit, a fallen angel. He is the god of this world, the prince of the power of the air. His imps are everywhere, but Eve’s disobedient act was not with Satan, though it was because of him. There was however, a creature in the garden, called the serpent. He looked like man, talked like man, walked like man, but he was not a son of God. He was of the animal family that God had given to Adam, to be a servant to him. The devil got hold of that serpent, took over his impulses, and controlled him, to lay a trap for Adam. God made him to be able to talk as well as understand, in order for him to be able to receive instructions from Adam and Eve. God did not make the chimpanzee to talk, or the gorilla, the baboon, the ape, nor any of the rest of the animal family, but this serpent stood next to man in his makeup. That is why scientists have failed to find the missing link between man in his lowest form, and animal in its highest form. They have not known where to look. They do not believe the Bible, or they would know that God cursed that serpent, taking off his arms and legs, and placed him in the reptile family because of what he did in seducing Eve to commit a sex act with him. Now he crawls like a snake, and catches flies for his food. Every one of those animals were created for Adam, for his helpmates, before God ever fashioned the woman from one of Adam’s ribs. Before there ever was an electric crane, man had the elephant, with his long trunk. The elephant was used in India, and Africa, in the log woods to carry those big old logs. They served man for centuries in the capacity of a crane, before the crane was invented. I have heard it said that when an elephant gets attached to his master, he will fight for him, and he will walk for miles to find his master. When his master dies, he grieves, and mourns. Why? Because he was made to be a helpmate. Adam never would have had to do any of the toiling if he had obeyed the word of the Lord. The serpent would have done the toiling, or had it done.

God wanted his beautiful plan to be tested, though. That is why He permitted the devil, (Lucifer), to put the impulse, or desire, upon the serpent, to approach Eve, and introduce this relationship to her, strictly for pleasure. That is where the word fornication had its origin, for the word fornication is applied, when the act is strictly for pleasure. It has no marriage possibilities, and there is no objective to have children involved in the act. God knew what the result would be, but He had worked out a plan, whereby, all of His attributes could be expressed, through the span of time, from the creation to the millennium.

 

THREE STATEMENTS – ONE RIGHT

Now, I will say what I started to say earlier. When God’s prophet began to deal with this subject, he made three different statements. I do not have the time, nor space, to take you back to the original message where he taught these things, but my critics will know, for they will look it up, and the children of God will already know what I am talking about. In one message he would say, “Now the tree of life was Christ.” Then in another message, Marriage and Divorce, he said that it was not through sex that God intended to bring life into the world, it was by the spoken word. Then in another message he said, before Adam could come to Eve, she was already defiled. The devil beat him to it. There you have three statements. One of them will lead you right to the word of God.

When I am called upon to explain the reason for such plural terms, or dual statements, I always say, “God permitted that man to speak in that way, concerning the mysteries hidden in the Bible, for God knew that some of these statements would be a means of separating some from the scriptures. But he knew also that the true Holy Ghost child of God could never be separated from the scriptures.”

 

THE TREE OF LIFE

I put all of this together like this; if the tree of life was Christ, then, in what form? It could be none other than the presence of eternal life in the garden, to overshadow a law of reproduction, which was God’s perfect plan for bringing life into the world. For Adam to come to Eve meant this, he never would have come to her for pleasure only, as man and woman do in our day. Their union would have been for the purpose of reproduction only. It would have been up to the woman to know the time for that law to be activated.

I am a farmer. I have studied the breeding cycles of horses, cattle, and other domesticated animals, as well as wildlife. I have not found any species among animal life that live in pleasure, as man and woman. The act was to be a sacred thing. It was the way God chose to reproduce another son, but the devil has taken over and drug it down to the gutter. That was his way of taking another slap at God. The whole world is defiled through the very thing that God ordained to bring life into the world. A thing of beauty, turned into a disgraceful act, because of wrong use. That is the devil’s way. If he cannot destroy something, he will try to pervert it. Many of you have gone through school without ever reading anything like this. It is all foreign to you, but this is where sin started. Now, I would like to say this, for the sake of the message, when that prophet to this age began to touch on these things, I said, (in my heart), “I know there is a nugget of truth in those statements, and it is not that Eve ate an apple. It has something to do with sex life.” But because I did not know what the tree of life was, it was not revealed. He would say that the tree of knowledge was sex, but I knew, if the tree of knowledge was sex, then the tree of life would have to be that also, and there was not two trees standing there in the midst of the garden. That is spiritual language. That is a language of God to hide a mystery from the eyes of the wise and prudent. If they were natural trees, they would have been trees of plant life, and I want you to know that every other tree that was there in the garden, regardless of what kind it was, is still in the world today, but you will not find one of them to be the tree of life.

 

MAN’S SEARCH

For 6000 years now, man has been looking for a tree of life. He has looked for a fountain of youth, he has dug holes in the desert, and even thought he found it in rocks, and minerals. He even thought he found it in the hot springs of Arkansas, but it is in Jesus Christ. I hope you are understanding me. Let me say it once again. To partake of the tree of knowledge, was to come to an understanding that the act could be used for pleasure, bypassing the original plan to use it only for the purpose of reproduction. The act, originally, was strictly for the purpose of bringing forth life. It is a divine law of God, and it lay in the female to control it. If Eve had told that serpent to get lost, and waited for that law to work in her body, she would have called to her husband and told him that it was time, then women would not be experiencing the nervousness, frustrations, and tensions, that go with that period. It would have been a period, but without all of those discomforts. They were added because of the disobedience.

Adam was not deceived in all of this, he knew what he was doing. Even had found that the act would be used for pleasure, then she began to put pressure on Adam to partake also. That is why, when God cursed the ground for Adam’s sake, he said, “because you harkened to the voice of thy wife, (the word harkened, means listened. She begged and pleaded until Adam finally consented), and hast eaten, (or partaken), of the tree of which I commanded thee saying, Thou shall not eat of it: cursed is the ground for thy sake: in sorrow shalt thou eat of it all the days of thy life.” (Genesis 3:17) Adam gave in to her pleadings, and the result is that the whole world is living under the penalty of Adam’s deed.

 

THE SPOKEN WORD

Certain men have gone galloping all around the world harping that sex was the original sin, and that God never intended to produce life in any way other than by the spoken word. They claim that to be something that prophet revealed to them. I will simply ask such a one, who was supposed to speak the word, Adam, Eve, or God himself? If God was going to speak the word to produce his sons, Adam sure gave a false prophecy in Genesis 2:23-24, when he said, (23) “This is now bone of my bones, (speaking of Eve), and flesh of my flesh: she shall be called Woman, because she was taken out of man. (24) THEREFORE SHALL A MAN LEAVE HIS FATHER. . . AND HIS MOTHER, and shall cleave unto his wife: and they shall be one flesh.” Can you see where such a revelation winds up? If every person had been spoken into the world, then where would the father and mother come into the picture? On the other hand, knowing that the world was to be populated through the sex act; if Eve had waited until her time, when that perfect law of God had set up in her body, then every child, that every woman would have birthed into the world, would have been exactly like that little baby that Mary gave birth to in the manger, in Bethlehem. There was that tree of life. He was the righteous branch, according to Isaiah and Jeremiah. He was the little branch, broken out of the tree of life, and grafted into human flesh, but brother, that flesh was perfect. It had no sin in it. There was eternal life. So you can see what Bro. Branham meant, when he said that the tree of life was Christ. It was not Christ, in the essence of man, it was Christ, in the essence of eternal life, overshadowing that law of reproduction. Brothers and Sisters: there is the truth of God’s word, for it takes us back to the Bible.

 

THE NEW BIRTH

The new birth was another subject that Bro. Branham spoke of in more than one way. We know that the new birth is God’s provision for lost mankind. We do not disagree on the fact that the Bible teaches we must be born again in order to enter into the kingdom of God, or even to see it. Where the disagreement comes in, is, what constitutes the new birth? Jesus told Nicodemus, who came to him at night, for fear of the Jews, “Ye must be born again.” Nicodemus thought he was speaking naturally, and answered accordingly, but Jesus told him, “That which is flesh, is flesh, and that which is spirit is spirit. Marvel not that I said unto thee, Ye must be born again. (In other words, do not get confused.) Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God.” That is not an exact quote, but you can read it in the 3rd chapter of John. The point of it is, the new birth is the essential ingredient, in order for a person to see the kingdom of God, or to enter in.

I still remember the early years when God first began to lead us to the tabernacle to hear that wonderful man of God preach. There would be times when you would hear him say something like this, (I am paraphrasing), Brethren, you know how this religious world is, we all have our different denominational and theological beliefs. He said, “some will say that we are not born again unless such and such, and so forth. You are born again the minute you believe. You receive the Holy Ghost as power for service.” Then he would quote John 5:24, the words of Jesus, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that heareth my word, and believeth on him that sent me, hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation; but is passed from death unto life,” then he would say, “Then is when you are born again.” Then again he would be preaching away, and say, “The Holy Ghost is for every child of God.” Then he would quote Ephesians 4:30, “Grieve not the Holy Spirit of God, whereby ye are sealed unto the day of redemption.” I will never forget though, how beautifully he laid it all out when he preached the message on the Token. When he preached the church ages, he laid it all out perfectly. He said, “We are not even born again until we receive the Holy Ghost.” He would illustrate it like this, there are three works of grace, and it takes all three to constitute, and make up the whole new birth, JUSTIFICATION is like conception, SANCTIFICATION is like pregnancy, and the BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST is when life actually comes forth. On and on, I could go, taking you to different messages, showing you the many different statements that were made on this one subject, but I believe this will be enough for any honest hearted person to realize that we are not to base our salvation experience on EVERY WORD . . ., spoken by the prophet, but only on that which he spoke that points us back to the Bible, to a spiritual revelation. I am sure that some of you will say, John 5:24, IS…in the Bible. Yes, it is in the Bible, but, what did he mean by heareth my word? Surely you do not think he was talking only of hearing the words that he was speaking, with the natural ears. Actually, what he meant was, HE THAT HEARS MY WHOLE MESSAGE, will have the benefits that are set forth in that message, for to hear, the way Jesus meant hear, would be to obey his words. Even the Scribes and Pharisees, heard the words that he spoke, and they believed, (at least with the mind), on Jehovah God, (and that is the one that sent Jesus), but they did not have eternal life abiding in them. Can you begin to see the difference? It is one thing to hear with the ears, but it is quite a different story, when you hear with the heart, that is, catch a revelation.

 

REVELATION DEMANDS OBEDIENCE

That which becomes revelation to you, demands obedience, and the obedience, brings the benefits provided in it. You will notice, as you follow all that Jesus said, and did, that after His resurrection, when He was assembled together with His disciples, He breathed on them, and said unto them, Receive ye the Holy Ghost. (John 20:22) Now some think that is when the disciples received the Holy Ghost, but that is not correct either. That was a preparatory command. If they had received the Holy Ghost then, why did Jesus turn right around and tell them to tarry in the city of Jerusalem until they were endued with Power from on high? (Luke 24:49) Both events took place at the same gathering. To further illustrate the fact, let us return to the gospel of John, chapter 21, verses 15-17. This took place at another gathering of Jesus and His disciples. He had breathed on them, and commanded them to receive the Holy Ghost, the first time He showed Himself alive to them, after the resurrection. Now the occasion of this gathering, is where Jesus prepared a meal for the disciples who had been fishing all night. The meal was finished, and Jesus looked over to Simon Peter and said, (15) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me more than these? He said unto, Yea, Lord; thou knowest that I love thee. He said unto him, FEED MY LAMBS.” Then, He said unto him the second time, (16) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? He said unto him, Yea, Lord, thou knowest that I love thee. He saith unto him, FEED MY SHEEP.” Then Jesus said unto him the third time, (17) “Simon, son of Jonas, lovest thou me? Peter was grieved because he said unto him the third time, Lovest thou me? And he said unto him, Lord, thou knowest all things; thou knowest that I love thee. Jesus saith unto him, FEED MY SHEEP.”

Now you may be asking, (within yourselves), just what does that prove? Nothing, by itself, but now, I will ask you to turn back to the gospel of Luke 22:31-32. Here we find Jesus talking to Peter right before his crucifixion. (31) “And the Lord said, Simon, Simon, behold, Satan hath desired to have you, that he may sift you as wheat: (32) But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not; and WHEN THOU ART CONVERTED, strengthen thy brethren.” Peter had walked with Jesus for 3½ years already, and here He is telling him, after you are converted strengthen your brethren. Peter was feeling real good about everything, for he said, Lord, I am ready to go with thee, both into prison, and to death. That is when Jesus told him that, before the cock would crow, that following day, he would deny him three times. It happened just like Jesus said it would. When Jesus was arrested, Peter followed at a distance, then when someone tried to identify Peter with Jesus, he denied that he knew Him. This happened three times, and then the cock crowed. Jesus looked at Peter, and Peter was ashamed, as he remembered what he had said to him earlier. Brothers and Sisters: he was not yet converted. He was afraid of the crowed that night, but it was quite a different story, some 50 days after the resurrection of Jesus, when Peter and the rest of those disciples were filled with the Holy Ghost in that upper room. All fear had left Peter by the time he came down into the streets, for we see him in Acts 2, ready to take on the whole crowd if necessary. He was now converted, and ready to fulfill what Jesus had told him to do. He was now, ready to feed the lambs, as well as the sheep. Brothers and Sisters: you must be born again. You must be converted. I hope you get that. The very disciples that He had breathed upon, telling them to receive the Holy Ghost, were standing there with Him when he was ready to ascend into heaven. That is when He told them not to leave Jerusalem, until they had been endued with power from on high. There is no need for me to go any farther with statements about the new birth. I am sure that you who are spiritual can see the point of it all by now. The prophet made all of those statements, and many of my critics will say, yes, and I believe every word that the prophet uttered. No you don’t, you do not…. believe every word of it, or you would know how to take it and get back to the Bible with it. You are just like a child playing with toys. You go to your box of statements and take out a few to play with, until you get tired of them, and back you go, to get another bunch, and on you go, until you have them scattered all over every place you have been. That is the way children do their toys. If they are not taught how to use them, it keeps someone busy straightening up after them. For over eleven years, it has been like that with this message of truth. Some of you are so anxious to be a voice of authority, that you have run all over the world spreading statements, without having any revelation as to the application of such. The results is, MASS CONFUSION. It keeps others busy, straightening up your mess.

 

THE FAN

I have been accused of saying that Bro. Branham made a mistake in saying certain things as he did. I want to restate something that I have said many times before, BRO. BRANHAM DID NOT MAKE A MISTAKE, WHEN HE MADE DUAL STATEMENTS ON CERTAIN MAJOR SUBJECTS OF THIS MESSAGE. God willed him to say it as he did. That man, not only brought a message of truth for those who were seeking truth, he also carried a fan, to fan away those who had other motives.

We published a message in September 1972, titled, The Fan in Christ’s Hand, Vol. 4, No. 7. It explains the statement made by John the Baptist in Matthew 3:11-12, where he said, “I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance, but he that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire: (12) Whose FAN is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and gather his wheat into the garner; but he will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” In that message, we go into detail, showing how these dual statements made by Bro. Branham, are actually the fan in Christ’s hand, purging his floor. The reference, naturally, points to the ancient threshing floor, where the reapers would pile the harvested wheat for the winnowing process. The same reapers who brought the harvested crop into the threshing area, were the ones who would go in there and keep pitching it up until all the straw and hush were blown away. That is what the dual statements, made by Bro. Branham, have been doing with many people for over eleven years now. They are getting up in the air over them, and only God knows how many of them will actually fall back on the word of God when they come down.

 

THE PREHISTORIC AGE

Of all the preaching that Bro. Branham did, you will find very little reference made to a prehistoric world, or age, but I would like to refresh your memories on two particular statements that he did make, concerning such. In the preaching of the fourth seal, Bro. Branham told of being approached by a man who, more or less, tried to shame him, saying, “Aren’t you ashamed to say that God created the heavens and earth in six days?” Bro. Branham replied, “That is what the Bible said.” Then the man said, “We have evidence, and can prove that the world is millions of years old.” Bro. Branham said, “That didn’t have anything to do with it. In Genesis 1:1, it says that, “In the beginning God created the heavens and earth,” period. Now the world was without form and void, I believe every seed was laying right there from some other civilization or something, and as soon as the water lifted off, and the light struck it, up came the trees and everything.” Now that is what I wanted you to catch. It wasn’t much, but it was enough to let me know that he believed in a prehistoric age, and that lines up with many other scriptures. God did not have to create trees, grass, flowers, etc., all over again. Brothers and Sisters: When God judged the prehistoric world, and froze it up, no doubt, it hung in space for hundreds, and thousands of years. I will say this also, scientists may have their carbon tests, and all of the other processes that they use, in trying to determine how old this planet is, but there is no test, that can determine what happened during the time that God had it froze up. They can only measure where it started, and when it thawed up. God has a way of concealing his mysteries from natural man. He will not let scientific gadgets reveal them. He keeps that for spiritual revelation to His children.

Now, after having said what he did, in the fourth seal, about the seed laying there from some other civilization, we hear him in another sermon, say something that leaves the thought that there were dinosaurs in our garden of Eden. I have showed you these two statements. One of them will line up with other scriptures. When I heard him say what he did about the seed being there already, that rung a bell with me. It let me know that there had to be a revelation lying there somewhere, and I rejoiced because of it, but when I heard him preach another message, leaving the impression that there were dinosaurs in our garden of Eden, then, brothers and sisters; I knew that he was merely making a human statement. We all do it, but there are those who will not admit to the fact that Bro. Branham was capable of saying anything other than, THUS SAITH THE LORD. Be that as it is, I am ready to challenge my critics to prove that there were dinosaurs in the garden of Eden that we know. According to the word of God, as well as history, and geology, I say to you that there were no dinosaurs in our garden of Eden with Adam and Eve. As I said before, every animal that was in the garden with Adam and Eve, was represented on the Ark with Noah, male and female of every species. You will never find any trace of dinosaurs on the Ark. That all belonged to another era of time.

I have said enough on this subject for the benefit of those who would want to know. Any Holy Ghost person will understand, and the others will fuss and stew just like they did in their former denominations. It is not enough just to quote Ephesians 4, that God has set in the church a five fold ministry. A person must have enough of the spirit of God in them to recognize that ministry in its proper calling. Some have said that they believe in apostles, but the truth of it is that, they would never allow an apostle’s office to touch this message if they could stop it. Brothers and Sisters: let me say to you, you need that ministry to sift this message and line it up in digestible order. Do not fight against it, or you will be found to fight against God. He is the one who set the five fold ministry in the church, for the perfecting of the saints. I did not have anything to do with it. I only try to fill the place that God has called me to fill. The Bible says apostles, plural, prophets, plural, and so forth, but let me tell you, the ones that God set in the church will all have the same revelation, and be speaking the same thing, there will be no division among them, doctrinally speaking. Of course, they will have their human differences, but that will not affect their teaching. The ministry that God has set in the church will not be running every place saying, that each man ought to be able to teach the message as he sees it. That is the attitude that we find among many in this day. God will leave all, such as these, until they run their legs off. That is not why he sent a prophet to this age. The prophet was set to rescue us from our mess, and bring us back to the word of God, back to revelated truth.

 

CALLING GOD’S ELECT

Bro. Branham had a vision. He had a love for people, and he had a desire to help people. That is why I said, “he could not love a Pentecostal any more than he could a Catholic.” I will tell you why. God saw that there were Catholics, Methodists, Baptists, Pentecostals, and such like, scattered throughout the religious world, that were elected people. Therefore, that prophet carried a message that the love of God had laid in his heart, to reach into all those places, pulling out those who would hear his message. God knew that the man’s personal ministry would not perfect the bride of Jesus Christ. It did not do it when he was alive, and it still would not do it if God raised him from the dead. I will say this to my brothers and sisters who may hear me on tape or read the message in print, if you ever saw Bro. Branham in this life, you will never see him again, until you see him at the wedding supper, at the judgment seat of Christ. Therefore, if you ever reach perfection, as it is written in the word of God, it will be because you have settled yourself down and listened to a man of God, who had truth in his soul, a man who will not stand with a handful of Bro. Branham’s books, to do his preaching out of. He will not be preaching a denomination, neither will he be preaching a cultish message. He will be preaching the unadulterated word of God.

 

ELIJAH WAS A MAN – NOT A GOD

I said before that God willed for Bro. Branham to make those many dual statements, for he knew that among those who would come out of denominational systems, there would be those who would deify the flesh of the prophet, all because they had never seen anything like the gift of God which operated through him, and the dual statements act as separating factors. We not only had to be separated from our systems, but the unbeliever, or make-believer, had to be separated from the truth, and also, from the true children of God. Therefore, do not say that I, Raymond Jackson, said that Bro. Branham made a mistake. He did not make a mistake in that. That was the will of God. By the same token, I am not saying that he did not make mistakes in life, as any mortal man will.

Let me refer you to something that James wrote, concerning the man Elijah. He said that Elias, (that is another term for Elijah), was a man, subject to like passions as we are. What did James mean by that statement about the very man that set the pattern, and example, of all those prophets who would walk on earth in that same anointing? The character, principles, conduct, and nature, of that man, Elijah, was to be recognized in those who would later walk in that same anointing. James pointed out the fact that, even though Elijah prayed and caused there to be no rain on earth until he prayed again, and asked for it, he was not God, He was a mortal man, subject to the faults and failures of any other mortal man. Some of you will say, “that is not what James was showing at all.” I say, “the point is made.” He was not God, he did not act like God. He did not believe himself to be God. He did act like a prophet though, and he lived, walked in life, thought, and talked like a man. Then, when God anointed him, he would talk like God. But notice, when Jezebel got after him, he ran like a man, a scared man. He ran so far away, that God had to send an angel to feed him. When he stood on Mt. Carmel, and challenged the prophets of Baal, it would have been easy for some to think that he was a god, for he displayed something beyond the natural makeup of man, but a little later, when he was running from a woman the picture was different. Who would want a god like that?

This is all being said to point out one thing, God can anoint a man so that the man can display the very attributes of God, but when the anointing is lifted, he is a natural, mortal man, just like anyone else, as far as human weakness, frailties, and mistakes are concerned. That does not mean that Elijah was a cheat, or a thief, or that he went around lying. Neither did John the Baptist, and neither did William Marrion Branham. The one who comes next, as one of the two witnesses to the Jews, will not be a liar either, but he will be a man, and he will be a man subject to mistakes, and as James said, “like passions as we are.” The anointing does not play around with statements. It goes right to the word of God every time.

 

THE EVIDENCE OF HOLY GHOST BAPTISM

Another subject that I have heard Bro. Branham speak in more than one way on is the evidence of the baptism of the Holy Ghost. When we first began going to the tabernacle, he would look down at you and say, “Brother, you need the Holy Ghost, Sister, you need the Holy Ghost, Brother, you need the gifts of the spirit in the church,” and statements such as that. Then he would talk about evidence, what Pentecost called the evidence. He would say, “Brother, speaking in tongues is not the evidence.” Then he would quote St. John 13:35, “By this shall all men know that ye are my disciples, if ye have love one to another.” How many of you have heard that statement? I remember it so well. It is on tapes, and in books. Is that not what Jesus said to his disciples? What did he mean? He meant, if you really follow what I am saying to you, and if you really live like I tell you, according to my teachings, you can not help but have love one toward another, and that kind of love displayed in you, will point right back to the fact that you are my disciples, or followers. There will not be one group going one way, and another group going another. You will all believe, and embrace, the truth that you receive from me. That, in itself, will separate you from everyone else, and their teaching. You will be squeezed together, and the love that you have will be different from the kind the worldly crowd knows about. Now, what does it say about them, over in Acts? They all continued, in everyone’s doctrine, is that what it says? No, they all continued steadfastly in the apostles doctrine, the apostles teaching. It consisted of oneness. Yes, sir, it was oneness. He would talk like that, after quoting that scripture verse.

Sometime later on, we were sitting there, and that same little man said, “Now love isn’t it”. I will never forget an illustration he gave on that. He said, “Now, you take the Catholic priest, he shows such great love, there is no greater love than the Catholic people show to some other people, they minister first aid, they build hospitals, and many things like that.” I thought to myself, “You are saying that, but that sure isn’t the love of God.” Nevertheless, God let him say those things, and God will use every one of them in is sifting, and fanning, process, here in the end of the age. In other words, as we would sit there from service to service, you would hear the prophet say, in one service, “By this shall all men know that you are my disciples, when you have love one for another,” and then he would come right back in another message and slap you in the face by saying, “No, it isn’t love. It is believing the word.” Therefore, some would catch one statement and run with it, while others would catch another statement and run with it also. I will say to my critics, (for I know how they resent my talking like this), it is one thing to know verbally, what he said, but it is quite another thing to know spiritually, what he meant. If we ever get the spiritual understanding of what he meant in our souls, the Holy Ghost will illuminate that message to the point where it will cease to be QUOTES, QUOTES, QUOTES, but rather, it will be a consistent flow of revelation.

 

WHAT ABOUT CHURCH ORDER

Brothers and Sisters: I am not challenging what Bro. Branham said. That is not my purpose in pointing out these things. My purpose, and motive, is to show my brothers and sisters, as well as my critics, that, for over eleven years, certain ones have been riding their hobby horses, quoting statements, and they are right where they started. They have gained nothing. I will say, in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, the apostle Paul never taught church order, but he did teach that there should be order in the church. He taught that the Holy Ghost was to have the pre-eminence, and that the worshipers should conduct themselves in decency, godliness, and in adult like manner, but there is a long way from a church order. We realize also, that a church order can be a corrective thing, but certainly, there is no place for carnal minded men to make it a doctrinal yardstick, and whip, to measure and beat others with. Every carnal preacher that put church order in his assembly just because Brother Branham did at the tabernacle, drove the spirit of God out. God will not be tied by your church order. There is nothing in this message that has ever told anyone to stop manifesting the gifts of the spirit, that God placed in their lives. I think of the many, who had the gifts operating through them until the church order came into being, and how they began to feel like they were not to speak in tongues, or interpret, or prophesy anymore. Then I remember hearing some of those people say, especially preachers, “I believe in the gifts of the spirit, but I want the real thing.” Let me tell you, I want the real also, but I find that to be a feeble excuse to hide behind, while you try to justify your church order. You are completely out of the scriptures.

 

WHERE FALSE DOCTRINE STARTS

The church of the Living God was not built upon tongues and interpretation, nor prophecy, nor any other of the gifts of the spirit. It was built upon divine revelation of the word of God. But I will have you to know that there was a place in the church for all of the gifts to operate, and it was not in a back room. Furthermore, I will say that it was not tongues and interpretation that let the antichrist get in the church 1900 years ago, it was preachers. Do not lay the blame in the pews, lay it right where it belongs, on the pulpit. The false teachings did not, and do not, come from the congregation, they came from the preachers, those who wish to be known for their great revelation. It is true, we can have a false tongue and interpretation in the congregation, but most of the churches that have been wrecked through the years, were wrecked because of something that came from the pulpit. It was not a false prophecy that started the Catholic church, it was started from many revelations that came from the leadership. Let me give you an example, of how, many things get started. In the days of Bro. Branham’s ministry, he referred, many times, to what God is doing in this Laodicean age, using the scripture in Luke 17:30, that speaks of the Son of man being revealed. That began to give certain preachers the idea that HE…WAS…the Son of man. Some would say, “This man is none other than Jesus Christ, or this man is the word.” It wasn’t too long until they had others believing the same thing, and then it became a spirit, a strong spirit, that has captured many souls. Let me say to my brothers and sisters, who will hear this tape, or read this message, our brother, who lived in this generation, and spoke to us of the wonderful things of God, was truly a man, just like any of us, but he was filled and anointed with the Holy Ghost, to the extent where God manifested the spirit of Jesus Christ through him a major capacity. That did not change his flesh one bit whatsoever, but I thank God that his flesh was subject to the revelation of God’s spirit in his life. That ties right in with what the apostle Paul wrote to the Galatians. He said, (1:11-12), “But I certify you, brethren, that the gospel which was preached of me is not after man. (12) For I neither received if of man, neither was I taught it, but by the revelation of Jesus Christ.” He went on to tell of his former way of life, and how he profited in the Jews religion above many, and then when we get down to the 15th verse, we read this, (15) “But when it pleased God, who separated me from my mother’s womb, and called me by his grace, (16) To REVEAL HIS SON IN ME, that I might preach him among the heathen; immediately I conferred not with flesh and blood: (17) Neither went I up to Jerusalem to them which were apostles before me; but I went into Arabia.” There is two things I would have you see from this scripture. The first is the reference he made of the Son of God being revealed in him, and the other, is the fact that he did not get his revelation from any other man. Can you see the likeness between Paul and Bro. Branham in those two areas? Jesus Christ was manifested through them both in a major proportion, and neither one of them received their revelation from any other man. Now, maybe you can see what I am getting at. Though the apostle Paul had the spirit of Christ to such a great degree, he never did claim to be God, or in any way lay any claim to deity. Neither can we find any record where his followers deified him after he had passed off the scene, as some have Bro. Branham. I say these things to sound a warning to those of you who have an ear to hear, please do not entertain thoughts and ideas that are not consistent with the scriptures. Some have done so, and now they are having hallucinations, imagining all sorts of things.

 

THE CHURCH IN TRIBULATION?

Let me call your attention now, to another subject that has caused much controversy in this message. There were times when Bro. Branham would say, “The church will go through the tribulation, but the bride, the elect, will be raptured.” I was challenged by a certain brother one time, in connection with that statement. You know what the apostle Paul said in Ephesians5:25-27, “Husbands, love your wives, even as CHRIST LOVED THE CHURCH….and gave himself for it; (26) That he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water by the word, (27) THAT HE MIGHT PRESENT IT, (THE CHURCH) TO HIMSELF A GLORIOUS CHURCH, NOT HAVING SPOT, OR WRINKLE, OR ANY SUCH THING; BUT THAT IT, (THE CHURCH), SHOULD BE HOLY AND WITHOUT BLEMISH.” He goes on, (in verse 30), to say that, “we are members of his body.” Therefore, when I used that scripture, and stated that the church is the body of Christ, which He is washing with the water of His word, and will come for one day soon, this brother said, “But, Bro. Jackson, the prophet said the church would go through the tribulation, and only the bride would be raptured.” I thought to myself, you poor child, what did you hear?” I read until I found the two statements, I knew was there, then I showed them to the brother. First, the statement that the church will go through the tribulation, and only the bride will be raptured, and then, in another sermon, the statement where he said, “THAT CHURCH WILL BE RAPTURED.” I laid the two statements before the brother and said this, “When the prophet was speaking in respect to the first statement, he was speaking according to what the world calls, the church…But, in reality, those denominations are not the church at all, and the real church is made up of that group of people that the world looks upon as holy rollers, religious fanatics, not fit to be associated with. There is where you will find the true church, the body of Christ. That is where the second statement belongs. The church will be raptured, for she is the bride of Christ, but the denominational lodges will go through the tribulation. Out of that group will come the foolish virgins, spoken of in Matthew 25:1-13, and seen over in the 7th chapter of Revelation as that great multitude that had washed their robes, and made them white, in the blood of the Lamb. When? In the great tribulation. Revelation 7:9-14. We must remember that, Bro. Branham, being the prophet to the age, and his ministry being to the world. God has to allow him to speak in such a way, as to catch the attention of all those who heard him. He cast out the large net, and drew in some of every kind, but if you have fished with a net like that, you know that there is always some that must be thrown back. After the catch is made, it is necessary to go through a sorting process. That is why we say, “the dual statements made by Bro. Branham, serve the same purpose in the following of this message, as the winnowing fan did on the wheat threshing floor in days of old. Everything got pitched up, and only the grain, which was heavy, could withstand the wind and fall back on the threshing floor, free of the straw and husk. That is how these dual statements are working in his message delivered by the prophet. Many people are being heaved into the air, so to speak, and only those who are heavy with the word of God are able to withstand those winds and return to their sure foundation. The rest are blown away, too full of pride to even admit they are wrong, even when it becomes obvious.

 

SEVENTY WEEKS OF DANIEL

Knowing that the teaching of the seventy weeks of Daniel’s prophecy concerning Israel, and the references made to it at other times by the prophet messenger, has become the greatest divider, or separator, among the people of this following, I would like now, to go back to that subject, and just briefly deal with the time element involved in the whole 70 weeks, or 490 years. Now, to familiarize you with the setting, let us read a few verses from the 9th chapter of Daniel. Daniel is in Babylon, in captivity, and he has become very burdened for his people, which are the children of Israel. They have been in dispersion for many years already, at the time Daniel becomes so burdened in prayer for them, that God sends an angel to talk to him. We will begin reading in the 21st verse, “Yea, while I was speaking in prayer, even the man Gabriel, whom I had seen in the vision at the beginning, being caused to fly swiftly, touched me about the time of the evening oblation. (22) And he informed me, and said, O Daniel, I am now come forth to give thee skill and understanding. (23) At the beginning of thy supplications the commandment came forth, and I am come to show thee: for thou art greatly beloved; therefore understand the matter, and consider the vision. (24) Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon the holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.” We note in verse 24, that there are six things mentions, that must be accomplished in those seventy weeks of God’s dealing with the children of Israel, each week being a seven year period, making a total of 490 years that God will actively deal with them to accomplish these things. The time did not start with the building of the temple, but with the building of the city, when Nehemiah was granted permission to go to the land of his fathers for the purpose of rebuilding the city itself. The first group that had returned under the decree of Cyrus, had only built the temple, but the city was still lying in waste. Therefore, most all of your historians will agree that the seventy weeks had their beginning in the year 445 B.C., when Nehemiah received permission from the king to go build the city.

We do not have the space to go into much detail at this time, but will just give you the key points to a proper understanding of this scripture. Let us now read verse 25, and you will see that the command to restore and to build Jerusalem is the starting point for the seventy weeks. “Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem, unto the Messiah, the Prince, shall be SEVEN WEEKS, and THREESCORE and TWO WEEKS: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in troublous times.” We can see a seven week period, which is seven weeks of years, totaling 49 years. That is the length of time that Nehemiah and his crew used in rebuilding the walls and the city. This was a time of great revival among those who were back in the land, but no sooner than the 49 years were completed, we find the prophet Malachi on the scene, rebuking Israel for her apostasy, and corruptness. Malachi was the last prophetic voice in Israel, until John the Baptist came out of the wilderness with, “THUS SAITH THE LORD.” The commonly agreed upon date of Malachi’s short prophecy is somewhere around 397-400 B.C. It was at a time when the revival first had gone out, and the priest’s were offering polluted bread upon the altar of God. They had drifted so far from God that they were offering the sick and lame animals to God, and acting as though they could see nothing wrong with it. This prophecy was squeezed in between the 7 week period, and the 62 week period of the first 69 weeks of Daniel’s 70 weeks. Then for almost 400 years, Israel was without a prophetic voice of God, until John arrived, preaching, “the kingdom of heaven is at hand.” Remember now, God only marks time against the 70 weeks, when He is dealing directly with Israel as a nation. Therefore, verse 25, of Daniel 9, is referring to a 69 week period of time that was to begin in 445 B.C., and run until the Messiah was cut off, as we will see in the next verse, with the exception of the short period of time that Malachi’s prophecy covered. This put approximately 2 years in between the 7 week period and the 62 week period which Israel was completely in apostasy. Now, pay attention to verse 26, “And AFTER THREE-SCORE AND TWO WEEKS, SHALL MESSIAH BE CUT OFF, (Now where is the one half week that so many of you talk about?”) BUT NOT FOR HIMSELF: and the people of the prince that shall come, shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.” Please notice verse 27, when we read it, for it will furnish you with the key that can open your understanding to this great controversy. We read in verse 26, that the people of the prince that shall come, shall destroy the city. Now we know that the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary, were Romans, led by Titus, in 70 A.D., therefore the prince that shall come, will be a Roman prince, and he, (verse 27), shall confirm the covenant with many for ONE WEEK. (Remember now, Jesus never did make a peace covenant with anyone for one week.) “AND IN THE MIDST OF THE WEEK, HE, (the Prince that is to come), SHALL CAUSE THE SACRIFICE AND THE OBLATION TO CEASE.”

If you have observed carefully as we read, you will have been convinced, by the scripture itself, that it does not say, that Jesus, the Messiah, was cut off in the middle of the week for a sacrifice for the people. It does truly say that after 62 weeks the Messiah will be cut off, and we all know that He was the perfect sacrifice for the sins of the whole world, and agree that He was not cut off for Himself, but for all of us. However, that does not give anyone the authority to change what the scriptures teach so clearly on the subject. Furthermore, when Jesus was crucified in A.D. 33, the sacrifice and oblation did not cease; they continued to offer up sacrifice until Titus and his Roman army, destroyed the city, around A.D. 70.

With that much for you to consider, I will now open Bro. Branham’s teaching on this subject, and we will see if he did not teach it according to the scriptures, on August 6, 1961. I know some of you will say, “oh, but he changed that when he preached the seals in 1963.” I will have to say to you, as the apostle Paul did to the Galatians, when a man of God teaches a subject, and proves it by the scriptures, not even an angel from heaven has any authority to change it. Please do not be one of those who say, “I just do not see that it makes any difference whether there is a three and one half, or a full seven years left to the Jews.” It must be terribly important, for the Devil to fight it like he does. This one subject has broke more fellowship than any other that I can think of in this message. Now, from the Seventy Weeks of Daniel booklet, page 69, paragraph 113, I will read you what Bro. Branham said about the prince that is to come. Bro. Branham speaking, “Now, remember, when we get in the Seals, that antichrist rides right out over in those Seals. Daniel spoke of it here, the Prince that would come, He would be cut off, Jesus would, to make reconciliations for the people, But that prince that would stand up, that would cause the abomination to make desolation, that was Rome through Titus; and this time it’s a prince coming out of Rome, (Here he is actually combining two scriptures in one sentence, or maybe it would be more correctly stated if we just say, we know it was Titus with his Roman army that destroyed the city, to begin that period of time mentioned in the 26th verse, and leading into the 27th, but the abomination that maketh desolate, pertains to the time of the end, when another Roman prince is on the scene, the antichrist), that will do it. And he will be revealed in the last days, (now listen), making himself God, as the Holy Ghost warns us in II Thessalonians 2:7-12.”

We will leave that statement right there and go to page 80, paragraph 139, in the same booklet, to see what Bro. Branham taught about the two prophets and who broke the covenant, in the middle of the week. “There will be two prophets like Elijah and Moses, who I think it is. And they will bring great curses, after they have seen that they have consolidated, and Rome has broke its covenant, (that Prince), in the middle of this SEVENTIETH WEEK. It will break its covenant with Rome, or Rome will break it with Israel, and that will cause the abomination to begin to scatter. And there will be a great flood, when the Gentile remnant, the sleeping virgins.” This is in reference to Revelation, chapter 12, but the statement was not completed. The part about the covenant being broken in the middle of the week is what we wanted to see there, so, now, let us go to page 81, paragraph 141. “And Rome will break it in the middle of the seventieth year, (he means week), three and one half years, he’ll break that covenant with them, and cause the abomination that maketh desolation to spread to the consummation. Then he will take both Protestant and Jew, and persecute them, and that time these two prophets will stand up and curse the earth that she will not rain in the days of their prophecy; They will call fire out of heaven and everything else. You just wait, We have got a lot laying here in store for us.” The two prophets will do that in the first half of the week, as Bro. Branham establishes in another place which we will show later.

Let us go now to page 101, paragraph 61, “Now, now, let’s outline Daniel’s seventy of weeks. Now I might repeat here again: Ministers of the Gospel, if you disagree with this, all right. They are divided in three periods, as we find out in Daniel chapter 9 – three periods: First, a seven week period; then, a threescore and two week, which is sixty two weeks; and then a one week period. They are divided in three different periods.” Now go to paragraph 63, for a further clarification. “Now, we know by all the gospels that Paul taught, and the others, that God will return again to the Jews. Well then, if He is going to return again to the Jew, how can we apply it back in Daniel’s time? We have got to apply it in this late age, and it is after the Gentile church has been gone, cause He deals with Israel as a nation, and we are individuals.” We are using Bro. Branham’s own teaching, hoping that some of you will care enough to sit down with your Bible and let the Holy Ghost reveal to you, the straight facts of these things. Go to page 124, paragraph 165, I might say, before reading this, we have passed over more references than we are actually using, but if you like, you may read them in the booklet printed by the Spoken Word Publications. Now, the words of Bro. Branham, “And in the middle of this week, now here is the seventy. Now if these exactly was seven years, each one of the weeks, and we have already had sixty nine weeks, then, we have the Gentile age, and we know we are at the end of the Gentile age, then there is one more week left for the Jew. Is that right? And that is exactly seven years. If this was seven years, that is seven years, ‘cause he said, “There is seventy weeks determined upon thy people.’ So we know we get seven years for the Jews. Is that true?” We will go right on over to page 136, paragraph 215, “Watch these two prophets, when they raise up here. And in the middle of the week they are cut off like that.” Now this lets me know that in the original teaching on this subject, he knew the two prophets would minister in the first half of the week, smiting the earth with all manner of plagues, and curses, and so forth, and in the middle of the week, when they have finished their 3½ years of ministry, (1260 days), they would be cut off. On the next page, paragraph 221, “But these three prophets – these three and one half years rather, and that is Revelation 11;3 – you have read it many times – I give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three score days. How many is it, a thousand two hundred and three score days? Three and one half years. And then they shall be killed in the streets, right in the midst of the seventieth week, So you see where we are at. We are at the end, my beloved friends, we are at the end.” I believe that will be enough from this book for you to see where the seventy weeks of Daniel have their fulfillment. We should be able to see that the seventy weeks definitely link up the sixth seal of Revelation, chapter 6, with Matthew, chapter 24, and Isaiah, chapter 13, which all lay in perfect continuity. However, when we go to the seal book and read those messages which were preached little more than a year and a half later, we are left with the impression that Bro. Branham has now gone back to his former way of looking at the seventieth week. In other words we find him saying in the seal book, that half of the seventieth week has been fulfilled already, even after proving by the scriptures that there is still one full week left to the Jews.

I am not trying to cast a reflection on God’s prophet, but I am convinced that it is time for some of you to get your heads out of the sand, and face some issues while there is still time. For this reason, I ask you to bear with me while I read a little from the sixth seal. I am on page 420, in the third paragraph, “All right, notice these messengers now, (he is referring to the two prophets), these messengers of Revelation 12, (he really means Revelation 11), these two prophets, they are going to preach, ‘The Kingdom is at hand!’ The kingdom of heaven is to be set up. The time – last three and one half years of Daniel’s seventieth week promised to the Jews, His people. Remember now, that to prove that, that this is Daniel’s past part of the seventieth week….I got a question on that for tomorrow. Now, seventy weeks was promised, which was seven years. And in the midst of the seven weeks, (he means years), the Messiah was cut off to be made a sacrifice. (The scripture does not read anything like that. The scripture reads like this, ‘And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself.’ There is nothing about him being cut off in the midst of the week.) He would prophesy three and one half years, and then be cut off for a sacrifice for the people, and there is still a determination that three and one half years is still determined for Israel.” We will go right over to page 422, at the bottom of the page where we find him saying, “And while the tribulation is falling, in there comes these two prophets of Revelation 11, to preach the gospel to them. And they preach a thousand, one hundred, (he means two hundred), and threescore days. See? (Notice that he keeps emphasizing the two prophets appear in the last part of the week in this book, but in the other book he had them as it should be, that they were smiting the earth with all sorts of plagues in the first half, and were cut off in the middle of the week. Brothers and Sisters: the scriptures will bear witness with that version.) Well, that’s exactly, with thirty days in the month, like the real calendar has, is exactly three and one half years. That’s Daniel’s seventieth…last part of the seventieth week.” Brothers and Sisters: it takes a carnal mind, void of any kind of revelation, to read those statements that completely opposite from each other, and say, “I believe them both, or, I do not see any difference.” I have heard both statements, made by various ones, over the years, people like that would drive a mathematics teacher to a nervous breakdown. How foolish it is to say that 3½ is the same as 7, or even that it does not make any difference. You may be that careless with the word of God, but God is not. He watches over His word, to perform it, exactly, to the smallest detail.

I will say this and then close. Even though the seals were preached after the original 70 weeks of Daniel, the reference here in the sixth seal itself, about 3½ years, has no continuity at all with the revelation of the sixth seal. The sixth seal is exactly what it says there in the 6th chapter of Revelation. It is dealing with a time when the sun is darkened, and the moon becomes as blood, it coincides exactly with Matthew 24, and Isaiah 13. The prophets of old, spoke of a day when the sun would be darkened, and would withdraw its light, the powers of the heavens would be shaken, and so forth. That is the sixth seal, and you must remember that Christ comes to the earth, under the sixth seal, which is definitely at the end of the week, therefore, the two prophets must minister in the first half of the week, sealing the 144,000 Jews, and at the same time they will be smiting the earth with plagues, just like Bro. Branham preached it in the original Seventy Weeks teaching. When the days of their ministry is fulfilled, that antichrist, the false prince, the son of perdition, will rise up, taking control of everything, kill the two prophets, and break the peace covenant that he had made with many. The two dead prophets will lie in the streets of Jerusalem for 3½ days, then they will be resurrected and caught up to God. This is all to take place in the middle of the week. At the exact same time the woman, (Israel), of Revelation 12, is fleeing the land to get away from the wrath of the beast. Now, I would invite you to explain to me, how the two prophets could possibly preach for three and one half years, (1260 days), sealing 144,000 with the spirit of God, over in the last half of the week, when the woman, (Israel), is out of the land hiding. I will say no more. I leave it now for the Holy Ghost to deal with those who are Holy Ghost filled. The rest could not receive spiritual revelation, anyhow, no matter how much we might try to feed them.

Brothers and Sisters: it is my sincere prayer that this message will be of some spiritual help to you. I do not enjoy pointing out these things, but the devil would like nothing better, than for me to keep quiet and let his crew work on the minds of people who do not know exactly what to believe. I do not try to be offensive, but there are times when being honest, and telling the truth, makes it seem so. I loved Bro. Branham, and cherish the memory of former days when we fellowshipped together, but we can not let personal feelings prevent us from standing for a true revelation. I respected Bro. Branham, as God’s prophet, and as the 7th church age messenger. I believe that he fulfilled the last part of Malachi 4:5-6, and I am convinced that he delivered to us a message that will put us all back in the Bible, when we understand what the message is. It will point us back to the faith of our apostolic fathers, and cause us to recognize, and appreciate, every true man of God in these last days.

As the apostle Paul said to the Romans, so say I to you in these last days, “Let love be without dissimulation. Abhor that which is evil: cleave to that which is good. Be kindly affectioned one to another with brotherly love; in honour preferring one another.” We are living in the last days, and Jesus is coming for a church without spot or wrinkle, one that has no blemishes. We must be washed by the word, and Jesus is the one who will do the washing. The spirit of Jesus Christ in His end time ministry will wash the church and get her ready to go, by keeping her bathed with His revelated word

The Apostle’s Office, Part 2

THE FAITH OF OUR FATHERS

 

SINCE WE ARE PUBLISHING THIS MESSAGE IN A THREE PART SERIES, WE HAVE HELD THIS SECOND PART TO DEALING WITH THE FAITH OF THE APOSTOLIC FATHERS. WE HAVE ATTEMPTED TO SHOW WHAT THEY BELIEVED, HOW THEY CAME TO BELIEVE IT, HOW THEY CONDUCTED THEMSELVES IN THEIR DAY, WHAT HAS HAPPENED TO THE TRUTH THAT THEY STOOD FOR, AND WHERE WE ARE TODAY IN THE RESTORATION OF THAT TRUTH. YOU WILL READ ABOUT HOW THE ELIJAH MINISTRY OF JOHN THE BAPTIST BROUGHT THE HILLS AND THE MOUNTAINS DOWN, AND HOW THE VALLEYS WERE RAISED. WE SHOW WHAT THE ELIJAH MINISTRY OF BRO. BRANHAM WAS SUPPOSED TO DO, AND WHY SO MANY PEOPLE FAILED TO APPRECIATE AND ACCEPT IT.

IN PART THREE OF THIS SERIES WE ARE GOING TO DEAL WITH THE MANY DIVISIONS AND IDEAS THAT ARE AMONG THE PEOPLE WHO WERE ASSOCIATED WITH THE MINISTRY OF BRO. BRANHAM, AND WE WILL SHOW WHY IT WILL TAKE THE OFFICE OF AN APOSTLE TO STRAIGHTEN UP THE MESSAGE AND GIVE THE SINCERE PEOPLE SOMETHING THAT THEY CAN HOLD ON TO IN THESE DAYS OF CONFUSION. THE MESSAGE THAT WAS BROUGHT TO THIS AGE BY BRO. BRANHAM, WILL PUT THE PEOPLE OF GOD BACK IN THE BIBLE WHEN THEY ARE MADE TO SEE WHAT THE MESSAGE WAS. WHEN THEY ARE RESTORED BACK TO THE BIBLE THEY WILL REALIZE THAT THE BIBLE WAY, IS FOR THERE TO BE A LIVE MINISTRY ON THE SCENE WITH THE AUTHORITY TO MAKE DECISIONS, AND HELP ESTABLISH THEM.

Having entered into this message with the thought of developing it fully, showing first of all, what the apostle’s office is to the church, and calling attention to the various functions of that office, it becomes necessary to cover the many things that the office has had to deal with, since the day of Pentecost, when the New Testament church was born. You will notice that right in the early stages of the first church there arose a dispute among the people that caused the apostles to have to make a decision that they did not have any scripture for. You will find it in the 6th chapter of Acts, where there arose a murmuring of the Grecians against the Hebrews, because they felt that their widows were being neglected in the daily distribution. This was at a time when the numbers of the disciples had multiplied to the extent that it was just too much for the apostles to handle without some help. Up until this time, the disciples had been bringing the money that they received from the sale of their houses and land, and giving it to the apostles, for they were in charge of the daily distribution among the believers. Therefore, the twelve apostles called the multitude together and instructed them to select seven men from among them. Let them be men that are full of the Holy Ghost and wisdom, men to honest report, and we will appoint them over this business. For we must not leave the word of God, and prayer, in order to serve tables, said they. This was the apostles’ decision. They did not have scripture to tell them how to handle a situation like that. They became aware of a situation in the church that needed to be dealt with before it became more serious. It was because of this action on the part of the apostles, that caused deacons to begin to be recognized in the body of believers.

When there arose a dispute about the Gentiles that had believed and been filled with the Holy Ghost, it was up to the apostles to make the decision as to how the Gentiles should conduct themselves. They said, “we will not lay a heavy burden upon them, that will make the way too hard for them. Just tell them to keep away from idols, and from fornication, and things strangled, and blood.” This would be enough to put their new experience to the test, for this was the former way of life for these Gentiles. Their ways of worship were pagan; their gods were idols, and fornication was common among them. If their experience was not real, it would certainly show up through these avenues before very long. On the other hand, if they had been genuinely converted, there would be time, later, to teach them the more perfect way of life. We have the many epistles in the New Testament, that gives us the advantage of knowing what that further instruction was. But for now, we are just using these two accounts of the apostles, establishing believers, to call your attention to the fact that it was these apostles that actually became the fathers of Malachi 4:6, B-Part. It is the faith of these early church fathers, that the Elijah of Malachi 4:6, (second part), was to restore us back to, before the terrible day of the Lord comes. The great day of the Lord, in the first part of that verse, is referring to the first coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. We all know that John the Baptist was the forerunner of that coming. Likewise, most of you will receive this paper, will know already, that William Marrion Branham, of Jeffersonville, Indiana, was the Elijah of the other part of that verse. It was his ministry that was to turn the hearts of the children back to that of the Pentecostal fathers, (we say it like that because the church had its birth on the day of Pentecost), before the Lord comes in judgment. It is the faith of these fathers that I desire to speak to you about at this time. We want to see just what the faith of the fathers really was.

Now we believe that we are living in the closing days of God’s dealing with Gentile people. In other words, that which we refer to as the dispensation of grace to the Gentiles, is coming to a close. It behooves us, as Gentiles, to take stock of what God has done for us, as we are made aware of the things that are taking place in the religious world around us. I know that if it were not for what God did just a few short years ago, (to turn our attention to what He is doing in these last days), we would all be heading down the road to destruction. For we see now, that the church world is definitely going into apostasy. Revelation is dying out from them, all because they do not want truth anymore. They want just enough religion to cover their nakedness, (spiritually speaking), but in the eyes of God they are not covered. I hope you will excuse my illustration, but I believe God looks upon this world of religion, and sees them like a bunch of these night club strip tease performers. Creeds and rituals, will not cover a person’s nakedness before God. It takes a covering of His revelated word. It takes truth to lift a man out of his sinful condition. Religious creeds will not do it. True, christianity is a love relationship between man and God, based upon truth, and it seems that truth is not very popular in the world today.

 

WE SHOULD EXAMINE OURSELVES

Of course we realize, that because of much controversy, misunderstanding, and confusion, that is associated with this message of truth, we are looked upon, (by the religious world), as a cult, or a bunch of misfits. That is why I would like for us to take some time to examine ourselves in the light of what the Bible has to say. World conditions, should cause us to take inventory of what we have. We need to know, just what do we possess, and how does it measure up, in the light of what is going on in the world today? It is one thing for me to stand up here, and say, over and over again, that God sent a prophet to this age, but if He did, then let us find out why. For what purpose did he come? What effect should it have on you and I? Where will following his teaching lead you? You all know that is has never been my practice to preach to you, a man, except the man Christ Jesus. But, I will say this, I would ten times rather follow a man that has the love of God in his soul and some principles about him, than to follow one of these big organizations that, too much of the time, only use their members to build a greater empire.

 

EXAMINING THE SCRIPTURES

Let us begin, now, to examine the scriptures, beginning here in Malachi. This short book deals with the prophecy of Malachi, the last prophet that the Jewish nation ever had in the Old Testament period. We go back about 2400 years to pick up his ministry. He came on the scene at the closing of the great revival that had been brought about by the building of the temple walls and the work that was led by Nehemiah and Ezra. As that revival closed, the children of Israel went into apostasy. Therefore, as Malachi picks up the pen to write, he starts with a rebuke to that nation. They had enjoyed this great revival, and the privilege of being able to offer sacrifice to God again, but now the flame had died down and it became a form, a ritual, whereby they were bringing the lame, and the halt, from among the animals, to offer upon the altar as a sacrifice to God, knowing full well, that through the law they were instructed to bring the best to God. In chapter 1, verses 6-8, we read, (6) “A son honoureth his father, and a servant his master: if I then be a father, where is mine honour? And if I be a master where is my fear? Saith the Lord of hosts unto you, O priests, that despise my name. And ye say, Wherein have we despised thy name? (7) Ye offer polluted bread upon my altar; and ye say, Wherein have we polluted thee? In that, ye say, the table of the Lord is contemptible.” That is just like some of these half naked, short haired women, and long haired men in our day who go through the form of worship to God, yet we know that according to the Bible, their ways are abominable to God, yet they were offering animals upon the altar of God that were blind, sick, and crippled, and had the nerve to say; just how have we polluted you, Jehovah? God said, (in verse 7), When you ask a question like that, you are declaring that the table of the Lord is contemptible, in that, you see nothing wrong with what you are doing.

 

ABOMINABLE THINGS

It is the same in religion today. Those seminary graduates know that the Bible says it is abomination unto the Lord God, for a woman to wear that which pertaineth unto a man, also for a man to put on a woman’s garment, Deuteronomy 22:5. They know also that the Bible says women are not to teach, or to have authority over men, I Timothy 2:12, and they know that God destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah because of perversion, but do you think that makes any difference to them? They let all of this, right in their pulpits, and say, what is wrong with it? God wants us to enjoy our religion. They miss the whole concept of enjoyment, by their self willed ways of worship. That is where Cain missed the boat, right in the very beginning. He probably thought, what is wrong with all of these nice vegetables? God ought to be pleases that I have brought him so many of the best that I have raised this year. God was not looking for fruit and vegetables from anyone’s garden. He had no need for that. What He was looking for them, (and is still looking for today), was revelated obedience, from a heart that was genuinely sincere, and seeking that union with him.

Now, notice verse 8, (8) “And if ye offer the blind for sacrifice, is it not evil? And if he offer the lame and sick, is it not evil? (Why is it evil? It is because they are doing what they want to do, instead of what God told them to do.) Offer it now unto thy governor; will he be pleased with thee, or accept thy person? Saith the Lord of hosts.” Did you notice the test that He gave them? They were offering these sick and crippled animals to God, contrary to the law, and saying, “we don’t see anything wrong with it.” God said, “offer them to your governor, and see what he thinks about it, see if he will have respect for you, or be pleased with the gift.” The obvious conclusion is, that they expected a high and holy God to accept something that they would not even think of offering to one of the dignitaries among them.

 

GREAT AND DREADFUL

Malachi continued the rebuke, and pleadings with them, on and on, until he came to chapter 4:5-6, where he said, (in the name of the Lord), (5) “Behold, I will send you Elijah, (Now Elijah is the name of a man, an old testament prophet), before the coming of the great and dreadful day of the Lord.” Notice here, GREAT. . .AND . . . DREADFUL, AND. . . is a conjunction word. Those two words are not related. They are not speaking of a time that would be great and dreadful both at the same time. Each word is referring to a particular period of time. We do not have the space to go into it fully, but let me call to your attention the time when Jesus returned to Nazareth, where He had been brought up, and as His custom was, He entered into the synagogue on the sabbath day, and stood up to read. (I am referring now to Luke 4:16-21) (17) “And there was delivered unto him the book of the prophet Isaiah, And when he had opened the book he found the place where it was written. (18) THE SPIRIT OF THE LORD IS UPON MEN, BECAUSE HE HATH ANOINTED ME TO PREACH THE GOSPEL TO THE POOR: HE HATH SENT ME TO HEAL THE BROKEN HEARTED, TO PREACH DELIVERANCE TO THE CAPTIVES, AND RECOVERING OF SIGHT TO THE BLIND, TO SET AT LIBERTY THEM THAT ARE BRUISED. (19) TO PREACH THE ACCEPTABLE YEAR OF THE LORD. (20) And he closed the book, and he gave it to the minister, and sat down. And the eyes of all them that were in the synagogue were fastened on him. (21) And he began to say unto them, THIS DAY IS THIS SCRIPTURE FULFILLED IN YOUR EARS.” I read all of those verses in order for you to catch the setting just as it was. Jesus was reading Isaiah 61:1-2, but please notice that He did not read all of verse 2, for the first half proclaims the acceptable year of the Lord, and the last half is speaking of the vengeance of the Lord. He had only come that first time to fulfill the part down to the middle of verse 2. He is coming back at the end of the week of Daniel to fulfill the vengeance part of that verse. Therefore, you can see, from this scripture passage, that some verses are spread out, (time wise), over many generations. You have the same conjunction word . . .AND. . . used here, that you find in Malachi 4:5-6. It connects the prophecy, but there is a great separation, (time wise) in the fulfillment of the two parts. Therefore, in Malachi 4:5, . . . GREAT . . . is one period of time, and . . . DREADFUL . . . is another period of time, yet it is all connected in the same prophecy.

 

TWO FOLD WORK OF ELIJAH

I used to read verse 6, “and he, (Elijah) , shall turn the heart of the fathers to the children,” and think that there surely must have been a great generation gap in those days. Naturally, I was looking at it from the genetic standpoint, thinking that it was referring to natural fathers and their natural children. Of course, we really do have such a generation gap in our day, but this scripture is confined to the spiritual side, (spiritual fathers, and spiritual children). Elijah was first to turn the heart of the fathers to the children, (the spirit of Elijah in John the Baptist did that, before the great day of His coming, Matthew 11:14, Luke 1:17), Elijah was also to turn the heart of the children to their fathers. Now we have already established who these fathers were, (the apostles and leaders of that first church age), and we believe that the children are the true people of God in the age that we are living in. This was all to be accomplished before the Lord would come to smite the earth with a curse. We know that this prophecy has been hanging over the earth for almost two thousand years now, since John fulfilled the first part. The curse of God, (as referred to in this prophecy), is His wrath which will be poured out upon the unregenerate world in the very near future. Thank God for the Elijah Spirit in William Marrion Branham. His cry, for the people of God to come out from among the denominations and get back to the word of God, is having the effect of turning the heart of the children of God in this age, back to that of the apostolic fathers.

It was just as hard for the Judiastic leaders of that day to accept a message of truth, as it is for the clergy of today’s modern churches. Both groups have had their preconceived ideas, as to how certain scriptures were to be fulfilled, and when it didn’t happen like that, they rejected the whole thing and fought against it.

Nevertheless, truth has always tore up everything that God had not built, and our day is no exception. We are not teaching this to try to be different or arrogant, but strictly for the purpose of acquainting you with the fact of whether the word of God is worth the time that it takes to read it. We believe that a proper understanding and obedience to the word of God will spare a person much heartache in this life, and prepare that person to face God in eternity.

During the 400 years that followed the prophecy of Malachi, the priesthood in Israel developed many rituals, and perfected many theories, and ideas, in other words, schools of thought as to how this prophecy would be fulfilled. Some thought Elijah himself would return. They taught also, from Deuteronomy 18:15, 18, that God would raise up a prophet like Moses, and they talked of how the prophets of old, spoke of an anointed one that was to come, but not one of them knew how many of these scriptures would come into focus in their day. God never tells a people 40 or 50 years ahead of time just how to expect a thing that He is going to do. He expects them to receive it by faith when the time comes, and He Himself, through mercy and grace, gives the revelational insight for such a person to believe it.

 

JOHN’S BIRTH FORETOLD

When the time came for this Elijah prophecy to begin to be fulfilled, did God send Elijah, the prophet that was translated by a chariot of fire? Of course not. Let us read, (in the first chapter of Luke), the scripture that I mentioned earlier, where we will see how God set this fulfillment in motion. There was a priest named Zacharias, who, in the course of his duty as a priest in the temple, was approached by an angel of the Lord. When Zacharias saw him, he was troubled, and fear came upon him. But the angel said, (13) “Fear not Zacharias, for thy prayer is heard; and thy wife Elizabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shall call his name John. (She had been barren, unable to have children.) (14) And thou shalt share joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth. (15) For he shall be great in the sight of the Lord, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the Holy Ghost, even from his mother’s womb. (16) And many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the Lord their God.” Now who is going to do this? This boy baby that is to be called John, when he has grown up will have this kind of an effect on many people. Let us read verse 17, very carefully now, “and he shall go before him in the spirit and power of Elias, (that is another translation of the word Elijah), To turn the heart of the fathers to the children, (Now that is an exact quote from Malachi 4:6. That angel didn’t have to carry the scroll with him to read that. He knew what it said, but he also knew where to stop quoting that prophecy too, for the rest was for another time), and the disobedient to the wisdom of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the Lord.” It was not going to be Elijah, the prophet of old, and neither was it to be the spirit from that prophet, as some might say it at times. It was to be a man named John, who would have the same anointing from God upon him, as the prophet Elijah had. He would grow up and spend much time in the desert, away from all the religious laws and deeds of the scribes and Pharisees, but he was destined to play a great role in the lives of the people of Israel.

 

FATHERS OF JOHN’S DAY

We have talked about the children, and the fathers, of the last part of Malachi’s prophecy, but who were the fathers that were to be turned to the children, in the first part? That would have to be the religious leaders of John’s day, dignitaries among the people. Men, brethren, and fathers, hearken, that is the terminology that Stephen used when he was brought before the council. First of all, they were men, and they were brethren because of their racial identity, and then they were fathers because of their religious and social rank. Father, is a social rank that is recognized by their followers, the people that are subject to their judgment and council. Now we want to see if this will bear out in the scriptures.

 

GOD IS A SPIRIT

Turn in your Bibles to John 1:17, and let us begin to read here where John is already preaching. (17) “For the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. (18) No man hath seen God at any time; the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, he hath declared him.” Let me say this to you who would think that this scripture proves, that there are more than one person in the Godhead, it does not. I thought, for many years, that there were three persons in the Godhead. That is what we were raised up to believe. There stood people, listening to John, that had heard the accounts of the many manifestations of Jehovah, as he talked to the prophets of old. Now John stands there in the river of Jordan and says that no man hath seen God at any time. Where did he get his information? Either he knew something that they didn’t know, or he was completely off course. Which was it? How could a thing like that be reconciled? For our benefit, in this day, we will have to sum it up like this, when we go to Hebrews, chapter 1, and read, how “God, (who is an object of worship), at sundry times, and in divers manners, spake in times past unto the fathers by the prophets.” In our language, that verse would read something like this, At various times, and in different ways, God spoke to the religious leaders through the prophets. Verse 2, “Hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all things, by whom he made the worlds.” What can we say of John in order to confirm him a true witness in the light of what we know from the word of God? When John said that no man had seen God at any time, he simply meant that no man had seen God in His eternal form, what they had seen was a temporary manifestation of some form that God used in order to communicate with them. Jesus backed up John’s revelation when he said, “God is a spirit: and they that worship him must worship him in spirit and in truth,” John 4:24. He fills the universe, but he is a spirit, and you cannot see a spirit. We read in Colossians 1:19, “For it pleased the Father that in him should all fulness dwell.” In who? In the Lord Jesus Christ. Notice, verse 9, of chapter 2, still speaking of Jesus, “For in him, (Jesus) dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily.” We are talking about the faith of the fathers now. This is part of what they believed. They did not believe in a blessed holy trinity that we hear so much about today. They knew that God was one. They knew that this man Jesus was the only human flesh that God, (who is an invisible spirit), had ever chosen to manifest himself through fully. It was because of their revelation on how God, (the invisible spirit), spoke the creative word that planted that baby in the virgin womb of Mary, that caused John the apostle to write, “That which was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen with out eyes, which we have looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the Word of life; For the life was manifested, and we have seen it, and bear witness, and show unto you that eternal life, which was with the father, and was manifested unto us.”

 

THE VIRGIN BIRTH

Most of the old time Christians of our age, believed in the virgin birth, but very few of them had a genuine understanding of the process involved. That is why the great majority of them continued to believe in a trinity, (three persons in the godhead), but the early church fathers knew exactly what God had done there. By His spoken word, He had created a male blood cell, (or sperm), and by the same process, He created the female egg, and joined them together in the young virgin woman named Mary, who was engaged to Joseph. The woman’s body performed the normal function for the next nine months, at which time, there was a baby boy born unto her and her husband Joseph. He was the Son of God, for God had created the egg and the sperm by His spoken word. You may say, “Bro. Jackson; where do you read that in the Bible?” It is right in the first chapter of the New Testament, verses 18-20, (18) “Now the birth of Jesus Christ was on this wise; when as his mother Mary was espoused to Joseph, before they came together, SHE WAS FOUND WITH CHILD OF THE HOLY GHOST. (Of WHO, THE HOLY GHOST? But I thought God the Father was the daddy of Jesus. That is the way some people talk, you know, but let us read the next two verses). (19) Then Joseph her husband (they were in a marriage agreement, but were not yet living as husband and wife), being a just man, and not willing to make her a public example, was minded to put her away privately. (20) But while he thought on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Joseph, thou Son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife: FOR THAT WHICH IS CONCEIVED IN HER IS OF THE HOLY GHOST.” Now saints, think on that verse. It says that the HOLY GHOST is the FATHER of Jesus. Where would that leave a trinity teaching? It is no wonder they will tell you that they can not explain it. There is no way to get three persons out of it. This is the body, though, that God, the great, sovereign, omnipresent, eternal spirit who created all things, chose to manifest himself through, and in, among mankind. John said, no man has seen God at any time, but God chose to manifest His invisible life, His invisible attributes, in a human form, so that man could touch Him, and talk with Him, and see Him. They could walk with Him, and eat with Him, and now the apostle John could say, “we have touched Him, and our eyes have beheld Him.” Does that mean that God has emptied the universe of Himself? No, that omnipresent spirit is always filling the universe. It simply means that God had channeled Himself into a vessel of clay for a specific purpose. Now we can see why John said, “the only begotten Son, which is in the bosom of the Father, hath declared Him. That word, declared, means manifested or revealed the Father. He put the Father on display and demonstrated Him, so that in His Son, who is referred to as Jesus the Christ, God, Jehovah, is made manifest. He is put on display. Did you catch that thought? That is why Jesus said to them just before His betrayal and crucifixion, when Phillip said, Lord, show us the Father and it will sufficeth us, “HAVE I BEEN SO LONG TIME WITH YOU, AND YET HAST THOU NOT KNOWN ME, PHILLIP? HE THAT HATH SEEN ME HATH SEEN THE FATHER, AND HOW SAYEST THOU THEN, SHOW US THE FATHER?” Jesus had the Father on display, and they had not yet recognized it.

 

THE FATHER QUESTIONING JOHN

Let us continue on now, reading John 1:19, “And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent priests and Levites from Jerusalem.” (Now there is your FATHERS of that day, the fathers that Elijah came to.) These church fathers came to ask John some questions. Who are you, was the first one. John said, “I am not the Christ.” What then? Are you Elias, (Or Elijah?) John said, “I am not,” You might say, isn’t that a contradiction? No. They were asking if he were the man Elijah? (That is what they were expecting). Are you that prophet? (They were really getting desperate. There was something going on, down there at the river, and they had been sent to find out what it was, but they were not making any headway), No, he was not that prophet, like Moses, that was to come either. Well, just who are you then? We have got to give an answer to those that sent us. Tell us something about yourself. In other words, they probably sounded something like this, there are people running all through the streets of Jerusalem, talking about being baptized by you, and how their lives have changed. They are saying that you are a man with a special message. Who are you, and what is that message? John answered, “I AM THE VOICE OF ONE CRYING IN THE WILDERNESS, MAKE STRAIGHT THE WAY OF THE LORD, AS SAID THE PROPHET ESAIAS,” (or Isaiah, chapter 40:3). That was John’s credentials. The prophet Isaiah had prophesied that he would come, and for what purpose? To prepare a people for the Lord to come to.

The people of that day were hearing an unusual man, with an unusual message. It was a message of repentance, and the Bible says they went out to him from Jerusalem, and all Judaea, and all the region round about Jordan, and were baptized of him in Jordan, confessing their sins. This created quite an uproar among the hierarchy, and that is when they sent some of their local pastors to check on the situation. It has been the same way here in our day. In the headquarters of every major denomination today, there are those that were made aware of the fact that an unusual man came on the scene a few years ago that affected the people just like John did when he came two thousand years ago. These religious heads, know all about Billy Graham and Oral Roberts in our day, but no one has ever said that either one of these men had a special message for the people of this age. However, when the name of William Marrion Branham was mentioned, in their midst, they all started clearing their throats, and begin to say, “What are we going to do about this man’s teaching? This thing is affecting our people. They are no longer satisfied with the program of the church.” That is exactly what his message was supposed to do; cause some people to hunger for spiritual food that could not be obtained through their church programs. When they would get hungry enough to come out of that system that they were in, God would satisfy their hunger.

 

THE ELIJAH SPIRIT IDENTIFIED GOD

The ministry of John and that of Bro. Branham, was basically the same. They were both ordained to turn the attention of the people of their particular age, to the fact that God was ready to move on the scene in a different way. That Elijah anointing, has always been, A GOD IDENTIFYING ANOINTING.

When the prophet Elijah was still on earth, in the days of old, he gathered the people to him one day, and said, “HOW LONG, HALT YE, BETWEEN TWO OPINIONS? IF THE LORD BE GOD, FOLLOW HIM: BUT IF BAAL, THEN FOLLOW HIM.” That is when he challenged the prophets of Baal to produce evidence that their God was worth following. They built an altar, and laid their sacrifices thereon, agreeing that the God that would answer by fire, to consume the sacrifices, would be the true God. You know the story, the prophets of Baal screamed and chanted all day long, cutting themselves with knives, according to their usual practice, so that blood gushed out of them, but there was no answer from their god. Elijah waited until it was time for the offering of the evening sacrifice, then, in order to really prove the reality of his God, he had the people to thoroughly soak his altar with barrels of water then he stepped up and called upon the Lord God of Abraham, Isaac, and Israel. God heard his prayer and answered by fire to consume his sacrifice, at which time, the people fell upon their faces confessing the true God. Elijah came there for one purpose that day, that being to identify the true and living God for the benefit of the people that earnestly wanted to know.

John fulfilled that same office. It was his purpose to identify God to the people. He did not have any stories to tell that would exalt himself, instead, he continually reminded the people that they should watch for the one that was to come after him. Let us pick up his ministry in the third chapter of Luke, verse 3, “And he came into all the country about Jordan preaching the baptism of repentance for the remission of sins: as it is written in the book of the words of Esaias the prophet saying, the voice of one crying in the wilderness, Prepare ye the way of the Lord, make his paths straight.” I can just see John, anywhere he found a good water hole, where people passed by, that is where he would stop to preach. He did not take up time pulling for a large offering, there was no pledge cards to sign, and neither did he tell them to go to the church of their choice. From that time on, they were to watch for the one who would baptize them with the Holy Ghost and fire. We will continue reading, verse 5, “Every valley shall be filled, and every mountain and hill shall be brought low,” (Now that does not have a geographical application, all of those valleys, mountains, and hills remained the same. This was prophetic terminology. Why would this prophet use such language as this? He got their attention with statements like that, and the application belongs to the people. Hills, is speaking of the people of the upper class, the sophisticated, and the term, valleys, is speaking of the down and out class of people, those who are looked upon as no good, misfits, for this man’s life was destined to affect all categories of people.) “And the crooked shall be made straight, and the rough ways shall be made smooth.” (This has a spiritual application in the straightening out of the lives of people. In other words, the hardened criminals, the publicans, and sinners, would be lifted up to a level of life, where they would be equal with those from the upper class that had been humbled and brought low. The straightening out and smoothing is all to be applied to the lives of people.) (6) “And all flesh shall see the salvation of God.” (Yes, that is because they were to witness Jesus, manifesting Jehovah God in their midst.) (7) “Then said he to the multitude that came forth to be baptized of him, O generation of vipers, who has warned you to flee from the wrath to come?” This multitude here could be typical of denominational church people in our day. These, no doubt, had heard, from others, that there was a man down there at the Jordan preaching. Some probably said, once you hear him preach a complete sermon, you can not help but be baptized. Naturally, the multitudes will always gather where there is something exciting taking place. Some will even participate in the activity as they are moved with the crowd. Some of them thought he was making a fool of himself, while others were genuinely getting their lives changed. That is the same condition that we have today. There are those who think they can believe this end time message, and still be a Baptist, or a Methodist, or what have you. That will not work. The very essence of the message is, “COME OUT OF HER MY PEOPLE.” You just can not accept the message and stay in your old denomination. The reality of the message presents you with a choice, will I believe this or will I hold to what I have?

 

JOHN REBUKES FATHERS

John looked at that crowd of people, and by the spirit, he saw right through each one of them. He said, “You generation of vipers, bring forth fruits worthy of repentance, and don’t bother to say within yourselves, We have Abraham to our father,” (or I’m a Baptist, I’m a Presbyterian, I’m a Lutheran, or I am from the Church of Christ, you sure can’t tell me anything.) John said, “God is able of these stones to raise up children unto Abraham. And now also the axe is laid unto the root of the trees: every tree therefore which bringeth not forth good fruit is hewn down, and cast into the fire.” Let us just make the application right where we live today. The time has come for God to lay the gospel axe at the root of every life, therefore, if the life you live does not bear the fruits of truth, or reality, of true revelation, God is on the scene to cut your tree down. I am sure you realize by now that we are not talking about the trees that grow up out of the ground. We are talking about the tree of human life, and the type of fruit that your personal life is bearing. The fruit of a creed, or ritual is not good enough for God. He is looking for the fruit that comes forth from the inner man that sees truth. It will be a life that demonstrates truth, by the way that truth is lived. There are a lot of people who are able to say the right things, in the right places, so that they are not readily detected by man, but God is looking at the life also, and He sees it as it is. He is the one who will lay the axe at the root and cut the tree down. That is not our responsibility.

John had one group there that had truly repented, and desired to know what kind of a life they were supposed to live from then on. They asked him, “What shall we do then?” That is the exact question that was put to the apostles on the day of Pentecost, (Acts 2:37). The questions were the same, but the answers were different. The apostles answered the people who asked them that question by saying, (38) “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. (39) For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” John’s answer was a little different, but those who obeyed were found to be in harmony with God, because of their obedience. John said, “If you have two coats, give one of them to someone that does not have one. If you have food, share it with someone less fortunate.” When the tax collectors repented and asked for instruction, he told them not to collect any more from the people than that which they were entitled to collect. He told the soldiers to “Do violence to no man, neither accuse anyone falsely: and be content with your wages.” John was prescribing a way of life for those who had truly repented and been baptized, that if followed, it would produce fruit that would be acceptable to God. He could not say, (like the apostles), believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, for Jesus had not yet appeared on the scene, but he did say, (when the people began to muse in their hearts, as to whether he were the Christ), “I indeed baptize you with water; but one mightier than I cometh, the latchet of whose shoes I am not worthy to unloose: he shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost and with fire: Whose fan is in his hand, and he will thoroughly purge his floor, and will gather the wheat into his garner; but the chaff he will burn with fire unquenchable.” Here was a servant of God that was not going to take any credit that was not due him. He perceived what the people were thinking, and before they could go too far with their thoughts; he headed then off. He said, “what I have done is scriptural, but don’t get your eyes upon me, for the one that I am representing is so much greater than I, that I will not feel worthy to even remove his shoes for him when he comes.” I suppose every man that has ever been used by God has had a group of followers that could not see past him, to see the God that he was representing. That is why we have so many denominations in the ranks of professing Christianity. The true man of God will not allow a thing like that while he is living, but after his departure, it is out of his hands, that is when these various groups built their denominational fences.

One thing we can say for sure, when John had finished his ministry, he had laid the mountains and hills low, and raised the valleys, so that all were now on the same plane. We could not, by any stretch of the imagination, say that all of the fathers of John’s day were converted, but we will say that every one of them had their opportunity to know what was happening down by the river.

 

MOUNTAIN BEING BROUGHT LOW

Nicodemus was one of the rulers of the Jews, (a Pharisee), he came sneaking in one night to get an interview with Jesus. We can say that he was one of the fathers that was turned to the gospel that the children were receiving. He could not take the chance of coming to see Jesus during the day, for he had not yet determined to make an open stand for this new way of life. If he was expecting some special consideration because of his rank, he surely got the wind taken out of him, for after he had said, “Rabbi, we know that thou art a teacher come from God; for no man can do these miracles that thou does, except God be with him.” Jesus said to him, (John 3) (3) “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born again, he cannot see the kingdom of God.” Nicodemus responded, as any natural man without revelation would. He thought of this new birth that Jesus mentioned from the standpoint of the natural birth. Jesus said, further, in response to the statement that Nicodemus had made about entering the second time into his mother’s womb to be born again, (5) “Verily, verily, I say unto thee, Except a man be born of water and of the spirit, he cannot enter into the kingdom of God. (6) That which is born of the flesh is flesh; and that which is born of the Spirit is spirit. (7) Marvel not that I said unto you, ye must be born again.” Jesus went on to tell him the wind blows where it will, you can hear the sound of it, but you cannot tell where it came from and where it is going, so is every one that is born of the spirit. Nicodemus answered Jesus by saying, (9) “How can these things be?” Jesus answered him by saying, (10) “Art thou a master of Israel, and knowest not these things” This man, Nicodemus, was an educated man, a high ranking member of the fathers of Israel. He probably knew everything there was to know about the law. No doubt, he could quote every word of Isaiah 61, also Malachi 3:1, and 4:5-6, but he did not have revelation of what was taking place to fulfill these scriptures. His very own words proved that he did not know anymore about what was taking place than the publicans and harlots, and the average person on the streets of Jerusalem. Can you not see, this mountain being brought low. If he accepted His invitation to the new birth, it put him on the same level as all the other folks that accepted the preaching of John and Jesus. We have evidence that Nicodemus did humble himself and believe the gospel, for it was he, who helped Joseph of Arimathaea wrap Jesus for burring after his crucifixion.

 

JOHN’S DISCIPLES FOLLOW JESUS

While Jesus was talking to Nicodemus, He took the occasion to preach a little sermon to him that has provided a text for just about every preacher on the face of the earth. We have all heard John 3:16 every since we were old enough to listen to Bible stories. What I want you to see here now is this, a little while later, Jesus and His disciples were baptizing in a location close to where John chose to baptize. Let us read a little of that, we are still in John, chapter 3:22-30, (22) “After these things came Jesus and his disciples into the land of Judaea: and there he tarried with them and baptizes. (23) And John also was baptizing in Aenon near Salim, because there was much water there: (let those who believe in sprinkling as a form of baptism explain that statement. John was baptizing there because of much water). and they came and were baptized. (24) For John was not yet cast into prison. (25) Then there arose a question between some of John’s disciples and the Jews about purifying. (26) And they came unto John and said unto him, Rabbi, he that was with thee beyond Jordan, to whom thou bearest witness, behold, the same baptizeth, and all men come to him. (27) John answered and said, a man can receive nothing, except it be given him from heaven. (28) Ye yourselves bear me witness, that I said, I am not the Christ, but that I AM SENT BEFORE HIM. (29) He that hath the bride is the bridegroom: but the friend of the bridegroom, which standeth and heareth him, rejoiceth greatly because of the bridegroom’s voice: THIS MY JOY THEREFORE IS FULFILLED. (30) HE MUST INCREASE, BUT I MUST DECREASE.” This was what John had been waiting to hear. He said, “Now my joy is fulfilled.” That joy was in John’s soul. He was not jumping up and down, shouting, hallelujah! Glory to God! Even though a lot of people interpret joy in that way, John probably just had a big smile come across his face, as he watched his disciples begin to leave him and follow Jesus. The forerunner did not want the honor and attention that belonged to the one he came to announce.

From the time John’s disciples begin to follow Jesus, we start picking up other accounts as the lives of these various disciples began to be affected. Those disciples that followed Jesus were the children from the ranks of people that came to John’s baptism. Can you see that? Not one of those that followed Jesus were of the father category. They were all to be considered the children. They were fishermen, tax collectors, people from every common walk of life, but God had ordained that they should see His salvation. Remember, now Malachi prophesied that this man, (John), would turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, but that only meant their attention, their spiritual gaze, would be turned upon, or unto, what God was doing through that man who came in the spirit and power of Elijah. From that group of children came select men such as Peter, James, John, Matthew and on and on, who were destined to become the fathers of the faith that we are to be turned back to in these last days. After they were baptized, they followed Jesus day in and day out, observing all that was done and said by Jesus. They knew everything that had taken place among them since the day they had come to John’s baptism, even though, (at the time), they did not understand it all. This can be proved by looking at Acts 1:20-26, and Luke 24:44-49. First, we will pick up on what the apostle Peter was saying about Judas betraying Jesus according to that which David the king had prophesied. We will pick it up in verse 20, of Acts chapter 1, (20) “For it is written in the book of Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell therein: and his bishoprick, let another take, (21) WHEREFORE OF THESE MEN WHICH HAVE COMPANIED WITH US ALL THE TIME THAT THE LORD JESUS WENT IN AND OUT AMONG US, (22) BEGINNING FROM THE BAPTISM OF JOHN, UNTO THAT SAME DAY THAT HE WAS TAKEN UP FROM US, MUST ONE BE ORDAINED TO BE A WITNESS WITH US OF HIS RESURRECTION. (23) And they appointed two, Joseph, called Barsabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. (24) And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowest the hearts of all men, shew whether of these two thou has chosen, (25) That he may take part of this ministry and apostleship, from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place, (26) And they gave forth their lots; and the lot fell upon Matthais; and he was numbered with the eleven apostles.” From this portion of scripture we see that the eleven remaining apostles were looking for a man to take the place of Judas. He had to be a man that could give a true witness. They chose one of the men that had been with them ever since they were baptized by John. These men had been present to witness the miracles that were wrought by Jesus. They had also been present at the private teaching sessions Jesus held for his close disciples. They had seen with their eyes, and they had heard with their ears, then, just before Jesus ascended into heaven, He opened their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures.

 
JESUS OPENS THEIR UNDERSTANDING

 

Before reading those verses in Luke, let me say this, when Jesus was crucified, every last one of those disciples had their doubts. They had such hopes, and now it seemed that they were all in vain. I am thinking of the two disciples which were on the road to Emmaus, when Jesus walked beside them, after His resurrection. Jesus asked them, why are you so sad? They said, Even a stranger in Jerusalem ought to know what has taken place there in the past few days. We had such high hopes that this Jesus of Nazareth would be the one that would redeem Israel, since He was such a mighty prophet in word and deed before God. But now the chief priests and rulers have delivered Him to be condemned to death, and have crucified Him, and besides that, this is the third day since He was crucified, and some of the women are saying that they saw an angel which told them that He was alive. It is true He is not in the tomb, said they, in such a defeated tone. (It happened just as it was written in the prophets, “I will smite the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered abroad.” They had scattered every which way, but Jesus took this occasion to teach those two disciples a Bible lesson.) He said, Luke 24, (25) “O fools, and slow of heart to believe all that the prophets have spoken: (26) Ought not Christ to have suffered these things and to enter into his glory? (27) And beginning at Moses all the prophets, he expounded unto them in all the scriptures the things concerning himself.” By the time the evening had ended, Jesus had confirmed to those disciples that He was the one that had been crucified, and that He was alive. Now when those two became convinced, themselves, they made haste to find the eleven apostles to tell them; at which time Jesus appeared in their midst showing his scars to convince them of who He was. Then he upbraided the eleven for their hardness of heart and unbelief in failing to believe the report of the two. Afterwards, He taught them from the scriptures and OPENED THEIR UNDERSTANDING THAT THEY MIGHT UNDERSTAND THE SCRIPTURES, and gave them a commission. We can read that in Luke 24:44-49, (44) “And he said unto them, These are the words which I spake unto you, while I was yet with you, that all things must be fulfilled, which were written in the law of Moses, and in the prophets, and in the Psalms, concerning me. (45) Then opened he their understanding, that they might understand the scriptures, (This was the great unveiling for those apostles that had laid up the things that they had heard in their hearts. Now they understood for the first time.) (46) And said unto them, Thus it is written, and thus it behooved Christ to suffer, and to rise from the dead the third day: (Here is the commission), (47) And that REPENTANCE AND REMISSION OF SINS, (water baptism), SHOULD BE PREACHED IN HIS NAME AMONG ALL NATIONS, beginning at Jerusalem. (48) And YE are witnesses of these things. (49) AND BEHOLD, I SEND THE PROMISE OF MY FATHER UPON YOU: BUT TARRY YE IN THE CITY OF JERUSALEM, UNTIL YE BE ENDUED WITH POWER FROM ON HIGH.” After speaking those words to them, He began to rise from the ground, and was carried into the heavens.

No doubt the disciples were thinking as they stood there with tears streaming down their faces, oh, No! Not again! For at this time two men appeared in white apparel, and said, Acts 1, (11) “Ye men of Galilee, why stand ye gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, which is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen him go into heaven.” After that they returned to Jerusalem, and went into the upper room and were assembled with the apostles. It was at this time that they chose Matthais to take the place of apostleship with the eleven.

 

DISCIPLES RECEIVE PROMISE OF THE FATHER

Jesus left from the Mount of Olives, and according to Zechariah, He will return to the Mount of Olives. Those disciples had a commission ringing in their ears as they assembled back in the upper room where they had eaten the last supper with Jesus. He had instructed them to wait unto they received power from on high. He didn’t tell them to wait 10 days, and the Bible doesn’t say they waited 10 days, but we know the feats of Pentecost came on the 50th day after the offering of the first fruits of the harvest. Jesus was on earth 40 days before He ascended. Therefore, when the day of Pentecost came, 10 days later, there were only about 120 disciples waiting in the upper room of all the multitudes that had been affected by the ministry of John, and that had followed Jesus, hearing the good news. Think of that! Only 120 out of all those people, a crowd can really get thinned down when the excitement dies down. You would think that out of all the multitude of those that had been fed and healed by Jesus, there surely would have been more than 120 who would do as He instructed them to do, but the day of Pentecost came and found only those few waiting for the promise of the Father. The Holy Ghost descended, filled the house, and sounded like a rushing mighty wind to those who were waiting. Licks of fire sat upon each of them as they were filled with the Holy Ghost. Then they began to reel and rock like drunk people as they began to speak in other dialects, or other languages. This thing that was taking place among them got to building up with such force that they could no longer sit up there in that room. You know the Holy Ghost can get in a person and get them so built up that they can not sit still. While this was taking place in the upper room, the streets of Jerusalem were filled with orthodox, devout, Jews, who were getting ready to celebrate the feast of Pentecost, (a natural thing). They were gathering together, with all their food and paraphernalia, for the festivity. People were going to the temple with their large loaves of bread to offer it as a sacrifice. The streets were really humming with activity as the people tried to get everything done and ready themselves for the big feast. Little did the Jewish nation, the church of that day, realize what was taking place in the upper room. They were getting ready to celebrate in the natural, something that spiritually was taking place among the 120 that were gathered in the upper room. There were 120 getting the benefits of what that feast had been pointing to all this time. The scene changed when all of a sudden, from that upper room, came this 120 Galileans down the stairs speaking in other languages, something other than their natural Galilean dialect. They didn’t know what was happening to them. It never had happened before. There they were, walking up and down the streets speaking in other tongues, some speaking one language, while the others were speaking in different languages, so that all of those present from different parts of the world were able to hear some of them speaking in the language of their home dialect. Now let me say this, you do not have to stagger, and act like a drunk person every time the Holy Ghost moves upon you. You can have the Holy Ghost and be full of the new wine, and you still do not have to stagger up and down Main Street every time you go out.

 

BIRTH OF THE CHURCH

As I have said before, a manifestation of the Holy Ghost always has a purpose. I believe those people were literally staggering like drunk people, but that was to attract attention, and that it did, for some began to say, “Behold, are not all of these Galileans? Yet we hear them speaking in our own tongue, wherein we were born, the wonderful works of God. They were all amazed, and said one to another, what meaneth this?” That is when the home town bunch of critics chimed in and began to say, mockingly. These men are full of new wine. The apostle Peter heard that, and he, having the keys that would unlock this dispensation of grace, drew his sword again, but this time it was not to cut off a natural ear. It was a gospel sword, and he used it to beat a bunch of ears into a pulp. He stood up and said, Acts 2, (15) “Now hear this, these are not drunk as you suppose,” He was slapping them up one side and down the other with that gospel sword. It wasn’t the devout Jews he was after, it was that bunch of home critics that had rejected John and Jesus. I can just see them, when he got through with them hang their heads down and leave the area. By the time they were out of hearing distance, Peter’s sermon was over, but 3,000 Orthodox Jews, which had been standing there, were pricked in their hearts by the things they had heard. They were devout, orthodox, and believed in heeding the strictest way of the law, but they had received a revelation from that sermon, and cried out, “Men and brethren, What shall we do?” I know I have gone over this, time and time again, but I want you to see that these men who are asked that question, are the children from the group of people whose lives were affected by that Elijah spirit just a few short months before that. Can you accept that? Now it has come time for these men to speak, they are to give account of something. The question is asked, “what must we do?” John is no longer around; neither is Jesus. Therefore, the obligation falls upon these men to answer the question. Now, just as these men were the children of someone, in one sense of the word, they became the fathers to others, in another sense of the word. For, the very things that Peter began to speak, became the teachings of my father, and I do not mean my genetic father either. As Peter stood up to speak that day, he had no revelation that what he was saying to these men, which were Jews, would pass right on over to the Gentiles, in time, and that, for generations of time after that, God would use those same words to call Gentile people into His glorious plan of salvation.

 

ANOTHER MOUNTAIN BROUGHT LOW

As the weeks and months passed by, God got hold of another Jew. This one had sat on the Sanhedrin Council, the high court among the Jews. He was a Judiastic church father, who was one of the conscientious persecutors of the first Christians, before Jesus confronted him on the road to Damascus. We were talking about him earlier, his name was Saul. After God dealt with him there on the road to Damascus, and raised him up he schooled him for three years, out in the Arabian desert. From that time on, his revelation of scriptures was the same as the other apostles. He became the apostle to the Gentiles, an apostle who was the messenger to the first church age. He stands out as the one who held the line on the word of God in that first church age. Everywhere he went, he preached water baptism just like Peter, he preached the Godhead the same way, the same baptism of the Holy Ghost, and the same holy way of life. If Peter taught sanctification, so did Paul, justification by faith, eternal security, and on and on. All you need do is read the epistles that Paul wrote to the different churches and individuals. He even spoke these words in his second epistle to Timothy, chapter 2, verse 8, “Remember that Jesus Christ of the seed of David was raised from the dead, according to MY GOSPEL.” We see, from that statement, as well as the one he made to the Galatians in chapter 1, verse 8, where he said, “But though we, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, LET HIM BE ACCURSED.” That he was absolutely certain that what he preached was the unadulterated word of God. That did not mean that he, and the other apostles, went around quoting the statements that Jesus made during His ministry. It simply means that they received a true revelation of what Jesus taught, and later they taught that same revelation, but in their own words. It is only because people do not have a revelation themselves, that they feel they must quote the exact words of someone else. God is not pleased with copycats, vocal repetitionists, that will only say something exactly like someone else has said it. Jesus never even prayed like that, when He prayed for His disciples, in the 17th chapter of John. He prayed that the Father would keep, through His own name, those whom He had given Him, that they might be one, as He and the Father are one. Then in verse 20 he said, “Neither pray I for these alone, but FOR THEM ALSO WHICH SHALL BELIEVE ON ME THROUGH . . . THEIR . . . WORD.” That prayer was to reach to the end of the age. Jesus has prayed for every believer in every church age. That ought to furnish encouragement to those who would feel low in spirit from time to time. Jesus told Peter that Satan would desire to have him, to sift him as wheat, but said Jesus, “I have prayed for thee that thy faith fail not.” It is comforting to know that Jesus has already prayed for us.

 

LIVE MINISTRY IN ACTION

It was the words of the apostles that established the churches. It was not the words of Jesus that the early church had quoted to them that established their doctrine. It was the revelation of Jesus Christ, taught in the words of the apostles. Listen to what Peter’s answers would have sounded like, on the day of Pentecost, if he had been confined to quoting Jesus, saying it just like Jesus said it, as some preachers are doing today concerning Bro. Branham’s message to this age. Here is what it would have sounded like, “MEN AND BRETHREN, WHAT SHALL WE DO? WELL, JESUS SAID, YOU WOULD NEED TO BE BAPTIZED IN THE NAME OF THE FATHER AND OF THE SON, AND OF THE HOLY GHOST. JESUS SAID THAT YOU SHOULD OBSERVE ALL THINGS THAT HE HAD COMMANDED US TO OBSERVE.” Can you begin to see what I am getting at? Brothers and Sisters: you know it was not supposed to be like that. That is why, each man, regardless of whether he was an apostle, or an evangelist, or a New Testament prophet, took what Jesus had said and broke it down in his own words, using his own vocabulary, to convey the revelation to the people. That kept the gospel alive. I can see Jesus Christ living in those disciples, in those Christians, in that early church. When those people stood up to give a testimony, it was something that had just happened. They could give a fresh testimony every day.

We read in the fifth chapter of Acts, how the people brought the sick folks into the streets and laid them on beds and couches, hoping that at least the shadow of the apostle Peter passing by, might overshadow some of them. There came also, multitudes out of the cities round about, bringing the sick folks and them that were vexed with unclean spirits, and they were all healed. We are talking about a live ministry, in the midst of a people with a living faith.

Jesus had said to His disciples, John 15, (3) “Now ye are clean through the word which I have spoken unto you. (4) Abide in me, and I in you, as the branch cannot bear fruit of itself, except it abide in the vine; not more can ye, except ye abide in me. (5) I am the vine, ye are the branches; He that abideth in me, and I in him, the same bringeth forth much fruit; for without me ye can do nothing.” It is easy to see why some of these preachers can not do anything except quote someone else. They have not been abiding in the vine. The one who said, “WITHOUT ME YE CAN DO NOTHING,” was none other than the WORD OF GOD. (The word which was made flesh, John 1:14). It is time for those that have a genuine call of God upon their lives to get back to the Bible. That is why God sent the Elijah spirit to this age. He was to put us back in the old, time tested, black book, (THE BIBLE). We are living in a time when many people are making the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ so complicated and hard to reach, that a person would have to be among the upper class in order to be in the bride. By that I mean, according to the teaching of some who profess to be followers of Bro. Branham, a person would have to move to Israel, or one of a half dozen other places that various ones have come up with. Brothers and Sisters: it is pitiful to think that there are people so deceived that they would actually believe a thing like that, but they number more than a few, and some of them are in this area. Can you not see why it will take the office of an apostle to straighten this message up, and bring it in line with the word of God? There is more confusion among the ranks of those who were supposed to have been restored back to the faith of the fathers, than there is out in the denominational churches. You can go to the Baptist churches, and they are all teaching, basically, the same things, the Methodists, the Lutherans, the Church of Christ, and so on, but where can you find more than a very few assemblies in the following of Bro. Branham, that are in agreement on what he taught? It would have been the same way in the first church age, if not for the apostles holding a line on true revelation. Even those apostles had to be taught by Jesus for a period of 3½ years in order to get it straight. Some people just twist everything around and say almost anything.

Let me call your attention to a time when Jesus was talking to His disciples and said something like this, “Verily, verily, I say unto you, there are some standing here that shall not taste of death until they see the Son of man coming in his kingdom.” And after 6 days Jesus taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into a high mountain, and there He was transfigured before them. His whole countenance was changed, and they saw Moses and Elijah, (in the spirit). Now a lot of people actually think those apostles saw Moses, and Elijah, in body form. Brothers and Sisters: please read your Bibles. Jesus charged them, saying, “TELL THE VISION TO NO MAN until the Son of man be risen again from the dead.” It was a vision they saw, where Moses and Elijah were talking with Jesus, Matthew 16:28 – 17:3, 9. A vision is quite different than seeing someone in literal body form. I grant you, a vision makes the thing seem so real, that, to you, it seems like present tense. It is supposed to be that way. Only God can do it. Nevertheless, Jesus was using this occasion to confirm scripture to them. When He had finished saying, “Do not tell the vision, until I am risen from the dead,” the disciples came right back with a question, why say the scribes that Elias must first come? Jesus answered those three like this, “Elias truly shall first come, and restore all things. But I say unto you, That Elias is come already.” Now what did He mean? We know that John did not restore all things, as the previous statement of Jesus, said that Elias would do when he came, yet He turns right around and says that He has come already, and was not recognized. The disciples knew that He was talking about John the Baptist, but did he restore all things? No, he just restored all things relative to the plan of God in connection with the first advent of Christ. He did not have to fulfill anything else. He had fulfilled Malachi 3:1, and 4:6 in the part that pertained to his day. He turned the heart of the fathers to the children, and according to Luke 1:17, the disobedient, to the wisdom of the just, making ready a people prepared for the coming of the Lord. The disobedient, speaks of the sinner man of that day, being turned to the wisdom of the just, or justified. John’s ministry accomplished that. The sinner was made to realize that, once the will of God had been performed in his life, God looked upon that soul as a justified person. All condemnation was taken away. There stood a people, prepared for the coming of the Lord. They were children then, spiritually speaking, but they became our spiritual fathers. We look back to what they believed, and taught, to get our own sights lined up properly.

I am so glad that when I get the chance to look the apostle Peter in the face, beyond this life, that I can say, “Thank you Peter for standing in the streets of Jerusalem, in the face of all that angry mob of critics, and scorching them with truth I am also looking forward to seeing Jude, and expressing my thanks and gratitude to him for what he wrote about earnestly contending for the faith which was once delivered unto the saints.” It thrills my soul to think about the teaching that those early church fathers left for us to look back to. The devil didn’t like it, and he has tried every trick that he has ever thought of, in order to hide that truth from hungry souls, and even tried to destroy it completely, during the dark ages, but here we stand at the end of the age, with the spirit of God restoring all of the truth of that first age back to us, Praise His name.

 

IS GOD ONE OR THREE

Satan thought if he could destroy that truth, he could establish a teaching of his own, through carnal men, and he would have the situation under control. God knew what the devil would do, how he would try to wreck the church by substituting and perverting the truth, but he had a great plan for the redemption of fallen mankind, and that plan has worked all during the years of Satan’s attacks. One of the first major attacks that the devil made against truth, was concerning the Godhead. There is no place in the Bible that speaks of a holy trinity, but that teaching has swept around the world, and most all of the large denominational churches are founded on that lie. That is why we feel such an urgency to speak about the true revelation of the Godhead. The Gentiles never had a chance to know Jesus Christ after the flesh, as did the Jew. Therefore, knowing Him, as we do, (by the spirit), it is necessary for us to be led by the right spirit. Those early Christians, in that first age, did not have any problem with the Godhead. They had a revelation of who Jesus Christ was, (the incarnate God), the only person of the Godhead. God is a spirit, John 4:24.

I know we have already touched on this, but for the sake of the message, as it goes into print, I want to say something more. This will be for the sake of those who may read this message, believing that there are three distinct persons in the Godhead. It is biologically, and genetically impossible for a person to have two daddies, and that is what your trinity teaching says of Jesus, who was born to Mary and Joseph. Let me explain it like this, when the angel, Gabriel, came to Mary, he said, “Thou hast found favor with God. Thou shalt conceive in thy womb, and bring forth a son, and shall call his name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest: and the Lord God shall give unto him the throne of his father David, When Mary asked, How shall this be, seeing I know not a man? The angel answered, the Holy ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the Highest shall overshadow thee: therefore also that holy thing which shall be born of thee shall be called the SON OF GOD.” Now listen to what I am going to say. If the Holy Ghost is a person of the Godhead, and God the Father is another person of the Godhead, and the little baby that is to be conceived is to be called the Son of God, who will be the father? The conception will have to take place, either by a man or a spirit act. Now the angel said, the Holy Ghost would overshadow her to bring about the conception. Do you see where that will get you if you believe that there are three separate persons in the Godhead? You would have the Holy Ghost, a person, and God the Father, a person, both being the daddy of the baby Jesus.

God the Father, who is spirit, and God the Holy Ghost, which is spirit, are both one and the selfsame spirit. When we speak of God, object of worship, and Father, because all of life was derived from Him, we are speaking of that same spirit which is the Holy Ghost, only He is fulfilling the office work of redemption in the earth as the Holy Ghost. The one spirit is everything that there is of God. He fills the whole universe. He filled the man Jesus, so that those who looked at Him were seeing God manifested in flesh. The flesh of Jesus was not God. That was a human body that God created by His spoken word, to display Himself through. In the Ten Commandments we read, “Thou shalt have no other gods before me. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of anything that is in the heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the waters under the earth: Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them nor serve them.” God is one. He doesn’t dwell in a form, as an eternal abode. Therefore, why make an image, or anything in any likeness? You do not even know what God looks like. In the daytime, (as God led the children of Israel out of Egypt), He appeared unto them in a pillar of a cloud, or smoke, and at night He appeared to them in a pillar of fire, that is ELOHIM, (God). It was that same spirit that overshadowed Mary, and created in her, that little cell of life. From the body of Mary, God was taking the very elements which form matter to make up that little body. It was a divine act of God, to create a perfect body, in which there would be no death, nor sin. The blood that flowed through the veins of that body was holy blood, for it had not been transmitted by the genetic route. It was the blood of God, by a creative act. Blood is the carrier of life, for it is written in the scriptures, that the life, of all flesh is in the blood. That simply means that the life of all flesh, lives in conjunction with the blood. When the spirit of life leaves the blood it will die.

In this creative act, God created a perfect vessel, a perfect blood, and the life that was placed in that little vessel of clay, was the very life of God. No, it did not empty God’s spirit from the universe, He is omnipresent, (everywhere). It simply meant that the little boy, which was called Jesus), had the very life of God in Him, yet the fleshly part of that child grew up just like any other little boy. Even though every attribute of God was in that vessel of clay, He still, (from the flesh side), looked like man, talked like man, ate like man, and in Him was represented every man born upon the face of this earth, past, present, and future. He was the Son of God, but He is not to be thought of as the eternal Son of God, for the physical side of Him had a beginning and therefore, cannot be eternal. Do not listen to such talk as would say that, before Jesus was born, that He was somewhere, sitting on the right hand of the Father. That is another carnal Gentile way of trying to interpret certain scriptures. I will not take anymore time on this, but I wanted to put this much in the message to show what those early Pentecostal fathers taught about the Godhead. It is what they taught in that first age that we are to be turned back to in this last age.

I was born right here in the southern part of Indiana, and raised up, no more than 19-20 miles from here, out in the sticks. Yet I did not know a thing about Bro. Branham and the call of God upon his life, until Bro. Glenn came down home one day, and told me about Bro. Branham returning from Africa, and what miracles had taken place over there. I listened very attentively, as he related those things to me, and told me of the angel of the Lord appearing to Bro. Branham while he was baptizing some people down here in the Ohio River, and said to him, by a supernatural voice, that “as John the Baptist forerun my first coming, Thou wilt take a message, that will forerun my second coming.” He did not say that Bro. Branham, the person, would forerun his second coming. It is the message that Bro. Branham carried to the world, that will forerun the coming of the Lord. When I had finished hearing the things that were related to me, that is when I said, “if these things be true, then this is that Elijah that is to come.”

John came and delivered his message, (REPENT, FOR THE KINGDOM OF HEAVEN IS AT HAND), and we all know that the kingdom of heaven era did not start the next day after John made this declaration. There was a few months involved in its introduction, for the kingdom of heaven did not become effective, or in force, until after the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus Christ. After He ascended into heaven, and the Holy Ghost came to the believers then was the kingdom of heaven in force.

 

TRUTH OR CREED

All that John came to do, and all that Jesus came to do, was for the purpose of getting a people ready and making a gift from God available to them, a gift that would live inside of them, God living in His people, on and on until that last predestinated soul comes in from the fields of sin to receive the gift of life. God, who knows when His program is getting close to a time for another age to begin, sent Bro. Branham with that Elijah anointing upon him to warn the Christian world that this kingdom of heaven is coming to a close, nearing the windup, the end of the age of grace to the Gentiles. He was not sent just to take a healing message, or gift of healing, though that is what many Pentecostals believed. There was some teaching involved, and that is what caused the denominations to drop him. They enjoyed the healing, but they could not stand the teaching. Nevertheless, if he was that prophetic messenger of Revelation 10:7, and if he was that spirit of Elijah that was to turn the hearts of the children back to that of their fathers, there had to be some teaching involved. I want you to know, that not all of the children are going to be turned back to that of their fathers. Many of them would not even listen to him, and of those that did, there is only a few that actually were willing to leave their denominational surroundings to follow truth. The children of Malachi 4:6, pertaining to our day, is what is seen in universal Christendom. They all go to church. They all say they believe in God, and they all say, “ I believe in Jesus, oh, I love Jesus,” but it is not Jesus they love. It is their creeds. Jesus said, in the gospel of John, “If ye love me, you will keep my commandments,” and his commandments are not the Ten Commandments of the Old Testament, even though they were all encompassed in His teaching. When Jesus referred to His commandments, He was talking about His teaching, and we know that not all of the children are going to be turned back to what the apostles taught, when was the commandments of Jesus.

While I was in Canada recently, there was a certain man came to hear me preach, a person that had made the remark that if he had to give up either one or the other, he would give up the Bible and keep the Spoken Word books of Bro. Branham’s messages. I had been told that he would be there, and that he had made that statement. Brothers and Sisters: hear me, I will look any person in the face and say this as humbly as I know how, Don’t you ever tell me that you sat at the feet of Bro. Branham, and that he turned you back to the faith of Peter, James, John, Matthew, Mark, Jude, and Paul, and then have the nerve to say, if you had to give up either one, you would give up the Bible and keep the Spoken Word books. I will plainly tell you, you have not been turned back to the faith of the fathers. You have been sidetracked. You have been caught in a trap somewhere. In other words, you have been derailed, and it will not take me more than five seconds to tell you that either.

 

RESTORATION

As that man sat there that night, I said, “When that little man, (Bro. Branham), came on the scene, he fulfilled exactly what Malachi said he would do, he also fulfilled what Revelation 10:7, said was to be done, but that man did not restore FAITH, it was Martin Luther that restored that to the church, or that God worked through in doing it. It was Luther that taught the revelation that a man should believe in God, when the whole world, at that time, believed in the Pope, and the Catholic Church. One lone man in such a dark hour as that, when the whole world society believed in the Pope, had the courage to step out of the ranks of Catholicism, at the threat of his life, and declared, “I believe in God, that He will save my soul, regardless of what the Pope says”. Brother, there had been hundreds before him that had lost their heads for saying such things, but he had thought the situation over, and prayed through on it. While climbing up the stairs doing penance, (something that cannot be found in the scripture, that of torturing the body as a service of God), he decided that, live or die, sink or swim, he was going to make his stand for what he believed to be the truth.

This thing of doing penance is not practiced so much in America, in the way of torturing the body, but go to South America, or the Philippines, where Catholics are still holding on to the old pagan practices, you will find them coming out of the jungles carrying their crosses and chanting their little prayers. They are supposed to be Catholics, but they will run pins through their skin, walk on nails or hot coals of fire, torturing their bodies in every conceivable way, doing penance, which is nothing more than a pagan practice.

Nevertheless, to get on with the thought, it was not William Marrion Branham that restored the revelation that the just shall live by faith. The faith that was restored through Luther was that impartation of God’s grace that caused a man who realized that he was a sinner, and that he needed to be reconciled unto God, to stand out alone, and believe that God is, and that he is a rewarder of them that diligently seek Him, and that he can be justified, saved, pardoned, forgiven, by faith, and faith alone.

As I said before, Bro. Branham did not restore the teaching of ETERNAL SECURITY of the believer, Calvin did that. It was already in the earth before Bro. Branham came on the scene. There was life in that teaching as long as men were walking in the light of that hour. It is only when the spirit of God moves on to something more, and men refuse to move with Him, that the life goes out of what they teach. Do you know, there are a lot of people around today that actually think no one else was anything worthwhile until Bro. Branham came. The truth is quite different than that. He did not restore the teaching of PREDESTINATION, John Knox did that. He taught the revelation, by the spirit of God, that God knew everything from the beginning, even every person that would ever, at any time, believe the gospel and be saved.

As that man sat there in the service that night, I went ahead with this message, saying, SANCTIFICATION was restored by John Wesley. He was the one who said, “Yes, I believe also, that a man is justified by faith, but I see in the Bible, that after we have been justified, we should live a holy, sanctified life.” I am sure that most of you know already, that those old time Methodist were more like Pentecostals, than the Pentecostals are today. They would shout praises to God, be laid out by the power of God, and have themselves a time in those worship services, but it was not just for a show. Their lives showed that their experience with God was genuine.

Now we come to the BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST. The Elijah spirit did not restore that, the Pentecostal message did that. He did not restore DIVINE HEALING, the Pentecostal message did that. Neither did he restore the revelation of ONE GOD and WATER BAPTISM IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST. A branch of Pentecost did that.

 

MANY TRUTHS BUT ONE MESSAGE

When I got to that part in the message it was very easy to say, “just what did that man, who we say was the messenger to this age, do to turn the heart of the children back to that of their fathers?” Here it is. He is the only man this side of the dark ages that ever took all of these Bible truths, that God restored through the reformation, and put them all in one beautiful gospel story. Praise God! That is what makes it all so wonderful. I get so happy just thinking about it all. There I was, shut up in the Methodist church, but Jesus set me free. He put a hunger in my soul. Brother, I love his word. I was in search of something that would satisfy, and he caused me to find it. As I have studied his word, He has made me to know that we are definitely living in the last days. Jesus is going to come again, and I believe that He will come in my generation. I may be an old man, with humped shoulders and snaggled teeth, and more forgetful than I am now, but I believe He will come in my generation. I was also made to believe that if He was coming in my generation, He would send that spirit of Elijah somehow or other. That was several years ago. I did not know where to look for it or how it would come. I certainly did not know it was so close at hand. Isn’t that strange? There I was, down there in the woods, knowing that God was going to do something, and not knowing where to go look for it. All the time it was right at my door. That is the beauty of it all.

When Bro. Glenn told me about Bro. Branham, and I said, “then this is that Elijah that is to come,” I made it my business to be in his service on Wednesday night. As I sat there with questions on my mind, wondering what I was about to hear, and what I was about to see, it was not some great doctor of divinity, nor Rabbi, nor Bishop, but a little man with one little book that came out on the platform. He opened that book and began to read. He took a text in Genesis about the call of Abraham, and by the time he was finished, he had preached justification, sanctification, baptism of the Holy Ghost, the first advent of Christ, the second advent of Christ, and finished up in Revelation. Another thing that I noticed was that he did not use Philadelphia lawyer terminology. When he finished his message that night, I was convinced that he was the man. I was completely sold on it. Let me say this, I have not seen nor heard anything that I would trade it for since. You couldn’t sell me anything else. I have sat under the ministry of other men, some in big top tents with 5 poles, trucks all around, and chairs everywhere. I have seen them take offerings in wash tubs and wheel barrows, and seen many wonderful things, but that little man made me see through the message he brought, that God is one. He taught me how to get baptized properly, but he didn’t try to tell me how to get saved, all over again. No, this man did not try to unchristianize you with his teaching, but whatever stage you were in when you began to hear him, if you would open up your heart and let that message get deep down inside you, it would change your life and take you farther than you had ever been with God. That was God’s purpose. It made you thank God for faith, because it made faith so real. It made you realize that to live a clean, holy life was of utmost importance. That is when you begin to see that the world is selling out, and going into apostasy. It makes the doctrine of predestination much more real as you see the whole world turning away from the word of God. We can say this, according to the word of God, that which is predestined by the foreknowledge of God, and elected, will not compromise with the devil or his program. They will hold loyal to the word of God. The baptism of the Holy Ghost is for all genuine believers, and it will lead you right into the understanding of every new testament doctrine.

Modern evangelism will tell you that it is not doctrine we need, but love. That is from the spirit of antichrist. You can love a man because of his soul, but, brothers and sisters: light can not fellowship with darkness, you all know that. The Bible does not teach us to fellowship with everything, just to prove that you can love a person. You can love a person and still not agree with him. You can love him and still not walk with him. Will you agree? Of course, when I talk like this, there are those that say, “that crazy Jackson is really a fanatic.” If I am a fanatic, then Jesus was one too, so was Paul, and John was the worst one of them all, for he got so one-sided, and beside himself, that he wrote, in one of his epistles, that if any man come unto you, and bring not this doctrine, or gospel, don’t you even bid him God speed, or allow him in your house. He went on to say that if you do, you become a partaker of his evil deeds, II John, verses 10, 11. In other words, he said, you tell them to get away from your door, no matter how cold it is outside. Remember now, the man who wrote this is known as the apostle of love. How much love is that? These modern churches will spit at the word of God, and kick it out the back door, because it does not agree with their programs, but this little man with the Elijah anointing, came on the scene to turn a people loose from these denominational pastures, with their man made creeds, and get them out into the great plains of God’s grace, where all of the Bible is there to be grazed over, and eat from.

When Bro. Branham was still alive, most of the preachers, and most of the people were keeping pretty quiet, but when God saw that his message had been delivered, that he had said enough to cause every mortal soul to flee from those systems, and saw fit to take his prophet from the scene, then every kind of a spirit imaginable began to manifest through the people that has been affected in some way by his ministry.

I still remember hearing him talk to a young preacher, that had come all the way from Arkansas. The young man was so depressed and discouraged that, through some fiends, they practically forced an interview with Bro. Branham. When he had gotten the interview, Bro. Branham looked at him, and in the spirit he saw a dark cloud, or spirit, over him. I never did get the full details of what was said, but Bro. Branham evidently mentioned something like adultery. Immediately the young preacher said, “Bro. Branham, I have never touched another woman in all my life.” Bro. Branham said, I don’t mean that kind, it is committing adultery with a system, (he was a preacher in the United Pentecostal Church). Bro. Branham said, get away from it. It will kill you. That night, which was the last night that Bro. Branham was going to be there, he had all of the ministers to come and stand with him, as he was praying for the people. As that young minister came through the line, and got right up to Bro. Branham, so that he was the next one to be prayed for, Bro. Branham looked at him and said, “Son, get away from it.” The reason for the young man’s depression was, that he had already heard enough in other meetings to cause him to wonder if he should not get out of the system that he belonged to, but because of the influence of his in-laws he had remained with them. This message of truth will bring in-law trouble for sure, but I will assure you of one thing, there is no human flesh that can do for you, what Jesus Christ has done already. Outside the building that night, he was already writing a letter of resignation, getting ready to put it in the mail to headquarters, resigning the organization. I heard those words myself, which let me know that Bro. Branham was called and ordained to guide human lives out of these denominational systems. I will hasten to say this though, he was not ordained to tell people to take his teaching and make out of it what some have dared to do.

 

ANTICHRIST SPIRIT

Just a short time before God took his prophet from the scene, that spirit of antichrist began to rise up among some of the people, causing them to say, “What is Bro. Branham? Do you think he could be the Lord? Could he not be the Messiah?” That was one of the first manifestations of that spirit, concerning him. As that prophet began to feel the affects of such a spirit in his meetings out in the field, he openly rebuked the thing, and made it a universal rebuke. At the tabernacle, in a message to counterattack that deity spirit, he said that he would rather go down as a quitter than as antichrist, therefore, he had determined to leave the field of evangelism because of it. You may say, where do people get such ideas, anyhow? They get them from certain messages that he preached, such as, God, veiled in human flesh, and from the gift that he had working in his ministry, whereby, he could look out over a congregation and tell people who were all the way in the back of the building, who they were, where they lived, and what their sickness was. That was not mental telepathy either, that was God. God, is the Holy Ghost, which was to take the things of Christ and show them unto the believers when he came. That does not make the human vessel that he works through GOD. It is far from that. When we see such things, it ought to prove the scriptures, even more. Jesus said, “These works that I do, shall ye do also.” He was talking to the believers, and He was not telling them that this would make them God. It was His way of telling them that the spirit they were going to receive, a little later, was the same one that dwelt within Him. A person who is filled with the spirit of God, has the same potential within him, that Jesus had. That does not mean that every believer will do the same works as every other believer, when it comes to manifestations of the spirit. For the spirit is given to every man as He, (God), wills. To some one gift, to others another, but to all who are genuine believers, is the spirit given, and we read in I Corinthians, chapter 12, that it is given to every man to profit withal. It is Christ in you, the hope of glory, as we read in Colossians 1:27. God ordained that the spirit of Christ be embodied in His people, (the church), and that Jesus Christ would live and be demonstrated through His church in every generation all the way to the end of the age of grace to the Gentiles.

 

GOD’S WORD WILL STAND THE TEST

Now I said before, that God did not restore divine healing through Bro. Branham, for we had men such as Wigglesworth, Charles Price, F. F. Bosworth, and others, through the years, that were great men of faith. They preached faith, and divine healing among the denominational people, as well as the Pentecostals in their time. They prayed for the sick and had a great move of God in their services, yet those denominational systems said, that is of the devil. God let it go on like that until it was time to sound an alarm to wake up His people around the world. Then He spoke to a little man, and put a gift in his life and ministry that the great men of those systems could not hide from the people. He was not a theologian himself, but he could look those doctors of divinity right in the face and challenge them with the word of God to prove that he was not of the devil. They would sit there with their pencils and paper, taking notes, and that little man would tell the secret things of their hearts. He would name the various ones who were sick, and diseased, tell them where they were from, what was wrong with them, and send them back to their doctors to be checked. The doctors and lab technicians, would confirm, through their x-rays and tests that the people were healed. What could the critics say then? God vindicated this message of healing that had been restored to Pentecost, and laughed at. No, if they refused it, there would be nothing left for them, but to be cut off.

There were two men, (I believe it was in Texas), that plotted against Bro. Branham in a certain service. They agreed between themselves that they would test this man and his gift. On a prayer card they listed a number of things, and one of the men stood in the prayer line. When he came to Bro. Branham, he looked at him and said, Sir: there is nothing wrong with you. Yes, there is, he replied, did you look at the prayer card? Bro. Branham repeated, there is nothing wrong with you. The man said, yes, there is, I have got such and such wrong with me. About that time, the Lord showed Bro. Branham that it was a trick, and he, looking at the man, said, Sir: there is nothing wrong with you. This is a trick that you have plotted with a friend, and pointing to the balcony, he said, there is the other man right there. The man began to scream, and Bro. Branham said, because you have made fun of the gift of God, everything that you have put on that prayer card will come upon you. That kind of thing never happened in the ministry of the other men that we mentioned, but this was God’s prophet, this man’s life was destined to stop the mouth of the critics. God was vindicating his word, ONE GOD, not three, WATER BAPTISM IN THE NAME OF JESUS CHRIST, instead of three titles, SANCTIFICATION, BAPTISM OF THE HOLY GHOST, DIVINE HEALING, ETERNAL SECURITY, PREDESTINATION, JUSTIFICATION BY FAITH, and right on down the line. Everything that God had restored to the believer, through the reformation, He vindicated it through the ministry of Bro. Branham.

 

THE HOLY GHOST IS THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH

We realize, as we say these things, that not every believer in the world has had the privilege to hear and see the things that some of us have, but we are thoroughly convinced that if you have the genuine Holy Ghost in your life, as you get hold of this man’s teachings, and see what he stood for, you will be turned in your thinking, to the framework of the faith of the early church fathers. Bro. Branham is no longer with us in bodily form, but what he taught and stood for, is finding its way around the world in the form of books and tapes and personal testimonies. People of God are returning to the word, back to what the apostles taught.

 

FALSE TEACHERS

We have the same situation in our day that the apostle Paul had in his day. That is why I subtitled this portion of our message, THE OVERTHROW OF THE FAITH. Since Bro. Branham’s death, men have come on the scene to pervert the true teaching, and overthrow the faith of some. You say, how can the faith of some be overthrown? Please turn with me into the second epistle of Paul to Timothy. In 66 D.D., Paul was in prison, in Rome. He is o longer in a position to go personally, and deal with a situation that was taking place, so he writes to Timothy and gives instructions to him concerning the matter. We will start reading in chapter 2, (14) “Of these things put them in remembrance, charging them before the Lord that they strive not about words to no profit, (That is what a lot of people are doing today. They like to play with words, but they have no understanding of the words that they are playing with.) But to the subverting of the hearers. (15) Study to show thyself approved unto God, (not man), a workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of truth.” In other words, when you are asked a question, answer it according to the word of God, and knowing that it is the word of God, you do not have to be ashamed of anything. You may not convince the person that is asking the question, but if you know beyond any shadow of doubt that you have answered according to the word of God, that is all you need to worry about. Verse 16, “But shun profane and vain babblings: for they will increase unto more ungodliness.” That is what we have going on in this movement today, just a lot of babbling. And notice how he connects it all together. “But shun profane and vain babblings.” In other words, meaningless arguments and debates, fruitless discussions that never have any benefit for anyone, shun them. There were those that consistently catered to such tactics, and Paul said, (17) “And their word will eat as doth a canker,” (or like gangrene, it just gnaws and gnaws at your spirit. He then mentions a couple of names. I believe the day is coming when that will be necessary to our age, but let a think like that be done in God’s time.) of whom is Hymenaeus and Philetus: (18) Who concerning the truth have erred, saying that the resurrection is past already: and OVERTHROW THE FAITH OF SOME.” Now, do you see what happened there? Those two men got a revelation, somehow, that the resurrection had passed already, and began to teach it. Paul was in jail, and could not go personally, to keep everyone in line, and that gave the devil a good opportunity to run at large. Paul did not hesitate to call those two men by name, for they had been teaching their new revelation, and some had believed it, not everyone, just some. That just goes to show how that spirit of antichrist works. It is always an attack against truth, but it comes in a subtle way, a way of causing certain ones to feel like they have found a special place with God, an inner circle. We have it right in our community even today. There are certain ones, like Hymenaeus and Philetus, that are saying the rapture of the Gentile bride has taken place already. Those who believe such a teaching will have their faith overthrown. Such people have erred from the truth. I want to say, I have sat by many of these men in years past, and had a great respect and appreciation for what I considered to be a genuine experience of the Holy Ghost in their lives. I felt like these men had the same appreciation for the restored word of God that I did, but when God took his prophet from the scene, and it was left up to those who remained to preach the gospel, many of them were not able to preach anything but the prophet. It is not enough to preach Malachi 4, and Revelation 10:7, there is the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ to be preached yet. Some of them will say, “the message is William Marrion Branham,” but I say the message is the gospel that the early apostles preached.

 

WHOSE DISCIPLE ARE YOU?

Why should these characters that believe like that go all over the world, even to lost souls in Africa, or people that have been converted by missionaries from the denominational churches, and tell them that God sent a prophet to turn us back to the faith of the fathers, and then preach about the prophet, without ever telling people what the faith of the fathers is. That kind of a ministry is vain. A person might know who William Marrion Branham was, what he was, and know all about him, and still not know anything at all about the faith of the fathers. I am so glad that I can go on record saying, I THANK GOD THAT I KNOW WHAT THE FAITH OF MY FATHERS WAS, (SPIRITUAL FATHERS), for I believe that I have the same Holy Ghost that Peter, James, John, Jude, Paul, and all of those men had. I love the writings of those men. Therefore, when I read what the prophet to this age said, it makes me appreciate what those men had to say. It makes me appreciate the fact that I got baptized the same way Peter did. I thank God that one day that prophet looked at me and said, “this is good for you Methodist, and the Baptists, and the Presbyterians, Lutherans, Pentecostals, and all who name the name of Jesus Christ, but you will not continue to be that for long after you get it. I am talking about the genuine baptism of the Holy Ghost. HALLELUJAH!

 

TRUTH DOES NOT HAVE TO BE CHANGED

I know that some of these characters get angry when I talk like this, and they will say, “that Jackson is crazy, stay away from his church, he is not even in the message.” I will say to any of you, you will never get me to teach different. You cast your lot with whom you will, and we will let God do the vindicating.

I have sat by men who jerked all over when they were supposed to be under the power of the Holy Ghost, (and there is nothing wrong with being jerked by the Holy Ghost, I wish he would jerk a few more to the point where they could see truth), but now I see them being led by the spirit of the antichrist. It is a pitiful thing, but if God will allow it to happen that way, who are we that we should try to stop them. It is our business to hold up truth before those who are looking for truth. Jesus is coming back very soon now, and He is coming for a people whose lives are founded on truth. He said, “I am the way, the truth, and the life; no man cometh unto the father, but by me.” It is time to be looking up for our redemption draweth nigh.

Brothers and Sisters: we will bring this part of the message to a close, trusting, that in it, we have said something that will be of help to each of you along your Christian journey. What we say is not meant to be critical, but awakening. It is necessary to expose certain things, and certain ones, at times, for the benefit of those who want to do the right thing, but just have not been able to decide which way to go.

I feel that God has a call upon my life to stand for his word in these last days, and that is what takes first place in my life. We have been publishing the Contender since March of 1969. Our one aim is to get the word of God into the hands of those who will appreciate it. I do not know of one thing that we have ever printed that I would want to call back and change. I believe that what we have printed will help the true children of God.

In part 3 of this message, I desire to go into the many things that have caused confusion among those who have been affected by the ministry of Bro. Branham. Please pray for us, that the message will be of benefit to God’s people. May God bless each of you. AMEN.

The Apostle’s Office, Part 1

WE ARE PUBLISHING THIS ARTICLE, PRIMARILY, FOR THE PURPOSE OF ESTABLISHING THE OFFICE OF AN APOSTLE, WHAT IT IS, WHAT IT IS FOR, WHAT IT HAS BEEN IN THE PAST, AND WHAT IT IS IN OUR DAY. HOWEVER, WE WILL SPEAK OF MANY THINGS IN THIS DISCOURSE THAT SHOULD BE OF INTEREST TO ALL OF YOU WHO READ THE ARTICLE, SUCH AS, RECOGNIZING THE SPIRIT OF GOD, TESTING YOUR OWN EXPERIENCE, WORKS OF THE HOLY GHOST, GOD’S PERFECT ORDER, GOD’S SOVEREIGNTY, THE HOLY GHOST SPEAKING, AND MANY OTHER THINGS, INCLUDING MY TESTIMONY, AS TO HOW GOD HAS LED ME, AND WHY I HAVE CONDUCTED MY MINISTRY AS I HAVE. WE ARE TRUSTING GOD TO MAKE THIS ARTICLE MEANINGFUL TO EACH OF YOU. THEREFORE, I ASK THAT YOU READ THIS FIRST PART PRAYERFULLY, AND WATCH FOR THE CONTINUATION IN OUR NEXT ISSUE.

TEXT: ACTS 11:1-18

 

I have never approached this subject nor tried to go into it in the way that I desire to do so now, if the Lord Jesus will help me.

WHAT IT IS FOR

In the ranks of Christianity we have heard for years that there is to be APOSTLES, PROPHETS, EVANGELISTS, PASTORS, AND TEACHERS, but it seems that no two groups of people are able to agree upon the fact of who is to do what among this ministry. Some have gone to the extremes of selecting certain men from among their ranks and installing them in these particular offices. But that is not the answer to man’s spiritual dilemma, for if God has not called a man to a certain office of authority, that man will only add more confusion to that which is present already. When God calls a man to a certain ministry, that man will be enabled and equipped to fulfill that calling. He will not be tossed to and fro by every wind of doctrine, which is nothing but man’s carnal ideas. It is because of this confusion, and the nearness of the return of the Lord, that I feel led to deal with this subject, THE APOSTLE’S OFFICE, what it is for, where it ranks among the others, and how it functions among believers.

We have said over and over again that God sent a prophet messenger to this age, and I will say right now that if He had not, every last one of us would be on a road to spiritual wreck. We would be wrecked as individuals as well as assemblies. I am sure that there are many of you who do not catch the significance of what the news media reports from the ranks of religion in our day. Therefore, you may not be aware of the hypocrisy and evilness of it as it is in our present time. The decay of morals has reached a state of rottenness, to the degree that religion, as a whole, is nothing more than a cloak for people to robe themselves in. No more than forty or fifty years ago, religion was looked upon as being something holy, something that would acquaint you with God and show you how to live in respects to God. Brothers and Sisters: that is no longer true. Religious leaders are becoming more and more engrossed in politics and social affairs, and the souls of lost men are not even thought of when these groups come together. Apostasy is taking over the ranks of religion. I have said it before, from this pulpit, and now I will say it again, the time is near at hand that many people will literally hate and abhor religion with all of its corruption. They will feel that they can live better lives apart from such a system. This will be people that morally, socially, ethically, and principally, their standards will be much higher than what they see in the so called churches of the world. They will refuse to sit in, participate, or support such systems as these that feel they must become involved in world affairs. Brother, you can be assured of one thing, the apostle Paul never became involved in social matters, neither did he become involved in economical problems or international affairs. He was only interested in only one thing, that wherever God gave him an open door, he would, by the help of God, fully preach the gospel and point all men everywhere to repent and turn their hearts to God through the Lord Jesus Christ. The apostle Peter was the same way, but we are becoming just another subject of study in your colleges and universities, along with Buddhism, Shintuism, and such like, so that there is no life in it.

A short time ago, while traveling, we had occasion to be in the Pittsburgh, PA, airport for about an hour while changing planes. As we walked through the airport we were approached by a young lady who had a bunch of these little red carnations in her hand. She just walked right up and pinned them on my wife’s dress without even asking if it would be alright. She just said as she pinned them on, “May I give you a gift this morning?” Then she said, “Would you like to donate to a charitable cause?” Naturally, I thought it would be for something like the veterans of foreign wars or something of that nature, so I reached in my pocket and gave her a dollar. At that time she reached in her little knapsack and pulled out a magazine, which she handed to me. I could see from the pictures on the cover that it was a magazine which deals with the idea of reincarnation and that sort of thing, but I thought to myself, I have paid a dollar for this thing, so I may as well see what they have to say about it. Brothers and Sisters: you would be surprised at the names of doctors, lawyers, university deans, and big names from all walks of life that were listed in there as having accepted this new concept of reincarnation, and what it has done for them. I thought as I read that, there was a time when you would not have found any such thing as this in your airports, but now we are invaded, here in America, with every kind of a spirit under the sun. It lets us know that the whole world is decaying and the gospel is absolutely being closed out. The vultures are moving in on every side.

Now in respect to the subject of the Apostle’s office, let me say this. I do not know what you may believe, or what you may have been taught about this five fold ministry, that is to perfect the bride of Christ in this last age. But I want to approach the subject from the standpoint of what an apostle was in the first church age. Then, if we can see what the apostle, (as well as the others), was in the beginning of the new testament age, we will have no trouble reconciling the ministry of that office in the closing of this age, for we know that we are to be restored back to the faith of our fathers. That, naturally, means the faith of our spiritual fathers, which were the founders of the new testament church, which began on the day of Pentecost when three thousand souls received the gospel.

As we read the scripture that I have chosen to use for a text for this message, please remember, this is an account of the apostle Peter vindicating his ministry to the Gentiles. He had been called on the carpet, (so to speak), by his Jewish brethren in the Christian faith. In other words, the other apostles and brethren, who were not aware of the fact that even though the gospel came to the Jews first, it was for all who would receive it, called upon the apostle Peter to give an account for the fact that he had, (in the eyes of the Jews), defiled himself by going among Gentile dogs. (This was the way Jews looked upon the uncircumcised Gentiles). You will notice in verse 4, that Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and told it to them in the order of its occurrence. He told of the vision that he received, and how that, through that vision he was able to understand that God is no respecter of person’s (as far as salvation is concerned), and that he should not call any man common or unclean.

Now let us read our text, Acts 11:1-18. (1) “And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of god. (2) And when Peter was to come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him, (3) Saying, Thou sentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. (4) But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them, saying, (5) I was in the city of Joppa praying: and in a trance I saw a vision, a certain vessel descending as it had been a great sheet, let down from heaven by four corners; and it came even to me: (6) Upon the which when I had fastened mine eyes, I considered, and saw a four footed beast of the earth and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. (7) And I heard a voice saying unto me, arise, Peter; slay and eat, (8) But I said, Not so, Lord: for nothing common or unclean hath at any time entered into my mouth. (9) But the voice answered me again from heaven, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. (10) And this was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven. (11) And behold, immediately there, were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Caesarea unto me. (12) And the spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover, these six brethren accompanied me, and we entered into the man’s house. (13) And he showed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him, Send me to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter: (14) Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saved. (15) And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them as on us at the beginning. (16) Then remembered I the word of the Lord, how that he said, John indeed baptized with water; but ye shall be baptized with the Holy Ghost. (17) Forasmuch then as God gave them the like gift as he did unto us, who believed on the Lord Jesus Christ; what was I, that I could withstand God? (18) When they heard these things, they held their peace, and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life.”

 

RECOGNIZING THE SPIRIT OF GOD

 

You will notice from the scripture that we have just read, that Peter did not have to wrestle with anyone, or make any threats as to what might happen to a person, or persons, among them, if they did not believe him. He just simply testified to them how the Holy Ghost had led him to go and do a thing that had never entered his mind before that time. He told them his vision, and testified of the results. Not only himself, but he had six brethren which had accompanied him on the trip, and witnessed the things that had taken place. You will notice, also, that the men who were questioning Peter, even though they themselves had no such leadings, they had enough of the spirit of God in them to recognize that this was a sovereign act of God, and from that moment on their minds were settled. They did not continue harassing Peter Because he had done something contrary to their former understanding. These men displayed a true Christian attitude, in that, they glorified God for what he had done. It has been quite the contrary in our day. We have lived to see that spirit of antichrist work from every direction, and through many people that we had looked upon previously as true brothers and sisters of the faith. To give you a little example of what I am talking about, we will call your attention to how the denominations looked upon Bro. Branham and the things that he taught. Yes, there were certain groups among them that enjoyed the healing ministry, and the gift of revealing certain things about individuals in the meetings, but there was not one denomination among them, that would accept his teachings and try to line themselves up with the word of God. Today, that man’s name is considered a bad word in denominational ranks. He is just about as well thought of as some stray dog that might have ran through their midst. Those who knew him personally, from among those groups, are quick to say, oh yes, he was a fine man, but just a little mixed up in the head. Some have been heard to say, he was right in the heart, but wrong in the head, all because he stood for the word of God rather than denominational traditions and creeds. That is the very same situation that John the baptist and Jesus faced in their day. The things that they taught did not fit in with that Judiastic way of thinking. Therefore, they could not see God in anything that was different from their preconceived ideas. Tares will always react like that, for they do not have a revelatory spirit within them. They can only accept what they are able to accomplish through their five senses. This is legalism, without compassion or mercy.

Now I want to bring it right down to where we are today. There are a lot of people, right today, who followed Bro. Branham, and supposedly believed him to be God’s prophet messenger to this age, who are conducting themselves exactly like the Judiastic leaders of the days of Christ’s ministry on earth. It is the same old spirit, just different people. These people thought it was ridiculous that the denominations did not receive Bro. Branham’s teaching on the god-head, the baptism of the Holy Ghost, serpent seed, and the various things concerning the different reformers, and now that Bro. Branham is no longer with them they are being led by the same spirit that they had formerly condemned. In most ways the denominations are better off. At least they are not waiting around for a dead man to be resurrected from the grave to lead them to perfection. God is alive, and His ministry is alive. He does not resurrect men from the dead to carry on His plan of redemption. I am aware that some of you who will read this paper are going to say that I am a heretic, and that I am speaking against Bro. Branham, but I will just say to you, that I am not speaking against that little man, who I loved and appreciated, as much, and maybe more, than most of you. It is that spirit that is so prone to deify the flesh of a man that God uses, that I am speaking against. I do not know where I might be right now, if it had not been for the life and ministry of Bro. Branham, but he is dead now and there is still a life to be lived, and a race to be run. I am referring to the race that the apostle Paul mentioned in I Corinthians 9:24 and Phillipians 3:14, for the prize of the high calling of God in Christ Jesus, not this race that so many are engaged in, trying to see who has the best collection of quotes from Bro. Branham’s sermons.

 

TRUTH OR LIES

 

If it seems like I am being a little too plain, I ask you to bear with me. It is too late in the hour to beat around the bush trying to spare someone’s feelings. Jesus did not do it that way. He looked at a group of people that had that spirit on them, and said, “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him.” Now don’t you say that I called you a devil, or a murderer, I did not, but if that spirit in you does not have a love for the truth, well, you know what the scripture says. God will send them strong delusion, that they may believe the devil’s lie and be damned. There are many people among the ranks of religion that are forever murdering truth. All who do so will have to answer to God, not Raymond Jackson. John the baptist called a group of them vipers on one occasion. You certainly could not call that sparing their feelings. Neither was the apostle Paul very gentile with those people when he preached from Mars Hill in Athens, Greece. It simply amounts to the fact that there is a truth to stand for, and any spirit that opposes it, must be revealed and dealt with.

When God is on the scene with truth it is for the benefit of those individuals who are hungering after God to the extent of reaching far beyond what their former teachings held. That does not mean that there is no truth in the various places that we could name, it just means that it takes the whole truth and nothing but the truth to feed the bride of Christ. We all know full well, that the church of the living God started out on the unadulterated truth. They did not have a bunch of misfits sitting in their assemblies saying, “I just don’t see it that way,” “or I believe it should be like this.” God had His apostles on the scene to teach the people, as they believed and desired to know what this new way of life. You did not have people getting saved one day, and then find them out trying to preach the next day, as we have seen it in our day. It seems that there is a preacher spirit on just about two of every three professing Christians that you meet up with anymore. Brothers and Sisters: It was never meant to be that way. The men that God calls to preach will sit under a ministry somewhere till they have something to preach about. We are too close to the end for such folly among the true body of Christ. There is no time to fool around being polite. The Bible teaches us that it will take a five fold ministry to perfect the bride of Christ, therefore, why settle for anything less at this late hour.

 

APOSTLE’S DOCTRINE

 

In the 2nd chapter of Acts, we read that three thousand souls were added to the ranks of the believers in one day. Then what does it say? “And they continued stedfastly in the APOSTLES’ DOCTRINE, and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers.” Now! Did you notice anything in that verse? Look at it again. “THEY CONTINUED STEDFASTLY IN THE APOSTLES’ DOCTRINE.” We gather from scriptures such as this that these new converts had some doctrine taught to them, and by who? By the apostles. It is always the apostle that holds the line on the word of God. The early church had all five offices in it, but it was the apostles who had the major role in establishing the believers. Take for instance, the time when Paul and Barnabas came to Jerusalem to discuss the doctrine that had been spread at Antioch, among new converts, saying, that they should be circumcised and keep the law. The apostle James stood up, after having heard all the discussion and testimony, and said, listen to me, (Acts 15) (14)“Simon has declared how God at first did visit the Gentiles, to take out of them a people for his name. (15) And to this agree the prophets; as it is written, (16) After this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, which is fallen down; and I will set it up: (17) That the residue of men might seek after the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, saith the Lord, who doeth all these things. (18) Known unto God are all of his works from the beginning of the world. (19) Wherefore MY JUDGMENT is that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to God: (20) But that we write unto them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood.” ETC. What I want you to see here, is that, these apostles had to deal with a situation that they did not have an exact scripture to go to for the answer. Therefore, James, being the chief spokesman at Jerusalem, first looked at the word of God that was available to them, (prophecy concerning Gentile believers), and made his judgment based upon that. When he made this determination, the others did not question his decision. They immediately took steps to set everything in its proper order.

You will notice further on down in this same chapter that the church at Jerusalem sent chosen men from among their number, with Paul and Barnabas, when they went back to Antioch, primarily, as witnesses to the fact that the apostles had made a decision in the matter. The men who accompanied Paul and Barnabas were new testament prophets, who, after bearing witness in the matters at hand, also exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed them.

As you follow the events recorded in the book of Acts, you will notice that each time God began to change His approach concerning a certain realm of people, the office of that apostle was right there. The early church did not start out as a hit and miss project in the books of Acts, and it will not wind up as such in the end, for God still has His voice in the land today.

 

TESTING YOUR EXPERIENCE

 

Some of you may not agree as to what an apostle is, but I will say this, your judgment in the matter is not what God will accept anyhow. He never bothered to ask the Judiastic world what they thought their Messiah should look like. He never asked them what they thought their Elijah was to look like, neither did he ask the denominational church world what they thought their Malachi 4 should be like. Most of them do not accept it, I can not see it, they say. Well, it just goes to prove the scripture where Jesus said, “No man can come to me except the Father draw him.” They are quick to say, “I know I have been saved and have the Holy Ghost, even if I do not see anything just like you do.” Time will prove who has the Holy Ghost. It matters not, what some may say, time will prove who has the real thing. I don’t care if you are able to kick your heels through the ceiling, that does not prove that you have the Holy Ghost. The real proof of it is what you do with the word of God when it is presented to you. You could never convince a true child of God that you are filled with the Holy Ghost, while you continue to resist water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, according to Acts 2:38, and while you continue to believe that God is three persons. Does not the scripture tell us, (in the words of Jesus) that when the Holy Ghost comes, He will lead you into all truth? You can answer your own question if your are honest. Just ask yourself, if I have the Holy Ghost, why is He not leading me into all truth? Why do so many of the scriptures still seem so confusing? Ask yourself these questions, then, think on what I am about to say.

On the day of Pentecost, when the new testament church was born, every soul in that upper room had been affected by the life of the Lord Jesus Christ, but where were all of the others whose lives had also been affected. Let us ask ourselves this question, why were they not all assembled in the upper room? What had happened? There were thousands of people throughout the land of Israel, who had sat on the ground and eaten of the five loaves and two fishes. Where were they on the morning when the Holy Ghost fell? They were not in the upper room. How about the great throng of people who followed Jesus and witnessed the healing of multitudes who came to Him along the way? Are you beginning to see what I am getting at? It is not whether you spoke in tongues, rolled in the floor, shouted, danced, got healed or prophesied, that determines whether you received the Holy Ghost or not. The real test is whether you will do what the word tells you to do. The WORD, John 1:14, told those people to tarry in the city of Jerusalem until they received the promise of the Father, Luke 24:49. There were about one hundred and twenty of them who were gathered together with this promise on their mind, but the great multitude was someplace else. We have all enjoyed the manifestations of the spirit in the wonderful meetings that we have been privileged to attend over the years, and I have nothing to say against anyone who might have had an experience similar to one or more of these mentioned. The only thing that I will say is, when you leave the meeting to go about your daily routine, please let your life measure up with your spiritual experiences. Do not make a toy out of the spirit of God. He is not to be used as a puppet, where you pull the strings and make God do what you want Him to do. God is looking at the heart of each one of us. He is checking for a certain quality, a quality that has a sticking ability. When He finds such a person, He will talk to that soul out of His book. Oh, yes, there will be days of discouragement, we all have them. But the soul that truly knows God, will get up out of such a dilemma, and will stand for the word of God, which will bring everything under control.

 

WORKS OF HOLY GHOST

 

Think for just a moment about that 120 souls who waited for the promise of the Father, as they had been instructed to do. They did not know what kind of a feeling they would have when it came, neither did they know what it would look like. They just knew that Jesus had told them to wait at Jerusalem until it came, and they were obeying His word. When the spirit fell on them that day, it made such an impact on each of them, that they never stopped witnessing about it until they were either martyred, or put in the grave from some other cause. The spirit that they received had a life changing effect on them, and it affected others also.

Notice what happened when Peter preached his first sermon after receiving the Holy Ghost, three thousand orthodox Jews were literally pricked in their hearts, causing them to cry out to Peter and the other eleven apostles, “men and brethren, what must we do?” Praise God! I am so glad that there were no bishops nor overseers to show them the articles of faith. Brothers and Sisters: the Bible wasn’t even printed yet, but Peter, out of the abundance of his heart, and a right revelation that God had instilled in there, said, “Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. For the promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God shall call.” After Peter finished speaking these words, three thousand souls were taken out and baptized the biblical way. This was all done at the word of an apostle. The point that I want to get across to you, is, that God used the office of apostles to begin the church on the day of Pentecost, and that he will use that same office here in the end of the age, as the bride moves toward her perfection.

You can tell by listening to the way many people talk, that they think an apostle is the man that can make water run uphill, or create some great miracle, or this and that. I will say this, that all went along with it, but, that was not the main object of the apostolic office. That was not the primary calling of an apostle. It started out as an office of authority to hold a line on the word of God. It was an office, ordained by God, to establish doctrine for the true believers to live by.

You know, as well as I do, that when Peter and John were instrumental in their first miracle, (that being the healing of the lame man which was laid daily at the gate beautiful of the temple, to ask alms of those who went in and out), that there was a great stir among the people. So much so, that the religious leaders, who were angered by all of this commotion and talk about this man Jesus, came upon them and took them before the high priest, and others who questioned them as to what authority they had to do these things. Peter seized the opportunity to preach the name of Jesus Christ unto them, but the sermon was not appreciated. The apostles were threatened and let go, with the command that they should not use this name anymore. During the time of their preaching though, there were another five thousand souls who believed the gospel and were added to the church. By this time, all attention was focused on this group of believers who were causing such a stir around Jerusalem. Miracles were being wrought by the apostles, the sick were healed, and spirits were cast out of those who were possessed. It was reported that the believers in this new way of life had all things common. But then the high priest and the Sadducees were filled with indignation because of these things, and when they could no longer contain themselves, they arrested the apostles once again and cast them into the common prison. This time, God sent an angel to open the prison gates, and when they were on the outside, the angel said to them, go, stand and speak, in the temple, to the people, all the words of this life. It was important that the church of that day be started out on right teachings. The right doctrine was most essential. The five fold ministry was busy among those early Christians, getting them established in the right doctrine. They had apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers: all active in that first age, and you can be sure of this one thing, they all taught the same revelation of Jesus Christ to the believers of that day. The trinity of the godhead sure didn’t get its start through the ministry of through the ministry of those men. Neither did that apostate substitute for water baptism. The gospel started out pure, through the teachings of these men, and that is what the bride of Christ must be brought back to, before she will be acceptable to God. All denominational creeds and traditions will have to be purged out of us by a right revelation of the word of God. Then we must live according to that revelation.

 

PHILLIP’S MINISTRY IN SAMARIA

 

When we talk about miracles, we sure can not overlook Phillip and his ministry down in Samaria. He was not an apostle. He was just a deacon, or a table waiter as some might prefer, but when the great persecution of Christians struck Jerusalem, causing them to be scattered to the regions round about, (after the death of Stephen), we find Phillip going down into Samaria, preaching the gospel as he went. We find the record of his ministry in the 8th chapter of Acts, where it tells that unclean spirits were cast out of many who were possessed with them. Many of those who had palsy, or that were lame, were healed. The Bible says that the people, with one accord, gave heed unto those things which Phillip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. Even Simon, the sorcerer, believed and was baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, along with the rest of that great multitude that believed the things which Phillip preached, concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. But the thing that I want you to see from this Bible account of Phillip’s ministry is, that, even though he had all of those miracles as a result of his preaching, the Holy Ghost did not fall on any of these new converts until the apostles went down and laid hands on them and prayed for them.

Do you think it strange that the Holy Ghost fell on none of them until the apostles prayed for them? The reason it seems strange to us, is that we have been prone to interpret the Bible by what we have seen taking place in the last 50 or 60 years, as we look backwards. But, my brother, when we take the Bible and put it on the other side of the dark ages, where the gospel light had just bloomed forth, and the plan of God had just been introduced, we can see that God absolutely had a divine plan for doing things. Therefore, Peter and John went down to Samaria and all they did was lay hands on the people and pray for them to receive the Holy Ghost. God did something there with a manifestation that caught the attention of all people. I do not know what the manifestation was, but something happened, for when Simon saw that through the laying on of the apostles hands, the Holy Ghost was given, he offered them money, saying, give me also this power, that on whomsoever I lay hands, he may receive the Holy Ghost. Of course the gift of God can not be purchased with money, and Peter reminded him of this fact. It is free to all who repent and are baptized according to Acts 2:38, in the name of Jesus Christ. That is a promise to as many as the Lord our God shall call, Acts 2:39.

 

GOD’S PERFECT ORDER

 

Now let us look at the order in which the gospel was presented to the various people. You will recall, I am sure, the words of Jesus which are recorded in Acts 1:8, where he said, “But ye shall receive power after that the Holy Ghost is come upon you: and ye shall be witnesses unto me both in JERUSALEM, and in JUDAEA, and in SAMARIA, and unto the UTTERMOST PART OF THE EARTH.” Do you see the order here? First, the gospel was to be preached at Jerusalem. This took place on the day of Pentecost, Acts 2:1-47. Then we read in the 8th chapter of Acts, verses 1,4, that after the death of Stephen, there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem: and they were all scattered abroad throughout the regions of JUDAEA and SAMARIA, all except the apostles who remained at Jerusalem. In verse 4 we read, “Therefore they that were scattered abroad went everywhere preaching the word.” They covered the regions of Judaea and Samaria, preaching the word. Now we come to the 10th chapter of Acts, and we find that it is time to begin to fulfill the last part of chapter 1:8, where the uttermost part of the earth is mentioned. This is what included the Gentiles. They were not included in the regions of Jerusalem, Judaea, and Samaria, but now, let us watch the order of these next events.

When we come to the 10th chapter we find an account of a certain man named Cornelius, who was a centurion in the Roman army, (A Gentile), but the scripture says that he was a devout man, meaning of course, that he had heard something, somewhere, concerning the true and living God, and he had believed sincerely enough that it caused him to pray and give alms to the people. But according to Peter’s account of the matter, when he was approached by his Jewish brethren at Jerusalem, later, the man Cornelius, needed to hear words, whereby, he and all of his house could be saved. You can read that in the 11th chapter. It just goes to show that there are a lot of well meaning people in the world who pray and do many good things, but they are like Cornelius was, they are not saved. They need to hear the words of eternal life, and be instructed in how to make their calling sure. According to chapter 10:6, the angel that Cornelius saw in his vision instructed him to send for Simon Peter, who was in the house of Simon the tanner by the sea side. When he comes, said the angel, “he will tell thee what thou oughtest to do.”

We know of a surety that there were prophets at Jerusalem, such as Agabus, Judas, Silas and others. These men could, no doubt, have preached to this group of Gentiles, just as well as Peter did, but it was not those prophets that God chose for the job. There is something about that office of the apostle that God has ordained to use. We must see it if we are going to move on with God. It is not that we are trying to glorify flesh. There is no flesh that can glory in the presence of the Lord. We are just trying to help you to see that God has a certain order by which he does things, and those who resist God’s order will miss God altogether, and wind up back out in the world.

We are aware of the fact that there are many professing Christians in our day who detest the idea of having anyone over them. They will say, “Bless God, I am not going to have anyone telling me what to do. I get my instructions directly from God. The spirit leads me. I don’t need anyone.” Such an attitude, in itself, reveals that their heart is not right, and because their heart is not right, they could never submit to any kind of authority. As for myself, I do not want some denominational bishop over me either, but, brother, I will accept a biblical office over me. AMEN! As long as that man is leading my soul down the pathway of eternal life, in the revelation of Jesus Christ, and my soul has access to the word of God, here is one old boy that has no objections to following such a man. If your heart is right, and you are hungering after truth, then you will know who to follow, and also, who not to follow.

When they drafted me into the army, I did not go in there and try to tell them how to run everything. Whatever they were doing (or having me to do), that I did not like, was not for me to change. I had to fall in line and conform to the established rules, so is it in this great army of God. We can not all be leaders. Some of us are required to follow, but God will let us know who to follow.

 

GENTILES RECEIVE GOSPEL

 

When it came time for God to open the door of grace to the Gentiles, He took advantage of the hungry, weakened condition of Peter’s physical makeup to speak to him, for up until this time the apostle Peter had strictly observed the law of eating, concerning clean, and unclean things. Now, Peter was a man of prayer, so while he was waiting for the meal to be prepared, he just slipped away, up to the housetop to pray. (For those of you who have been to the Middle East, or know anything about their customs, this would not seem strange to you; for you will know that their houses are built with flat roofs, and they have a stairway leading up to roof so that it serves as sort of a balcony, or a place to get away from the main activity of the household.) On this particular occasion, as Peter began to pray, he became very hungry and would have eaten, but the food was not ready, so while he waited he fell into a trance, and saw heaven opened, and a sheet like vessel, tied together by the hour corners, let down to the earth before him. In this vessel were all manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. As Peter beheld this sight, he heard a voice, saying, “Rise, Peter; kill, and eat,” but Peter said, “Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten anything that is common or unclean.” Then the voice spoke to him again, and said, “What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.” God gave him a threefold witness, for he repeated the incident twice, but Peter was still not completely settled as to what the vision meant, and while he thought it over, the three men that Cornelius had sent appeared at the gate making inquiry about him. The spirit spoke to Peter, and told him to arise and go with the three men, doubting nothing. Peter listens to the story of the three men as they relate the vision that Cornelius had been instructed through. About three days later, and some sixty miles up the coast, Peter and the man who accompanied him arrived at the Gentile man’s house. Immediately, Cornelius began relating the vision to Peter, and when he had finished, Peter began his sermon by saying, “Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons: But in every nation he that feareth him, and worketh righteousness, is accepted with him. The word which God sent unto the children of Israel, preaching peace by Jesus Christ: (he is Lord of all), That Word, I say, ye know, which was published throughout all Judaea, and began from Galilee, after the baptism which John preached; How God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Ghost and with power: who went about doing good, and healing all that were oppressed of the devil; for God was with him.” You see what Peter did, he did the only thing that he could do, he just began preaching Jesus to them. That is what he had been doing in every other place where the door was open, and that is exactly what God wanted him to do. For there is no other name under heaven, given among men, whereby we must be saved, except the name of the Lord Jesus Christ. God did not have to tell Peter what to say to these people once he was there, he just did what came natural with him. He gave a testimony of the things that he had seen and heard, but he did not stop there. Even though he did not have any idea that those people who were hearing him would start acting peculiar, he had no trouble recognizing that they were receiving the same experience that he and the others with him had received, for they heard them speak with tongues and magnify God. I want you to read the last few verses of this 10th chapter and take note of the fact that they did not have anyone shaking their heads, patting them on the cheeks, or trying to teach them how to speak in other language, as some of these modern evangelists encourage people to do. I am truly sick of this whole apostate religious thing that we are seeing spread around everywhere. Brothers and Sisters: it is the cheapness of it all that is so bad, I am constantly amazed to see some poor soul that was sincere and hungry enough for God, to survive all of that nonsense, and make is way to truth. You can be sure of this, it is not because someone beat on them or caused them to repeat certain phrases. It is because God sees the heart of every person that comes through that route, and He causes them to get the right thing.

 

WAIT FOR GOD’S LEADING

I want you to listen close to what I am going to say. We are living in a day when man cheapens the program of God by making a show out of it. Modern religion likes to put everything on display, and count heads, to boast about numbers, how many got saved, how many received the Holy Ghost, how many was in Sunday school last Sunday, or how many has pledged to pray for such and such a time. These numbers may sound good to them, but I want you to know that they do not mean anything to God. For God already has the whole thing numbered from before the foundation of the world. His record book is already made out. Why should man try so hard to make the earthly record books show so much more than the heavenly record that God has made? Why can we not allow God to motivate and lead us along in His plan? Why do we feel like we must help God? I hear people get so frustrated and nervous, saying, Oh! But we have just got to help God or such a one someplace may not get saved. No, we don’t have to feel like that. All we need to do is yield ourselves to God and let Him direct us, and lead us. There will certainly be times that God will use your testimony to get someone’s attention, but it will be at a time when He has set the stage for it to be effective.

Jesus said, no man can come to me, except the Father draw him, meaning, that no one can come to an understanding of the word unless the spirit deals with him first. Let me read you a few verses from Romans, chapter 10:13-17, “For whosoever shall call upon the name of the Lord shall be saved. (14) How then shall they call on him in whom they have not believed? And how shall they believe in him of whom they have not heard? And how shall they hear without a preacher? (15) And shall they preach, EXCEPT THEY BE SENT? As it is written, how beautiful are the feet of them that preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things! (16) But they have not all obeyed the gospel. For Esaias saith, Lord, who hath believed our report? So THEN FAITH COMETH BY HEARING, and hearing by the word of God.” It will do no good for you to preach or testify to or twist the arm of a person that God has not already moved upon by His convicting spirit. In other words, you must be led by God to do what you do or it will all be in vain. What if Peter had suddenly felt that he ought to do something for God, and gone to the house of Cornelius before God had dealt with him in the trance, and Cornelius in the vision? Do you think that the results would have been the same? I assure you, it would not have been. When God is working on both ends of the line, the gospel will feed your soul. That is the way it was that day, when Peter was preaching and testifying to that group of Italian Gentiles, their souls were being fed. They were sitting there, wide eyed, eating up every word that Peter was saying. But do you think it would have been like that if Peter had gone there to teach them how to light a candle, or pray a rosary, or prepare a chicken for the next chicken fry? You know as well as I do, that a person will not be helped, spiritually, by such things as that, but are you able to see yet, that to go, without being sent to preach the gospel is the same thing? God is not just word, that is legalism, or ritual. Neither is He just spirit. Those who love the spirit but neglect the word, will always wind up in fanaticism. It takes an even balance of each to mold a true child of God.

As Peter stood there in the house of Cornelius that day, he had no motive of his own. He was not overzealous about doing something for God. He was there because he had been instructed to go with these men, without doubting. I am sure that he did not know what to expect any more than they did, but can you not imagine the sigh of relief that must have moved over him as the whole group began to speak in tongues and magnify God? That was the first sign that he had, that let him know, that God was going to deal with the Gentiles the same way that he had dealt with the Jews on the day of Pentecost. That is when Peter got excited and turned to the six brethren that were with him and said, “Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord.”

Peter was not there to run competition with anymore else. He did not beg money to get him a large tent, with three thousand chairs, and two trucks to haul it all around on, as we see it here in this 20th century. Peter was a true man of God. It made no difference to him if God sent him to a man’s house to preach or if he was sent to the temple to preach to the large crowds. His message was the same in either place. He just lifted up the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, and did nothing to bring a reproach upon the word of God. As we follow the gospel from Acts 2 on through the rest of the book, we see that apostolic office holding a line on the word of God. That does not mean that these new Christians could not testify and edify each other in the Lord. It simply means that as God reached out with the gospel, He made sure that there was an apostle on the scene to see that the people got it straight in the beginning.

This was a time when the former rain was falling. It was seed sowing time. If you are familiar with farm life, you can more easily understand this terminology of former rain and latter rain. In the spring, when the former rains are coming, you will see the farmers going out to the fields with corn planters, wheat drills, and other such equipment as is used in planting the crops. But when the latter rains began to fall, it is time to go out to the fields with a different kind of equipment. When you need now is harvest machinery. Now we all know that you do not harvest the crop with the same kind of equipment that you planted it with. Brothers and Sisters: apply this spiritually! But please, do not go out and say that Bro. Jackson said that no one could receive the Holy Ghost now. I did not say that. Neither have I said that it is too late for anyone to get saved. As long as Jesus is still on the mercy seat, a person who truly repents, can still be saved, but that is not the primary objective in this late hour of time.

 

SEPARATION AND TARE BUNDLING

 

When it comes to looking at the church as a whole, we are living in the time of separation, which is the time of harvest. We can see the tares, where they are going and what they are doing. It doesn’t take preaching to make tares. They are already in existence. No one had to preach to make tares in the 2nd church age. The devil just brought a condition and sowed it there. The condition produced the tares.

You will notice in the parable of Matthew 13:24-30, that when the servants asked the householder if they should go and pluck up the tares, he said, no, let them all grow together, lest while you are plucking up the tares, you uproot the wheat also. That is why we have had tares to put up with in the church for over 1800 years now. Yet we are living in a day when the tares are being bundled together for the burning, and the good crop is being gathered into the barn. You must apply this spiritually now, or you will miss the picture altogether.

Out in the denominations we see a certain move to bind all of them together. They are visiting from one denomination to the other. The great theme is love for each other. Doctrine has no place among them. No one, of their number, will preach anything that might be offensive to someone who might be visiting from some other denomination. They are ever so sincere, but they are being tied together for burning. That is why none of them could accept the 7th church age messenger, (a prophet to this age), he would not compromise with them to please their bishops and overseers. Therefore, when he stepped on the scene and delivered his message, it went around this world, causing the spirit of God to speak death to all of these systems. Then when the spirit of God left them, the devil took over. They can still feel a spirit among them, but they are unable to recognize that it is the spirit from another source.

Please do not misunderstand me. I am not speaking of individuals that may still be trapped in those systems for one reason or the other. I am speaking of the system itself. The spirit of God has left them. Therefore, we will have to say that the only way you will find God among those denominational systems in this harvest time, is to find Him dealing with an individual here and there. He will speak to that individual among those groups, who He finds to be sincere and hungry for truth, but He will not leave them there to be choked to death with programs once He has moved in their lives.

 

THE APOSTLE INSTRUCTING DISCIPLES

 

Every instance, in the Bible, where we see the spirit of God going from one order, or group, to another, we see that office of the apostle right there holding a line on the word. We have moved from Pentecost to Samaria, and then on to Caesarea, with the apostle Peter in the apostolic spotlight, but not as we approach the 19th chapter, we see another man begin to function in that office. We are speaking of the apostle Paul, who a short time before, (about 20 years), had been exerting all of his efforts to persecute the Christians. Now we see him, after God has knocked him down to the ground, got his attention, filled him with the Holy Ghost, and taught him for three years out in the Arabian desert. It took some time for Paul to gain the complete confidence of his brethren, seeing as how he had been so zealous in trying to stamp out the Christians, and even at the time of his conversion, he was on his way to Damascus, to arrest anyone that he might find there calling themselves a Christian. But, by the time we pick up his ministry, here in the 19th chapter of Acts, he has had time to prove himself, and gain the confidence and support of the other apostles. You will recall from the scriptural account of God’s dealing with Paul, that he never walked with the Lord Jesus, to gain His understanding of the gospel first hand, as the other apostles had, but as we pick up his ministry here in Ephesus, you will immediately recognize that his revelation is exactly the same as Peter’s. He comes to Ephesus, finds 12 men who have been converted under the ministry of Apollos, before Aquila and Priscilla had gotten hold of him, to instruct him, more perfectly, in the ways of God. Notice, the first question that he put to them was, (2) “Have ye received the Holy Ghost since ye believed?” (Acts 19:2) They said unto him, “We have not so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost.” Then, notice Paul’s next question. “Unto what then were you baptized?” (That Apostle knew that if they had been baptized properly, they certainly would have heard about the Holy Ghost, for that is part of the message of the gospel.) (3) “Unto John’s baptism,” they answered. Then Paul said, (4) “John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him which should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus.” (The apostle did not try to take away from these disciples, what they had already. He just showed them what they needed to add to their experience in order to make it complete.) (5) “When they heard this, they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus. (6) And when Paul had laid his hands upon them, the Holy Ghost came on them; and they spake with tongues, and prophesied.” These scriptural accounts of God’s dealing with various people’s, should be enough to convince anyone that when a person comes through the right door, they receive the same experience as all of the others who have found that door of revelation. Out in the charismatic movement, they will baptize you just any way that you desire to be baptized, saying that the formula of baptism makes no difference. Some even go so far as to say, that baptism is not necessary anyhow. I would like to have heard them tell the apostle Paul that. You talk about a religious fanatic. When he got through answering such a statement, you would know what it is like to believe something with every fiber of your complete makeup. It is true, those people who use the name of Jesus so loosely, do call us fanatics, but that is not what the Bible calls us. Throughout the pages of the scripture, we are called believers, and such as these who will not obey the truth are called serpent seed. You say, Bro. Jackson: I have never seen any place in the scripture where a person was called a serpent seed; well, that is because your understanding has not yet been opened up as to what really took place in the garden of Eden in the beginning. As long as you think Adam and Eve ate an apple from a tree there in the garden, to bring about the fall of mankind, you could never accept the fact that there have been two seed lines among mankind ever since. That is another subject, which we have dealt with fully in previous messages. You may ask for a copy of the Contender dealing with this subject, if you wish, but now, let us return to our thought. These charismatic leaders will compromise on any issue for the sake of unity among what they call brethren. They want that spotlight on them. They want the name of being able to worship God with any group, any where, no matter what they believe, but that is a scriptural impossibility. In John 4:24 we read, GOD IS A SPIRIT: and they that worship Him must worship Him in SPIRIT and in TRUTH. In other words, if you are not in the truth, you can not worship God. I hear people say, “I don’t think it matters too much how we are baptized, just as long as our intention is right.” I want you to know that the apostle Paul would not accept that. Those 12 men there in Ephesus were doing all that they knew to do, but the apostle said, there is more to it than that. That was just to get your attention. Anything that you are holding on to, that does not measure up to a true revelation of the scriptures is just plain human reasoning. God will not accept it. That is what the apostolic office is for, to hold the reins and prevent a runaway. There are those in every congregation that will take any little thing that is dropped, and run with it, it doesn’t seem to matter to them whether it is truth or not, just as long as it is exciting. That is how false doctrine gets into a church, many times. You have heard people come in all excited and tell a dream or an experience that they had just after they finished praying. Naturally, if the person does not know how to examine the experience, with the word, they will be prone to believe it was from God. There will always be others that will pick it up and spread it, as a THUS SAITH THE LORD, when, many times, the thing is completely contrary to the word of God. Now do not misunderstand me. There are times when God will use situations like that to weed out those who do not have a love for the truth. But every assembly, that is established by God, will have access to that apostolic office, just like they did in the first church age. God does not leave His people without anyone that they can turn to for an answer to their questions. It was situations that came up in the various assemblies in that first church age that has enabled us to have the Bible as it is today. Even though some of the Epistles which were written by the apostle Paul, were just words of encouragement and instructions in general, there are others that were written in answer to questions about certain things that were going on in the church. That is one of the primary functions of that office. There must, of necessity, be some place where the local churches can look to for help in the settlement of disputes, that arise from time to time.

 

YOU WILL FOLLOW SOMEONE

 

If God has apostles in the church today, (and we know that He does because the Bible says so), then He has ordained that they be recognized by the believers of this age. That will not make the man with the office any better than anyone else. It is a spirit of jealousy that gets hold of a lot of people, especially preachers, and causes them to resent a man that God is speaking to. Brothers and Sisters: I will have to say, you had better get hold of yourself, this is God’s ordained way to perfect the bride of Christ. You are going to wind up sooner or later, following some man, somewhere. It is up to you who would value your soul, to make sure that you are following a man, or men, that will lead you down the pathway of eternal life, and true holiness. The men who fulfill these Bible offices are not doing so because they chose to. They are doing so because God has worked circumstances to get them into the place where they are. Look at the extreme measures that God took in dealing with Saul of Tarsus, before he ever got his life in line so that he could fulfill his calling. You may say, when did God call him to be an apostle? I will let the Bible answer that for you.

 

GOD’S SOVEREIGNTY DEMONSTRATED

 

As we read the account of Saul’s conversion in the 9th chapter of Acts, we are made very much aware of God’s sovereignty, for as Saul journeyed to Damascus in his attempt to stamp our Christianity, the Lord appeared to him in a great light. When Saul had fallen to the ground because of it, he heard a voice saying unto him, “Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me? And he said, Who art thou, Lord? And the Lord said, I am Jesus whom thou persecutest: it is hard for thee to kick against the pricks. And he trembling and astonished said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do? And the Lord said unto him, Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do?” You can see here that none of this is a surprise to God. He is working out a plan that He formed in his mind before He created Adam. Saul’s conversion was no accident. It was a carefully worked out plan of God. Saul stood up and opened his eyes, and realized that he was blind. The men that were with him led him by the hand, and brought him into Damascus, where he fasted and prayed for three days before he heard from the Lord again. In the meantime, the Lord was speaking to a certain disciple named Ananias, (in a vision), concerning Saul. The Lord said to Ananias, “Arise, and go into the street which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus: for, behold, he prayeth, and hath seen in a vision a man named Ananias coming in, and putting his hands on him, that he might receive his sight.”

We see throughout the Bible that God has always used dreams and visions in order to alert His servants, and to instruct them, many times, as to what was just ahead. We see here in this account of the conversion of Saul, that God gave both Ananias and Saul a vision, instructing them what to do next. Naturally, Ananias had heard about this man Saul, how he had been so fervently engaged in his own private campaign to arrest and put to death these Christians, that were causing so much fuss throughout the land. Knowing this about Saul caused Ananias to respond to the Lord as he did. It was almost as if Ananias was thinking, “Lord: are you sure about that?” Notice, verse 13, “Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem: and here he hath authority from the chief priests to bind all that call on thy name.” Ananias expressed himself to the Lord, according to what he had heard about the man and his life in the past. I am afraid that we, as Christians, are too prone to do that at times. It seems that we forget too easily what we might have been ourselves, if not for the grace of a sovereign God. For God can take the vilest sinner and clean him up, and put his sins as far as the East is from the West, from him, never to be remembered against him anymore. God, from that moment on, sees nothing but the blood of Jesus when He looks at that man, but we mortals still have a tendency to think of him in the light of what we have known him to be in the past. That is extreme conservatism. On the other hand, you will find people who go just as much to the extreme with their liberalism. They would take a man from the depths of sin and debauchery, and set him up as a great spiritual leader all because he might have spoken in tongues, or danced, or prophesied. Let me tell you, there is more to it than that. Every person’s experience in the Lord must be able to stand the test when the fires of persecution and reproach are heaped against them. It is true that there is nothing impossible with God, but I still maintain that God does not go to the camp of the hard criminals, or the camps of the filthy morals, to get his men for offices of spiritual leadership. You may say, “But Brother Jackson: Paul was a murderer.” I will have to answer you by saying, he was not a criminal. He did not do what he did out of lust, nor greed. Neither did he have any other selfish motive. He truly thought that he was doing God a service by ridding the area of what he considered to be heretics. He was very dedicated to what he considered to be a real service to the Lord.

Let us finish these few verses, here in this 9th chapter, then I want you to go with me into the 26th chapter for a few verses. In anser to Ananias, the Lord said, (15) “Go, thy way, for he is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear my name before the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel: (16) For I will shew him how great things he must suffer for my name’s sake. (17) And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house; and putting his hands on him said, BROTHER SAUL, the Lord, even Jesus, that appeared unto thee in the way of thou camest, hath sent me, that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled with the Holy Ghost. (18) And immediately there fell from his eyes as it had been scales: and he received sight forthwith: and arose, AND WAS BAPTIZED.” I believe that should be enough to establish the point that I desire to make here. Now, notice, the order of events. First, we see that Saul had a great zeal toward God. He was trying to do God a service, without knowing what God wanted him to do. Secondly, we see that, God, (in order to get his attention), knocked him to the ground, you can always look up better when you are lying flat on your back. Now, don’t you bother to say, the Bible does not say that Saul was knocked down. “Neither does it say that he was lying flat on his back.” I said that to get your attention. Nevertheless, while he was there on the ground, God was able to talk to him. That is why many people wind up in the hospital, or on a sick bed somewhere. God has to allow something in their life that will get their attention. Thirdly, let us notice the words of Saul, after the Lord had gotten his attention. “Lord, WHAT WILT THOU HAVE ME TO DO?” Get this now, the Lord did not tell him all that He had in store for him. He simply pointed him in the right direction. God had his human instrument in Damascus, that He could call upon to minister to Saul, once He got Saul’s attention. Therefore, the Lord just said, you go into the city, and it will be told you what you must do. The fourth thing that I would have you to see is that Saul did what the Lord told him to do. He went into the city where he fasted and prayed till he heard from God again. If he had been like some of the people that I have met in my ministry, he would have said, “I don’t see why I should have to go into the city, when I can’t even see where I am going, I think I will just sit here on this rock, until I find out for sure what the Lord has for me do to.” Do you think he would have heard from God if he had taken that attitude? God might have caused an earthquake to jar him off of that rock, but he would not have sent Ananias out there to lay hands on him. Yet, think about this, and see if you do not see it as the exact same attitude of a great number of people that you may know; you may even be one of them. They will say, “I know the Bible says to repent, and be baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, but my dear old grandmother was a good Christian, and she was never baptized like that, so what was good enough for her, is good enough for me.” Let me tell you this, there are people in hell right now who have used those exact words. God requires obedience. He will not settle for a substitute.

Now the next thing that I would have you to see is that, Ananias, the human instrument, did what God told him to do. When you come into a situation where everyone is doing what God has instructed them to do, it is a thing of beauty. It will thrill your heart.

 

GENUINE OBEDIENCE WILL ATTRACT PERSECUTION

 

Immediately after his experience of receiving the Holy Ghost and being baptized, Saul had himself a good meal, and was strengthened. After fellowshipping with the saints which were at Damascus for a few days, he went into the synagogues and began to preach that Christ was truly the Son of God. The people that heard him were amazed, and said one to another, is not this he that destroyed them which called on this name in Jerusalem: They liked what they were hearing, but they were very suspicious of him, because of his past. It goes on to say that he increased in strength and confounded the Jews which dwelt at Damascus. After that, they began trying to kill him. That is just like a lot of religious hypocrites today. As long as a man will stay with the system of his traditions, he can commit murder, so to speak, and get by with it. But let that man get a genuine Holy Ghost experience with God, and it won’t be long before his troubles start.

As long as Saul was killing Christians, he did not have a problem, but just as soon as he began to prove that he himself was one, he became a potential victim. Even the disciples at Jerusalem were afraid of him when he tried to fellowship with them later. What a predicament! On the one hand, he had his former associates trying to kill him, and on the other hand, the ones that he had tried to join were afraid of him; until Barnabas, a trusted one among them, took him to them and testified of his experience with the Lord. The true brethren accepted him, but the Grecians went about trying to kill him. This caused the brethren to take him to Caesarea, and send him to Tarsus. With Saul out of the area, things kindly calmed down around the churches in Judaea, Galilee, and Samaria.

 

THE HOLY GHOST SPEAKS

 

We pick up the ministry of Saul, next, in the 13th chapter where the saints at Antioch were fasting and praying, and waiting upon the Lord, and the Holy Ghost spake to them that they should separate Barnabas and Saul for the work that they have been called to. This was the beginning of Saul’s first missionary journey. From this chapter throughout the rest of the Bible, he is called Paul, (one sent). It was from these missionary journeys of Paul, that we are able to have the Bible as we have it today. Paul did not have the new testament to carry around with him, he wrote most of it, or had it done. What he had for a Bible was the scrolls of the law, and the prophets, but everywhere he went he was found HOLDING A LINE ON THAT WORD. He would bend a little for a weaker brother in the faith, in order not to be a stumbling block for such a one, but he would never compromise on the revelation of the word of God. He was so sure that his revelation of the word was right, that he told the Galatians that, “If he, or an angel from heaven, preach any other gospel unto you than that which we have preached unto you, let him be accursed.” He was so sure that he meant what he had said, that he even repeated it, so that there would be no doubt. You can read this book over and over, again and again, but you will not find those apostles preaching anything different than what the apostle Paul preached, and anywhere he was heard, you can be sure it was always the same revelation. He did not preach one thing to one group, and something different to the next. He gave them all the same thing. It was not from the apostles preaching that false doctrine got into the churches. It was because of certain ones, who for the sake of gaining attention, they would add a little something here and there, that the devil was able to sow his antichrist doctrine.

 

WARNING TO THE CHURCH

 

Let us read a few verses from the 20th chapter of Acts. These are words spoken by Paul to the elders of the church at Ephesus, where he had ministered so faithfully. (It was from the revival fires that burned there at Ephesus, that many of the other churches were started.) Paul has called these elders together, and now he tells them that from the first day that he came into Asia, he has served the Lord with humility of mind, and with many tears and trials, and that he has kept back nothing that could be profitable to them. He goes on to tell them of what his ministry has been, and that he is going to Jerusalem, not knowing the thing that shall befall him there; knowing only that he is bound in the spirit to go. The Holy Ghost had witnessed to him in every city that bonds and afflications awaited him there. In verse 24 he says, “But none of these things move me, neither count I my life dear unto myself, so that I might finish my course with joy, and the ministry, which I have received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the grace of God. (25) And now, behold, I know that ye all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. (26) Wherefore, I testify unto you this day, that I am pure from the blood of all men; (27) For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God.” (Now, listen to his advice and warning.) (28) Take heed, therefore, unto yourselves, and to all the flock, over which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath purchased with his own blood. (Let the Trinitarians read that verse and get more than one God out of it. THE CHURCH OF GOD, THAT HE, “GOD” HATH PURCHASED WITH HIS OWN BLOOD). (29) For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. (30) Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking preverse things, to draw away disciples after them. (31) Therefore, watch, and remember, that for the space of three years I ceased not to warn everyone night and day with tears.”

Even though he had warned them for three years, of what to expect, he takes this last occasion to warn them once again. His very words prove that he had been holding the line on the word of God as long as he was with them. That is why he said, AFTER MY DEPARTURE, SHALL GRIEVOUS WOLVES ENTER IN AMONG YOU, NOT SPARING THE FLOCK. He said, they will even raise up from among you, to make a name for themselves. That is why I said earlier that it does not take preaching to make tares, they are right there all the time. They are already there, they just wait for their opportunity to manifest themselves. In this case it would not have done them any good to have raised up while the apostle was on the scene.

Now, I said earlier that we would go to the 26th chapter. That was just for the sake of showing you, from the scripture, the uncompromising stand that the apostle Paul took toward the word of God, right to the very end of his freedom, or should I say, at the expense of his freedom. This is the account of his testimony before King Agrippa, after his arrest at Jerusalem, He started right at the first, telling of his life as a Pharisee, and how he persecuted the Christians. Then, he comes right on down to his conversion experience on the road to Damascus, and tells the whole story. Truly, as he said to the elders of Ephesus, none of these things phased him, for he had something inside him that couldn’t do anything else but stand for the word of God. When God said to Ananias, I will show him how great things he must suffer for my sake, it was with the knowledge of Saul’s makeup, knowing, that once he saw the truth, he would cherish it to his death.

 

GOD’S LEADING IN MY LIFE

 

Brothers and Sisters: I have tried to go into the scripture in such a way, in establishing to you, what an apostle is, and what his office is for, that you should have no trouble in recognizing that same office here at the end of the age. I am sure that I would not feel as I do, if God had not dealt with my life as he has for many years now. From time to time as the occasion seemed to call for such, I have told the various dreams that have served to move my life and ministry in the stream that it has gone in. There is one thing that I can say for sure, God has put something in my heart that will not let me go with the trend of religion. Ever since the day that I came to realize that God has his Elijah of Malachi 4:5-6, B part on the scene, my life has taken a different trend.

It is because of the way that God has led me through these years since Bro. Branham’s death, that I am thoroughly convinced that there is something for me to do. We have seen most of the preachers who sat under the ministry of God’s prophet messenger, take the message that was to turn us back to the word of God, and instead of allowing it to do that, they take it and use quotes from many of the various sermons, to build their own sermons. God has not allowed me to do that, and neither have I desired to minister to God’s people in such a way. The apostles who sat under the ministry of Jesus did not go around after Jesus had left the scene, trying to quote only what Jesus said. They took that revelation of the word of God that they had received as a result of following Jesus for three and one half years, and preached that revelation to the multitudes in their own words. That is exactly what I am convinced that the five fold ministry will do, when they are manifested to the church. They will not be running around saying, Bro. Branham said, Bro. Branham said, but rather, they will take that old black book that Bro. Branham used, and stand before the church and say, THUS SAITH THE WORD OF GOD.

 

WHAT ELIJAH WAS TO DO

 

I have said it before, and now I am going to say it again. I would not try to take anything away from Bro. Branham, for I believe him to have been the 7th church age messenger, the Elijah of Malachi 4:5-6. But that being true, it is time for a few people to wake up to the fact of what Elijah was to do. He was to turn the hearts of the children back to that of their fathers. We understand that to be back to the scriptural understanding, and faith, of the fathers of the new testament church, in other words, the apostles who sat under the ministry of Jesus, and conveyed that revelation to the people, on the day of Pentecost, where the church had its birth. That is why I never would put church order in my church. I could not see it in the early church. If we believe that the ministry of Bro. Branham was to put us back in the word of God, like we say that we do, then I say, let us start living like people who have been turned back to the truth, and put away all of this foolishness that has plagued this movement for the past twelve years, and begin to recognize that God has a live ministry on the scene. He is not going to resurrect Bro. Branham from the dead, to perfect the bride. That would be contrary to the word of God, that his ministry was to turn us back to. The Bible says, in Ephesians 4:11-14, that God has set in the church apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers for the perfecting of the saints, till we all come to, or in, the unity of the faith. That is what we ought to be looking for.

Brothers and Sisters: I have never tried to make myself to be anything, and certainly, I have never tried to take Bro. Branham’s place. There could never be another like him, to the Gentiles. There is no scripture for it. But I do believe that I have a calling upon my life, to stand for the word of God, even at the expense of losing many cherished friends over the years. Therefore, for the benefit of many of you who do not know of God’s dealings in my life, we will publish a portion of my testimony in this message, with the hope that it will awaken a number of people to the time that we are living in, and maybe, cause some discouraged preachers to realize that there really is something worth standing for in this hour.

 

MY TESTIMONY

 

This Will Help You To Better Understand Why We Preach and Publish What We Do

The first dream that I will tell is the one concerning Bro. Branham, and the rock of revelation. Many of you have heard it already, but for the sake of the message, I am going to tell it, just as Paul gave testimony of his vision, and the events that took place on the road to Damascus.

 

THE ROCK OF REVELATION – DREAM

 

In February of 1961, after the church ages was preached in December of 1960, I saw myself in this dream walking over rolling, countryside, I knew that I was going to a certain point, where, when I arrived, I would find the place very congested, with many people that had gathered there from every direction. That was all in my mind as I was walking. Then after a period of time I began to notice that from every angle, I could see people approaching, coming from the north, south, east, and west. I could see myself still walking, constantly moving closer to a certain place where I knew that we would all gather. Finally, I saw myself as I came up over this last little knoll, in a rolling countryside, and looking down through a long valley in front of me, I saw a little figure standing by a rock, protruding out of the ground. As I saw the little figure standing there, I immediately knew who the man was. By this time the whole landscape was covered with a great throng of people, converging into a great circle, around that little man, there in the valley. As we all began to get closer, the circle became very congested. People were rubbing elbows with each other, but kept on crowding, moving in closer until we were within just a few feet of the man. Then I heard myself, in the dream, yell out, real loud, saying, LISTEN TO WHAT HE SAYS, FOR HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE HERE! (Now he never told this, that night, when he referred to the dream, in the message, “Sirs, is This the Time”.) I kept on walking until the whole circle was really pressed in tight around him. Then, I spoke the second time, and said, LISTEN TO WHAT HE SAYS, FOR HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE WITH US. (Now you will notice that the two statements were different. The first, was, HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE HERE, and the second was, HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE WITH US.

Now remember, Brothers and Sisters: I had that dream in February 1961, but I carried it in my bosom until October 1962. In the dream, as we all stood there, I noticed, laying on top of that big rock a large pinch bar, like they use in rock quarries. I knew that the little man standing there was the only one who knew how to use it. I noticed in the top layer of that rock, was a little hair line crevice, which let me know that there was a crack in the structure of that layer of the rock. And I noticed, in that top layer, large, engraved, words which read, THE ROCK OF REVEALED TRUTH, beautiful letters! Then, as everyone had stopped, and was standing there, he took that bar and drew back, and jabbed it into that little crevice, and lifted that whole shelf of rock. With that, he began to work it, till he slid the whole top layer of that rock all the way off, exposing fresh rock, that had never been exposed to sunlight nor weather. After he did that, he laid that pinch bar on the shelf of that rock, then he turned to look at the people, and said, “STAND BY THIS”. Then he began to slowly move out of the circle, as the people crowded in to look. Something inside of me, said “WATCH HIM.’ Therefore, I just sort of turned side ways, so that out of the corner of my eye, I just watched his little profile, while noticing that he had began walking westward. I could see him going over little summits, and then down in the valleys, up and down, until I began to notice that each time he came up, his silhouette was getting smaller, and smaller. Then I noticed that the sun was going down in the west, casting its evening shadows back across the earth. As I stood there watching his little silhouette go over the horizon, there was a feeling came into me; I will never see him again. Then, as I turned back to look at the rock for just a moment, I could see that everyone was busy, looking at that fresh rock, but then they began lifting their heads from looking at the rock, and realizing that Bro. Branham was no longer there, they began to say, WHERE DID BRO. BRANHAM GO, WHERE IS BRO. BRANHAM? WHERE IS BRO. BRANHAM? Becoming frantic as they asked the question. Suddenly, there was mass confusion, as they all began running in the many directions, and screaming, yelling, and crying. All you could hear, was OH, BRO. BRANHAM! WHERE IS BRO. BRANHAM? OH, BRO. BRANHAM! On, and on they went, running in every direction, calling his name in this frantic way. Even as I came out of the dream, I could still hear them yelling, Bro. Branham! It was just like an echo, as I heard it over and over still. With all of that, it left only a few of us standing by the rock, and standing there together, looking toward the west, we had a great feeling of sadness, as we realized that he was gone, never to return anymore. Yet I could see us still standing by the rock.

 

DREAM RELATED TO BRO. BRANHAM

 

I never told that dream until October 1962. Bro. Branham came to our church on prayer meeting night, when we were still over here in Clarksville at the old building. After he had finished preaching and the service was dismissed, people began to gather around him to talk and ask questions. I wanted to tell him this dream, but I did not know how to do it without being rude. Just then, someone pulled up in front of the church with someone sick in the car, and asked for Bro. Branham to come out and pray for the person. He turned to me, and said, Bro. Jackson, let us go out there and pray. When we were finished praying and the car had pulled away, I was standing there with Bro. Branham and Billy Paul. I said, Bro. Branham, I have a dream that I would like to tell you. He responded by saying, let us go sit in the car. With Billy Paul as a witness. I sat right there in his station wagon and related that dream to him. When I finished, he said, Bro. Jackson: no one else knows this yet, but that is about to happen. We are planning to move west. That would mean he would no longer be here in this area. After that he said, Bro. Jackson: when this all comes to pass, STICK WITH THE WORD, (as he laid his Bible over on the dash), for they will go after everything, teaching everything.

Then in December, 1962, he made reference to that dream in his message of “Sirs, is This the Time,” just a few nights before they left, to move to Tucson, Arizona, in the beginning of 1963. Then in March of 1963, he came back and preached the seals, you know how long he lived after that. Now we no longer have him with us. Do you see why the dream had the two different statements in it? HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE HERE, pertained to his moving away from this area, but HE WILL NOT ALWAYS BE WITH US, pertained to his death. We can see that most of the element of people that followed his ministry has gone and done just exactly as he said they would do. They have taught everything. Then they will say, now, Bro. Jackson, I think we ought to try and understand each other, and love one another, and let each man teach the message as he sees it. Brother, that might be the way you would interpret the message, but God will never accept it like that. God did not send that man to produce a church, and a ministry like that. He sent him to bring us a message, so that we could see and hear by the Holy Ghost a message of restored truth to God’s word.

I will never forget, as he came back here and preached those seals, referring to this dream, and how it was being fulfilled even then, how conscious I was of the part of the dream that said, He will not always be with us. Now I am thoroughly convinced that the rock in that dream was the TRUE REVELATED WORD OF GOD, even though many of the people have gone after the man, rather than the word of God that the man brought to us. Nevertheless, I am grateful to God that He gave me the privilege and opportunity to sit under that man’s ministry. Furthermore, I want you who would read this message to know that I loyally stand behind this man’s character. God’s purpose in his life, his testimony, and the true Christian example that he set before us. I stand firmly upon the revelation that he brought, to place us back in the word of God, so that we might have our feet planted on that sure foundation, which is Jesus Christ, the true and living word. All of these things have worked together, to make me even more determined and firm, in standing for the word of God. My critics will come and go, but the word of God will stand the test through it all.

 

PRELUDE TO HORSE DREAM

 

The next dream that I will tell, is one that many of you know about also, but I want it in this message, for I give it in defense of why I feel that God has enabled us to teach some things that we have taught. It is the horse dream that I had in December 1964. On this particular night, I was awakened by a telephone call. It was Sister Wright calling, she said, Bro. Junie, (that is what they always called me), little Edith has just passed away, and she had requested that you preach her funeral. Brothers and Sisters: as I went back to bed, I said to my wife, Honey, this fulfills a dream that I had exactly seven years ago to the month.

In December 1957, when my wife and I took our little children and went to Cuba, while we were on that trip, I saw myself in a dream one night, looking and seeing Bro. Branham standing, with Sister Wright on one side of him, and Sister Hattie Wright on the other side, and Bro. Branham was praying for little Edith. He was lifting her up to God in prayer, and in the dream, I was watching this scene. As I continued to watch, I could see that Bro. Branham was praying with such a great burden upon his soul as he lifted her up to God. He was asking God to be gracious to this crippled girl and heal her. Sister Wright, and Sister Hattie, were the two women of the house that had taken care of little Edith, and ministered to her needs through the years. Here they stood, one on each side of Bro. Branham, with me watching, but then the scene changed. The next thing that I saw was a scene of me walking into a funeral parlor. I saw a casket sitting in one corner, and there was no one, except me, in there. I saw myself walk over to the casket; the lid was closed, but there was a little card laying on the lid of the casket, which read, funeral services will be conducted at such and such a place, on such and such a date by Rev. Raymond Jackson. Having had that dream in December 1957, seven years before it came to pass, naturally, Bro. Branham still lived in this area at that time. I came back home from Cuba, and all through the following years, I thought, that just can not be, for Bro. Branham’s life has been very closely associated with the George Wright family all through the years. If anything should happen to that crippled girl, he would fly around the world to come to her. But, do you know, Brothers and Sisters, the Lord did not take Sister Edith while Bro. Branham still lived in this area. He waited until he had moved to Arizona, and was in a meeting so that he was unable to come here for the funeral. Then Sister Edith got very bad off, and she died. That very day, as I went to the Swarens Funeral Home, up here at Ramsey, and walked in that place, it was just exactly like I had seen it in the dream; while in Cuba, seven years to the month, before it happened; not one detail different.

 

THE HORSE DREAM

 

When I went back to bed that night, after receiving the call, I briefly discussed the dream with my wife, and then I fell asleep. That is when I had the HORSE DREAM. I saw myself, and my wife in the car, traveling down the highway. I was going somewhere to a meeting, that I had never been before. Just then I saw a speck in the sky. My wife was driving, and I was sitting on the right side, relaxing. I kept watching that speck as it seemed to be moving toward me. As it got closer I saw that it was a man on a horse. Can you imagine what you would feel like, if you saw a man riding a horse in the sky? You would probably feel like I did. You would wonder if you were really seeing what it looked like you were seeing. I thought, I must be crazy, so I turned my head. Then, after a little while, I thought, I will take another look. When I did, I saw that the horse was coming very fast, right toward us. I knew that it was coming right to a place where it would intersect us. I thought, I surely must be seeing things, then I said to my wife, “Honey, pull off the road and stop.” I want to watch this. There is a man on a horse in the sky. I wouldn’t even look again until she got the car off of the road and stopped. That was my human reaction to such a thing. Then when she had pulled the car off and brought it to a stop, I turned to look again, and the horse was already on the ground just a few feet in front of the car, a little further off of the road. I immediately recognized the rider. He was dressed like a government range rider. I have seen them in the west. The rider was none other than Bro. Branham. This magnificent white horse was standing at attention, much like a Calvary horse would. The rider just turned a half turn in the saddle and pointed his finger toward me, and said, “YOU, GET READY, THERE IS A JOB FOR YOU TO DO,” and again he raised his hand and pointed to me, and said, “PREPARE YOURSELF FOR THE WORK WHEREIN YOU HAVE BEEN CALLED TO FULFILL,” the third time he raised his hand and pointed to me, he said, “IF YOU WILL BELIEVE THESE WORDS, A POWERFUL HORSE WILL BE GIVEN TO YOU TO CARRY YOU IN THE CALLING WHEREUNTO YOU HAVE BEEN CALLED.” With that he touched the reins and that horse turned and took to the sky. I sat there in the car and watched as he rode that horse right into the sun. After he was completely out of sight, I looked back and right in the same spot, stood another horse exactly like the first one, but it was smaller. BROTHER! IT WAS SMALLER! Therefore, I know that there is no way that Raymond Jackson can be bigger. When my critics say, he is just trying to outrun the prophet, you are wrong! My horse was smaller, BUT BROTHER, I AM GOING TO RIDE THAT HORSE! He was a little smaller, but I could tell that he was of the same breed as the one that Bro. Branham was on, and I knew that it had come from the same place, and had been trained the same as the other one. I noticed that he was already saddled, and bridled, so I said to my wife, “Honey, I am going to try him out.” At that, I went over to where the horse was standing at attention. I stepped up into the saddle, and immediately noticed that the stirrups were already adjusted for me! I just touched the reins and that little animal made a turn and headed for the sky. As I sat there in the saddle, I looked upon the head of that little animal, which was running with such ease, and said to myself, “This animal runs with such ease, there seems to be no labor to his body.” As I said these words, I realized that we were lifting higher, and seemed to be getting faster, and the though came to me, “There is no end to where this horse will take me if I but let him go, but he will do whatsoever I ask him.” With that thought still fresh in my mind, I said to myself, “But I am only trying him out, I must go back.” I barely touched the reins to give the direction to the little animal, and he turned in the sky and brought me right back to the same spot where we started from. As I dismounted and got back in the car, the door slammed and I awoke from the dream. The dream was quite an unusual one. You just do not see men riding horses in the sky. For a long time, I treated it as nothing. Time marched on until July of 1965, when I received a call from a place in North Carolina, asking me to come for a meeting, a place I had never been before. When I received that call, I immediately thought of the horse dream, and wondered if this could have anything to do with that? Could this be the beginning of the fulfillment of that dream? After praying about it, I later called the party, and said, the Lord willing, I will be there.

 

DREAM TOLD TO BRO. BRANHAM

 

In the light of these developments, I felt that I wanted to talk to Bro. Branham about the dream, mainly because it was such an unusual one, and because it involved him. I phoned to ask permission for an interview with him, and arrangements were made for me to have the interview on Sunday morning, August 1, 1965. On that certain Sunday morning, with my wife present, I told Bro. Branham the dream. When I had finished telling it to him, he looked at me and said these words, “Bro. Jackson, something is about to happen, and when it does, you will have a work to do. I do not know when it is, he said, but this I do know, THE HORSE IS THE POWER OF THE WORD.” Then he picked up his Bible, and pointed to it, saying to me, “STICK WITH THE WORD.” I said, “Bro. Branham, I will do my utmost to do that.” Then he repeated himself, saying again, “Bro. Jackson, something is about to happen, I do not know what it is, but when it does, you will have a work to do, Bro. Jackson, STICK WITH THE WORD! I KNOW WHAT THAT HORSE IS HE SAID, IT IS THE POWER OF THE WORD.” After hearing him say that, I left the room, that morning, feeling confident in my heart, that when all of this began to take place, THE HORSE WOULD BE THE POWER OF THE WORD. I knew that the word, power, did not mean explosive, or forceful, it meant authority. In this case, it meant, the authority to handle the word of God. There was still a big question in my mind, as I left there that day. He had told me what the horse was, but he did not tell me what my job would be. You know, Brothers and Sisters; I prayed and sought the Lord about that in the days that followed, for I knew that if I had a job to do, that encompassed the authority of the word, it would have to be a job that would line up with the scripture. It would have to fit within the age of grace that we are living in. Therefore, I began to search the scriptures, thinking to myself, to have any authority over the word, it would have to be something to do with the five fold ministry. I firmly believed, and have been preaching in my own ministry, that the true church of the living God, (the bride of the Lord Jesus Christ), would have to have, somewhere in her midst, that five fold ministry of apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers, before she could ever be restored back to the image of the church that we read about in the book of Acts.

Now, I would like to say, to all of you who will read this article, I knew that there could never be a five fold ministry on the scene, until after something had happened to get the church in shape for such a ministry. Something would have to happen, that would restore back to the true church, the true word, that the early church was founded on. That would present an opportunity, and a platform, by which such a ministry could pick it up and have something to stand for, right on out to the very end. Over the weeks and months that followed, as I continued to seek the Lord about this, I received many invitations to come to various places for meetings. I accepted many of them as the Lord led me to do so, for my decision, in the face of much criticism, was to press on in the ministry that I had been called to.

 

BEGINNING OF FULFILLMENT

 

The next morning, after telling Bro. Branham the dream, I left home, traveling East, for that meeting. I recalled, as I drove along, that in the dream, when I was trying out the horse, he too, had gone East! As I traveled East, I knew that God was beginning to set that dream in fulfillment.

It seemed that from that time on out through the rest of the year, the followers of Bro. Branham began to be plagued with every kind of a wild statement that the devil was capable of putting in the minds of people. They began to say that Jesus was off of the mercy set, that there was nothing else to be done, that there was no need to preach anymore, and many of them accused me of running in circles because of my continuing to accept preaching engagements. Some of them were heard to say that I was running, out of the will of God, just trying to make a name for myself. This forced me to have to make a decision, would I listen to people, or would I listen to God. The choice was an easy one, for I had determined, a long time before that, to follow God wherever He might lead me. It was the results of that decision that were hard for me, for it brought about many broken fellowships, and the loss of many close friends, but as the apostle Paul said, so long ago, so say I, “None of these things move me, for to be faithful to God is first and foremost in my life.” I would like to say also, that I do not have any feelings of animosity toward the people. There is no malice in my heart because of anything that might have been said or done against me. I leave all of that strictly in the hands of God. Furthermore, I would say that I am thankful to God for the way that He has led me, for I can look back now, and see that my ministry has produced fruit for God’s kingdom. I am able to see certain people standing for the truth and endeavoring to line up with the word of God.

As time passed, and my opposition became greater, because of the stand that I had taken, I became very discouraged. These things bore heavy upon my mind, so that, by the fall of 1966, I had made up my mind to do something that would, once and for all, prove my stand for God, and give the people a chance to judge for themselves, why I stood as I did. I preached a message in Faith Assembly, which I titled, “MY DEFENSE”. We made copies of the message and sent them to every strategic point that we knew of, where the message of Bro. Branham was represented. I sent these tapes out, because it was my testimony as to why I had done and preached the things that I had, up until that hour. I received very few remarks from the message. Not even enough to know what the feelings of the people, as a whole, were. Therefore, I left it strictly in the hands of God, to work it out as He saw fit.

Vowing myself to God, I determined, once again, that whatever the cost, I would pursue my present course of standing for the word of God, rather than man’s ideas about the word, and the message, even if it cost me my friends, and everything in life. I AM NOT AFTER A NAME, FOR FAME, I AM ONLY INTERESTED IN ONE THING, FINDING THE WILL OF GOD FOR MY LIFE AND MINISTRY, AND PERFORMING THAT WITH ALL OF MY HEART.

I knew in my heart, and was still confident, as I remembered the words of that prophet, (though he never told me what the work was to be), that there was a work for me to do. At the same time, I knew that it would have to have a scriptural foundation. Two weeks had gone by since I had sent out the message, “MY DEFENSE”, then one night I had another dream.

 

APOSTLE DREAM

In this dream I saw myself going to the mailbox to get the mail. Returning to the house I noticed in the mail a large envelope, something similar to one in which official documents are mailed. Coming into the house I was very excited wondering what was in the envelope. Tearing the front open I pulled the contents out and I could see that it was minister’s licenses and the thought came to me, why am I getting minister’s license? I have only held minister’s license once in my entire life and that was with the Methodist Church, yet here I am being presented minister’s license. WHO ARE THY FROM? (It was all so real in the dream.) As I looked at the minister’s license I could see they were drawn up different than that which would be drawn up by some denomination, and furthermore I realized this, many people once they read this, will never believe what I am saying, simply because they have never been led in this manner, therefore there would be no basis for them to recognize it. Nevertheless, as I feel these dreams are true I tell them as my testimony in how God has led and directed me. I never ask God to do these things. As I looked upon these minister’s license I noticed there was a blocked in area and immediately my eyes fell upon a word printed in the very top of the license, (which was like a certificate). As I looked upon the word I could see that it had been printed by Bro. Branham’s own hand, actually he had burned it in there with an engraving object, much like men engrave saddles with. At the top of the certificate or minister’s license was the word APOSTLE written in large bold letters. Underneath that in the area of writing where you read on any normal minister’s license, it read, Raymond M. Jackson being called of God is hereby ordained to preach the gospel according to, and in there in all that writing was written out, with an ink pen, in his own personal handwriting, with those different scriptures to back up my purpose in preaching the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ. At the bottom of the license certificate where normally the president of the association or organization or the bishop or elder of a particular denomination would sign his name, the signature read, WILLIAM MARRION BRANHAM. Furthermore, I noticed up in the right hand corner where the date is placed to show when the license came in force, the date was AUGUST 1, 1965. That, brothers and sisters, was actually the day I related the dream to him about the horse! In his office that day he had told me what the horse signified, but not the work I was yet to do. Now here a little over a year later it all comes back in another dream, and there is the date and his signature, then this dream would show, scripturally, the work I was to do.

Awakening from the dream my heart was made to rejoice over this one thing, now I knew scripturally where I stood, what my calling was to fulfill, and I knew if I would remain loyal to God, and not listen to man, it is true, I would receive much ridicule, much opposition, and many, no doubt, would seek to destroy my influence, as they would attempt to mar the image of my person; yet I knew if I would remain faithful to God, He would see to it that this ministry to which He had called me would serve His purpose. I believe it to be a biblical ministry, and furthermore, I believe it is truly spiritually, in line with the written Word of God. I realized if it is scripture, then as a minister of God I had a right to study the message which was brought to the age. I have that right from God to explain to people why there is so much confusion and contradiction among the people at large, over what this Prophet, Church Age Messenger taught to this age. At the same time I have no right to make myself above and beyond anything of any other minister, yet I know somewhere God is going to have someone who will have enough of God in his life, enough boldness, enough determination to stand for the true entire Word of God. No, he will not stand in defense of men’s flesh, but he will stand in defense of the resurrected Christ and the true revealed Word of God!

You may ask, how will we recognize an apostle in our day? I will just say, be true to God and he will reveal his end time ministry to you. As for signs and wonders, this all lays in the plan of God. It is his business to do whatever He wants to. Remember this, an APOSTLE’S ministry cannot be determined by signs. First of all you had a number of apostles in the scripture who never mentioned one word about a miracle or sign they performed. You would never be able to take the Bible, especially the book of Acts and prove, because of many signs and miracles that a man was an apostle. On the contrary, signs and miracles were even in the lives of the deacons, Acts, chapter 7 and 8. Therefore, signs are not the basis to say a man is an apostle. An apostle holds a line on the revelation of the Word, protecting it against error, therefore when you hear some man say he is an apostle simply because he has great faith or because of signs which Mark 16:17 says follow the believer, if you will examine his ministry closely you will probably find that is all he majors in. Certainly there is nothing wrong with great faith in God, although that isn’t the qualifications for the office of an apostle. Until that man has a revelation on the Word of God and the authority by God to absolutely apply it to the situation at large (through that revelation), then he will have to fill some other office; it isn’t that of an apostle. I repeat no one fills the office of an apostle unless he absolutely has an authority from God to hand that Word, and you recall the dream concerning the horse which I told Bro. Branham and he interpreted the horse as being the POWER OF THE WORD. THE POWER OF THE WORD IS THE AUTHORITY TO USE IT.

Brothers and Sisters: I have not told these dreams to exalt my flesh, for I know how vain a thing like that would be. I have told them, so that, all who read this article, may have an equal opportunity, to judge for themselves, whether they believe that God has led my life, and my ministry, over these past years, or not. As I said before, the apostle Paul presented his testimony in defense of his actions, therefore, I believe it is proper for me to do likewise. I cannot help what my critics may say, I must do what God has laid on my heart to do, and preach and teach, what He has showed me in these years since Bro. Branham passed away.

I feel that I must tell this next dream right here, for it will help you to understand why I preached these particular messages, when I did.

In March, after Bro. Branham had passed away in December, I saw myself in a dream where Bro. Branham came walking up to me, out in a field where I was walking. As he approached me, he said, “Bro. Jackson: I want you to go speak for me. I said, no, and he said, “Why?” At that, I said, “They will not believe me.” No, in this dream, he never did say that they would believe me, he just said, again, “Bro. Jackson: I want you to go speak for me.” And again, I said, “No, I will not.” He came right back with, “Why?” I said, “They will not listen to me.” Then he spoke again, this time, his voice was very firm. He said, “BROTHER JACKSON: I WANT YOU TO GO SPEAK FOR ME.” When he spoke in such a firm voice, then I saw myself take a pen and a little pad out of my pocket. Upon this pad, I wrote seven things, As I looked back upon the dream, I knew that it was seven titles, to seven certain types of messages. I wrote them on there, and handed it to him, and said, “If I can speak on that, then, I will go, but, if not, then I will not speak.” He took the paper, looked at it, then read it, and said, “PERFECT.” At that, a smile came across his face, and he turned, and walked away. I started to follow, and that is when I awoke.

As I thought on that dream, I said, “If there is anything to that dream, then it will have to be something out of this book, (the Bible). Brothers and Sisters: the first thing that I had on that list, was, The Prehistoric World, and that was because of the statement that he made about all of the seed laying there from another creation. With that, I said, “If there was a prehistoric world, then we have got to be able to find the traces of it, right here in this book. Therefore, when you read the article in one of the first Contenders, titled, “THE TESTING AND FALL OF SATAN”, that is what it is all about.

The next thing on the paper was, THE SEED OF THE SERPENT. Bro. Branham, had taught that, but I had said, “I will never preach on that until I know what the tree of life is, or was, for, if the tree of knowledge was pleasure, then the tree of life would have to be kindred in some respect. Later, when I was in North Carolina, one night, after I had been asked to speak on this subject, and I had said, “I probably will,’ but I was thinking about what I had said to the Lord, about not preaching it until I knew what the tree of life was, (realizing, that none of the statements that were going around, on the subject, made any sense, nor offered any explanation), the Lord gave me a dream. In that dream, he showed me where the secret of it all layed. It was in the curse that God had placed on the woman. That curse being, “And I will multiply thy conceptions.” The word, conceptions, means, I will greatly multiply your periods. Now that is as plain as I can say it, brothers and sisters, and still keep it in proper language. I pray that you will understand. You will have to agree, that no woman would ever had a child, if she did not have a period. I do not believe that there is anyone who will challenge that, for that is what the period is all about. Right? I was asked to preach on this subject in Norway this time, and, you know, when you are among foreign people, you are a little reserved about speaking on certain subjects such as this one, because of their different social customs. Naturally, you do not know what their mental attitude is, about subjects of this nature, so I had been very reserved. Nevertheless, so many of the brethren came to me, asking me to deal with this subject of the serpent seed, that I felt like it was the will of God for me to do so. I went at it the best that I knew how, and when I was finished, every person that I talked with, said, that there was not one thing that they could not agree with or accept fully. There had been so much confusion, and so many questions about this subject, that it was necessary for it to be settled.

When God said, “I will greatly multiply thy conceptions,” He meant, that, the period that she originally would have had only once, for the purpose of fulfilling, we will say, a divine act between her and her husband, for the purpose of bringing another offspring of God into the world, would now be greatly multiplied, and that, with pain and suffering, because she had disobeyed God, and used the act for pleasure. I had better get back to my subject, that of the dream.

In that dream, as I saw the finger of God dealing in my mind, I saw myself out of my body, watching the finger of God write this, and, you know, as I watched the finger of God do this, I said to myself, in the dream, when He is finished, I will know something. That was exactly the way it turned out. The very minute that finger was finished, I was lying there in my bed wide awake, and that scripture of the curse on the woman was on my mind. I will have to say this, everywhere that I have taught this, it has been understood and accepted, or maybe I should say it like this, there has not been one person that has challenged it.

Now I am sure, that at least some of you are wondering what the other five subjects were, that I had written on that pad. I will tell you the subjects, but not necessarily in the order that they were written there. The message on the first resurrection was one, the one on the Millennium, was another, then there was the controversial message on the seventy weeks of Daniel. This one still has many of my critics up in the air, but they will not challenge it with the scriptures, all they have is statements from the messages of Bro. Branham, that they have taken out of context. The woman of Revelation, chapter 12, is another one, and the 144,000, that are sealed by the two prophets during the first half of Daniel’s week, is number seven. We have printed these messages, and they will be sent free to all who request them. Write to the address on the back of your Contender.

In this first part of this message, which will be continued into the next issue, we have tried to establish for you, just what an apostle is, what his office is for, and how you will be able to recognize that office in your age. We have used nothing but scriptural examples in doing so. I have stated my case in giving you my testimony, and making you familiar with the way that God has led me, over the years. Now I leave it up to you, Will you examine these things by the WORD, or will you continue to waver, and stir up strife among the brethren? THIS QUESTION IS FOR MY CRITICS, and in no way meant to offend you wonderful people who have expressed your confidence in me already.

In our next issue we will go into the subject of, WHAT THE FAITH OF THE FATHERS WAS, AND WHERE WE ARE IN THE RESTORATION BACK TO THAT FAITH. AMEN

Forgotton Valley

IT IS OUR SINCERE HOPE THAT THIS MESSAGE WILL SERVE TO AWAKEN THE BRIDE OF CHRIST TO THE SERIOUSNESS OF THE HOUR IN WHICH WE ARE LIVING.


THERE IS MUCH CONTROVERSY AS TO WHERE ISRAEL FITS INTO THE WORLD PICTURE. IT IS OUR AIM IN THIS MESSAGE TO DRAW YOUR ATTENTION TO THE FACT THAT ISRAEL IS THE . . . KEY . . . TO FUTURE WORLD CONDITIONS. WHATEVER HAPPENS TO ISRAEL, POLITICALLY, WILL CAUSE REPERCUSSIONS AROUND THE WORLD.


IN THIS MESSAGE YOU WILL FIND OUT WHERE THE VALLEY FULL OF DRY BONES, (SPOKEN OF IN EZEKIEL, CHAPTER 37,) IS LOCATED. YOU WILL ALSO DISCOVER WHAT GIVES THEM LIFE AND CAUSES THEM TO STAND UP. YOU WILL ALSO SEE THAT THE TEN LOST TRIBES ARE NOT LOST AFTER ALL.


YOU WILL FIND OUT WHO GOG IS, AND WHAT THE HOOKS IN HIS JAWS REPRESENT. ALSO, WHAT WILL CAUSE GOG TO THINK AN EVIL THOUGHT?


LEARN FROM THIS MESSAGE WHY ISRAEL CAN NOT BE GIVING UP LAND, BUT INSTEAD MUST TAKE MORE TO FULFILL THE SCRIPTURES.


YOU WILL DISCOVER AS YOU READ THIS MESSAGE WHY IT IS UNSCRIPTURAL TO PRAY FOR WORLD PEACE IN THIS LATE HOUR.


EZEKIEL CHAPTER 37


Our message is built around Ezekiel, chapter 37, however, before going into it, I would like to read you the first 8 verses of I Thessalonians, chapter 5, to serve as a launching pad for what we are going to say.


Speaking of the coming of the Lord Jesus, for the purpose of catching away the saints, the Apostle Paul was inspired to write, (1) “But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have no need that I write unto you. (2) For yourselves know perfectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the night. (3) For when they shall say, Peace and safety; then sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a woman with child; and they shall not escape. (4) But ye, brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake you as a thief. (5) Ye are all the children of light, and the children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. (6) Therefore let us not sleep, as do others; but let us watch and be sober. (7) For they that sleep, sleep in the night; and they that be drunken are drunken in the night. (8) But let us, who are of the day, be sober, putting on the breastplate of faith and love; and for an helmet, the hope of salvation.”


Believing as we do, that we are living in the last days of this age of Grace to the Gentiles, it behooves us to do everything that we can to be in the stream of God’s will as we see the light of this age fading out. We know from our study of the Bible, as well as history books, that, before the gospel was given to the Gentiles, they were idolatrous pagans who were looked upon as dogs by the Jews. The Gentiles at the time of the ministry of Christ were still in idolatry worshiping every kind of man made god that the human mind was capable of imagining, even to the point of making human sacrifices and immoral acts of every sort in some kind of ritual, to some god. They had a sun god, moon god, earth god, a god of fertility; whatever they could think of they had a god for it.


You may be thinking right about now, Bro. Jackson: why did you announce a text from Ezekiel 37, which we all know deals with the children of Israel, and then start talking about Gentile pagan practices? What has that got to do with a message on Israel? I will answer that question like this. Jesus said, “No man knows the exact day nor hour of His coming, only the Father knows that,” but He did give us some signs that we could watch so that we would know when the time was getting close. One of the signs that we are watching has to do with the behavior of Gentile people in our present age.


It is true, the 37th chapter of Ezekiel is speaking of the re-gathering of the house of Israel, but that chapter was written hundreds of years ago. When is this re-gathering supposed to take place? Ezekiel might have though that it would take place right away, but 2600 years have come and gone since God spoke to him on this matter. We see that the Jews were partially restored to the land to be there for the first advent of Christ, and then they were scattered again, but the whole house of Israel was never re-gathered from the time that King Nebuchadnezzar carried the two southern tribes into Babylon and destroyed their first temple that was built by King Solomon, until this present time. In other words, the house of Israel has been scattered for approximately 2700 years, and the land has been controlled by Gentiles through all of these years until 1948, when they became an independent nation once again. Through most of those years, men who believed that every word of God must be fulfilled, have read these scriptures such as we find in our text as well as many other places in the prophecies concerning Israel being gathered from all nations, and one king set over them forever, and have wondered, when will this be? Brothers and Sisters: there is very little left of all that had to be fulfilled before God would move on the scene to climax this great re-gathering of Israel.


WHERE ARE WE?


We are living in an hour that we are able to observe the things going on around us, and know that the time of the Gentiles is running out, for we see perversion and ungodliness on every hand. Governments are corrupt, and it seems that there is not a wise man left among politicians and world leaders that will give God any place to lead them. Religious organizations of the world have compromised for the sake of gaining paying members, until there is no life left in them. We read in the papers (almost daily), of some new cult that has come on the scene. People are turning to all forms of witchcraft and idol worship. The setting seems to match what we have read about Sodom and Gomorrah before God rained fire and brimstone down upon them, in that, there is fornication and adultery on every hand with every kind of a perverted act that degenerate mankind is capable of dreaming up.


I call your attention to these things in order to cause you to see that the gospel light is getting very dim among the Gentiles. As the light gets dimmer, the works of darkness manifest more and more. The ungodliness on every hand proves that the spirit of God is leaving the Gentiles. I will say this also, when the spirit of God leaves the Gentiles, it will go to the Jews for the seventieth week of Daniel to be fulfilled. By that time the house of Israel will be fully represented in the homeland, for it will be time for the two prophets, (with the spirit of Moses and Elijah), to seal the 144,000 servants of God, 12,000 men from each of the twelve tribes of Israel. Therefore, I ask you, time wise, and age wise, where are we now?

DRY BONES


Let us now open our Bibles to the 37th chapter of Ezekiel, and beginning with the 1st verse we will see if we can find out something about all these bones. We have heard much about these dry bones, haven’t we? The different songs that have been sung about them, all declare that they will walk again. Let me say just a few words to acquaint you with this chapter before we read. Ezekiel was a young man. He was part of a royal family of the house of Israel. He had been carried away to Babylon along with many of the other young men of the Jewish people. He was of the two southern tribes that was carried away to Babylon. More than 130 years before this, the 10 northern tribes which were referred to as Israel, were carried away captives to Assyria. Therefore, when Judah, (which is what the two southern tribes were called) was captured by Nebuchadnezzar and taken to Babylon, the whole house of Israel was then in bondage.


JUDAH OR ISRAEL


Many people who hear reference made concerning the Jews as a particular time and then another time a reference to Israel seem to think that we are talking about two different groups of people when actually we are not. It is true that the kingdom of Israel became divided in the 9th century B.C. whereby, the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, known as the two southern tribes, and called by the name of Judah which was the predominant tribe, were ruled by Rehoboam, Solomon’s son, from Jerusalem, while the ten northern tribes, which were known as Israel, were ruled by Jeroboam, who was the son of one of Solomon’s servants. Nevertheless, most of the time when we speak of Israel or the Jews, we are speaking of them as a collective body of people, giving no thought to the divisions of former days. Furthermore, Jerusalem has always been the place of true worship for the Israelites. Even though Jeroboam erected two golden calves, (one in Bethel, and the other in Dan), and said to the people of the ten northern tribes that they should worship God is these two places because it was too far for them to go to Jerusalem, God never did meet them there, for He had chosen Mount Morriah, (which was at Jerusalem), as a place where He would place His name. You will notice though, that from the time that Israel was divided, and onward, the prophets who came on the scene would either speak to Israel or Judah, and not to both. From that time on, God dealt with them as a divided people. The ten northern tribes went immediately into idolatry causing God to raise up prophets such as Amos and Hosea and others to prophesy against their idolatrous ways. It was because of this that God allowed Assyria to come and take them captive. The two southern tribes were not captured completely until the 6th century B.C. It was because of the whole house of Israel being then in captivity that caused God to approach Ezekiel, as we find in our text. The captivity had been accomplished in phases, so that by the time of Ezekiel’s prophecy they were truly scattered, as they are pictured here in this 37th chapter.


EZEKIEL’S VISION


Now let us read, Verse 1, “The hand of the Lord was upon me, and carried me out in the spirit of the Lord, and set me down in the midst of the valley which was full of bones.” It was not portrayed as a cemetery, just a valley full of dry bones. (2) “And caused me to pass by them round about: and, behold, there were very many in the open valley; and, lo, they were very dry.” In this verse where Ezekiel says that God caused him to pass by round about, that means that he was instructed to walk through the length of the valley, and then walk from side to side where he could view its entire setting. If we look at this valley right, we will understand that there was no river running down through it, as we have the Ohio River flowing here. These bones were very dry. This lets me know that this valley could be typical of any one of a number of valleys such as you might find in the Mojave and Death Valley, etc., for on every major continent there is a valley that runs for thousands of miles. Also, in practically every area of the globe, you will find places where the foot of man has never touched. In thinking like this we can more easily visualize such a place where a pile of bones could lay without being noticed. Of course you realize by now, that this is not a literal valley that we are reading about here, but it had to be pictured like this in order to carry a message that was to be recorded in the scriptures to be understood in our day. This valley is pictured as being very dry, and there was not vegetative life here, for that would have required moisture, and if there had been moisture there, the bones would not have lasted that long. The humidity would have caused them to decay. We could say also, that if there had been moisture, there would have been animal life which would have carried the bones away and eventually destroyed them. This valley, typically, is so forlorn, and in such a forgotten state, that it could only represent something that the state of Israel was to pass through. There in that valley was every bone, dry and bleached white in the hot sun, in a place where man in his daily walk of life would never even be concerned enough to explore the area, or to even care about its existence. Though man did not care about these bones, God did, and He knew exactly where they were, and had every part accounted for. This setting symbolically represents such a forsaken place that there wasn’t even found a man to bury the dead, a place that was completely forgotten about.


THE QUESTION


Verse 3, “And he said unto me, Son of man, can these bones live?” Oh, we have many people today that really hold on to that SON OF MAN title. I would like to emphasize the fact that Son of Man carries a greater meaning than a lot of carnal minded people who use this term realize. Did you know that Ezekiel was a contemporary prophet along with Daniel? Why did God not call Daniel, Son of Man, if that title belongs to every prophet, as some say that it does? Through this man Ezekiel was the millennium of Christ, (who is the Son of Man), represented, for it was all shown through the prophesy of Ezekiel. It was not every prophet in the old testament that was addressed as Son of Man, but they were all prophets.


Daniel and Ezekiel were both contemporary prophets, living in the same generation, both coming from the royal seed of the house of Israel, both were carried away into Babylonian captivity, and they both played a very noticeable role in end-time prophesies.


INSTRUCTION


Now, after Ezekiel had finished walking to and fro and back and forth through this valley, he was asked a question by God. “Son of man, can these bones live?” He had been caught up in the spirit, and taken to a remote place and set down in this valley. There was nothing there but these very dry bones. There was no one but the Lord for him to talk to. He was not able to get counsel from anyone, and from the standpoint of the natural, he knew that it was impossible for these bones to live. It was very obvious, (looking at these bones scattered all over the valley,) that there was no life among them, and certainly, there was no way to identify them, but Ezekiel realized that he also was made from a similar substance, and he knew that God was not just playing games, so he answered like any mortal human would. He answered, “O Lord God, thou knowest.” This is the exact way that John answered the elder, (recorded in Revelation 7:13-14), when he asked him, “What are these which are arrayed in white robes, and whence came they?” You will notice that the response is the same, THOU KNOWEST. In other words, you are going to have to tell me. Then look what God said next, (4) “Again he said unto me, Prophesy upon these bones, and say unto them, O ye dry bones, hear the word of the Lord.” Do they have a mind of their own? No, the marrow in the bones is already dried up. Literally speaking, there is no life left in them. But, Ezekiel was listening to the Lord, who said, (5) “Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones; Behold, I will cause breath to enter into you, and ye shall live; and ye shall know that I am the Lord.” Isn’t it strange that God went through the complete order in which these various elements would be placed in the body? These were the words that the man Ezekiel was to speak to the bones that he was walking through the midst of. It was what God told him to say. Now we will see just exactly how it all happens, for up until this point Ezekiel has only been getting his instructions.


FAITH IN ACTION


Now notice how verse 7 begins, “So I prophesied as I was commanded: and as I prophesied, there was a noise, and behold a shaking, and the bones came together, bone to his bone.” Please try to catch the picture as God has it so perfectly displayed here. This lets us see that God has a perfect order in which He does things, and everything must be kept in that order or it will not function properly. We are seeing from this re-gathering of these bones that God always does first things first. When Ezekiel began to prophesy, bones began to rattle as they slid together from the places where they had been scattered to. It was time itself, and the shifting of the terrain that had caused these bones to drift apart, for as we said before, this was represented as a deserted and forgotten place. There was no man or beast to destroy or scatter the bones. We will see here how God has a perfect order in doing things. First the bones came together, then the next thing that took place was the forming of the sinews, or tendons. After that, the flesh was formed, and then the skin to cover it. You will notice the last words of verse 7, (bone to his bone), in other words, there was no extra bones, and certainly no shortage, for this is going to represent something that God is going to do at a later time. (8) “And when I beheld, lo, the sinews and the flesh came upon them, and the skin covered them above: but there was no breath in them.”


THE SPIRIT GIVES LIFE


To Ezekiel, (as he considered these things), all of this looked impossible, but he did what God had instructed him to do. As he stood there in amazement watching these bones from into individual bodies, complete, with tendons, flesh and skin to cover them, he suddenly realized that there was no breath in them. Even though breath was the first thing mentioned in God’s instruction to Ezekiel, and he had watched these bones move about and come together, he was suddenly aware of the fact that in spite of all that moving about, he was looking at a valley full of dead bodies, for they were not breathing. Then God spoke again. (9) “Then said he unto me, Prophesy unto the wind, prophesy, son of man, and say to the wind, Thus saith the Lord God; Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe upon these slain, that they may live.” Now, after what he had seen already, Ezekiel knew that all he had to do was speak the word and God would do the rest. (10) “So I prophesied as he commanded me and the breath came into them, and they lived, and stood up upon their feet, and exceeding great army.” Where did they stand up? In the forgotten valley. You might say, just where is this valley, and who are these people that are resurrected? The next verse will tell you who they are, and we will let the message open up to you as we go along, as to the whereabouts of such a valley. Remember though, that this is all symbolic of something that is going to take place later. Not in Ezekiel’s day. Let’s read the next verse. (11) “Then said he unto me, Son of man, these bones are the WHOLE house of Israel; behold they say, Our bones are dried, and our hope is lot; we are cut off for our parts. (12) Therefore prophesy and say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, O my people, I will open your graves (NOT CEMETERIES), and cause you to come up out of your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel. (13) And ye shall know that I am the Lord, when I have opened your graves, O my people, and brought you up out of your graves. (14) And shall put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I shall place you in your own land: then shall ye know that I the Lord have spoken it, and performed it, saith the Lord.”


It is very strange, how carnal minded, some people who profess to be children of God really are. A few days ago, one group of preachers, who have a call in type of program on one of the radio stations, was heard to say that is would be impossible for the Israelites to be restored to their land in our age, for they said, most of them do not have the slightest idea as to what tribe they are from. Who do they think is keeping score anyhow? Who do they think was marking time when the sixty-nine weeks of Daniels prophesy was to be fulfilled, where the Messiah would be cut off, but not for Himself, Daniel 9:26? The same God who caused that prophesy to be fulfilled right to the exact year, is the one that has said through Ezekiel, that he would restore the whole house of Israel to their land. It is not our business to question God, as to how He will do it, regardless of how impossible it may look to the natural mind. Remember, God works circumstances to get people into the place where they are supposed to be. In verse 14, God said, “I will put my spirit in you, and ye shall live, and I SHALL PLACE YOU IN YOUR OWN LAND; THEN . . . SHALL YE KNOW THAT I THE LORD HAVE SPOKEN IT, AND PERFORMED IT, SAITH THE LORD.”


PROPHECY BEING FULFILLED


Brothers and Sisters, we are living in the days to see the Lord doing just exactly what He said that He would do. Jewish people are returning to the land of Israel from all over the world, and now they have a man as their leader who is not willing to make any trades that will require them to give up any of that land. We have already discussed the division of the house of Israel in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam, and the fact that both tribes eventually wound up in captivity, but now we will go into more detail. Ezekiel was a prophet at the time that he was carried to Babylon by the Gentile army of Nebuchadnezzar. Being of the two southern tribes, which was called by the name of Judah, he knows that Jerusalem is now laying in ruins at this time, which is approximately 587 B.C. He knows that the beautiful sanctuary of God has been destroyed, and all of the gold and wealth had been carried away to Babylon. He is familiar with the total history of Israel, the total nation. He knows that somewhere around 725 B.C., the ten northern tribes had been carried away to Assyria, and sold on the slave blocks of heathen nations.


Let me say this, here, the black man today is angry because of the way that he has been treated, but did you know that they have a very short history behind them? The world in general does not know today, that when these ten tribes were taken to Assyria, they were not given homesteads. No, those were the days when rising empires cared little for their enemy. They took their enemies captive and made them slaves. It is no wonder that for many centuries the world population grew very slow. Human life was very cheap. Think of the agony of those people, where the husband would be sold to one person, the wife to another, and the children to another, never to be seen again. It is hard for us to imagine such suffering, for we have not experienced anything like this in our lifetime.


At the time of Ezekiel’s vision, the ten northern tribes had been out of the land for more than a hundred years. Now you know that a lot of brush can grow up in a land for more than a hundred years. I can see this young man being very concerned about his people, for God has prophesied through Hosea, that the valley of Jezreel, (which was the pride of the ten northern tribes), would become a waste place.


SPIRIT OF APOSTASY


God, (who is longsuffering), had pleaded with these ten northern tribes to flee from their idolatrous ways and return to him.


Hosea was a man who was a prophet of God in the days of Israel’s worst apostasy. He saw Israel so corrupted that a Holy God could have no part in her ways. We are witnessing the same condition today, as a spirit of apostasy has crept into the Gentile church world. It is not just one or two denominations, but the whole Gentile church world that has been captured. In former days, most of the denominations churches had deep convictions concerning godliness, (and especially in the area of morality) that they have had to give up in order to hold their structure together. It seems that we are living in a day when people will do almost anything in the name of religion, and it seems like God is letting them get by with it, but remember, it is only because God is longsuffering. THERE WILL BE AN END TO IT, WHEN THEIR CUP OF ABOMINATION IS FULL.


REBELLION BRINGS JUDGMENT


God had given Israel a chance to repent, while He waited through the years of the prophesy of Isaiah, Amos, and others. Instead of repenting, they got worse until their cup was full. By this time, God had prepared a people that would fulfill His word and cut the ten northern tribes off from their land.


Let us look for just a moment, at the way that God chose to give Israel her final warning. You remember how God spoke to Abraham and called him out from his familiar surroundings in the land of Haran, making a promise to Abraham that of him he would make a great nation. Also that he would make his name great, Genesis 12:1-3, saying “And I will bless them that bless thee, and curse him that curseth thee; and in thee shall all families of the earth be blessed.” This was the humble beginning of this great nation that we are speaking of in this message. Jehovah, in the old testament, that great, sovereign, eternal spirit that created all things, and fills all of His creation with His presence, looked upon Israel as His wife. His purpose in doing this was that He might be able to foreshadow, through the natural, certain things which would pertain to this age of grace and salvation of all who would believe. Therefore, when Israel, (the wife of God, the Eternal Spirit), began to worship idols which was of another spirit, God called them fornicators and adulterers. Why such terminology? It was because they were having intimate relations with another spirit. This was at the beginning of Hosea’s prophesy that God chose to speak to them by the means that we are going to discuss now.


HOSEA’S PROPHECY


Open your Bibles to Hosea, chapter 1:2-11. (2) “The beginning of the word of the Lord by Hosea, and the Lord said to Hosea, Go, take unto thee a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: for the LAND HATH COMMITTED GREAT WHOREDOM, departing from the Lord.” This is strange sounding talk, coming from a holy God, is it not? Remember though, they would not take heed to the words of the prophets as they warned them to turn from their adulterous ways, therefore, God is going to paint a picture before them, something that they can see. The word land in verse 2, implies that they are all guilty, and not just a few, here and there. (3) “So he went and took Gomer the daughter of Diblaim; which conceived, and bare him a son.” God is going to speak to them through the names of this woman and her children. The name Gomer, (Hosea’s wife), means, to end, in the sense of completion or failure. (4) “And the Lord said unto him, call his name Jezreel; for yet a little while, and I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of Jehu, and will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of Israel.” The name given to this firstborn son is significant of what God is going to do among these 10 tribes. The name Jezreel pertains to a valley of these northern tribes. This valley is also referred to as Megiddo, or Megiddon, and also referred to as the plain of Esdraelon. It being such a strategic valley, whoever controlled it, controlled Israel. It is positioned in such a way so that one route leads from it to the sea, while the route to the north divides and leads into Lebanon or Syria. Then, right in the valley is the ancient fortress, called the fortress of Megiddon.


History will bear record to the fact, that as the various empires came against Israel, the battles were fought in the valley of Jezreel. This will be the location where the last land battle of this world will be fought. You all know what I am talking about. It is the battle of Armageddon. This is the war that will end all wars. You will read about it in the 14th and 16th chapters of the book of Revelation. God is going to see that all of this world conflict winds up right back in the place that we know as the land of Israel, the place known as the cradle of civilization. Prophesy is going to be fulfilled in the very land where the prophets had their beginning.


ISRAEL’S BREADBASKET


This valley of Jezreel has been known as the breadbasket of the land of Israel because of its strategic location. It is to be thought of as the wheat belt of the United States is to this country. When a nation is cut loose from their breadbasket, their resistance soon comes to an end. Therefore, when God said through Hosea, I will cause the kingdom of Israel to cease, look where he pointed to, (Jezreel). Verse 5, “And it shall come to pass at that day, that I will break the bow of Israel in the valley of Jezreel.” Breaking the bow is like saying, “I will destroy your military potential.” Now the ten tribes remained in the land for quite some time after the birth of this child, but the name was to call their attention to something that God would do against them at a later time. It would be in this valley that God would gather them, in all of their military strength, to defend their pride and joy, (their breadbasket). Any nation will fight to defend her agricultural land, but God has said, “I will break her bow.” In other words, she won’t be able to shoot anymore. This is where judgment fell on her. Why? Because she wouldn’t listen to her prophets that had been sent to warn her of the judgment that was ahead.


NO MORE MERCY


Let us continue reading, to see what else God was saying, through the names of these children. (6) “And she conceived again, and bare a daughter. And God said unto him, Call her name Loruhamah; for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away.” First, said God, “I will destroy your ability to defend yourselves,” and then He said they would be taken away from the land. The name of this daughter meant, no more pity, or mercy. God is longsuffering and merciful, but there comes an end to His mercy and grace, if the people continue to ignore and rebel against Him.


In the next verses, we find a great span of time covered, for it reaches all the way into our present and near future. God begins in verse 7, showing something of how He will deal with Judah, (the Royal tribe). They are destined to be captured and scattered also, but not at the same time that the northern tribes are taken. The southern tribes, (Judah and Benjamin), called by the name of Judah, kept the true form of worship, and God’s appointed place of worship much longer than the ten northern tribes. It was the tribe of Judah that their Messiah was to come from. Let us now watch God deal with that tribe. Verse (7), “But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah, and will save them by the Lord their God, and will not save them by bow, nor by sword, nor by battle, by horses, nor by horsemen.” God will have mercy upon the tribe of Judah, but not the tribe called by the name Israel. He is going to let them, (Judah), be taken captive by King Nebuchadnezzar, and carried to Babylon, for they had, by no means, been perfect in the sight of God. Then, after they were in captivity, God said to them through Jeremiah, chapter 29, “I have caused you to be carried into Babylon. Go ahead and build yourselves houses, and dwell in the, and plant gardens, and eat the fruit of them. Take ye wives and beget sons and daughters, and cause them to do likewise, so that you will increase and not diminish.” God also told them to pray for the peace of the city that they had been taken to. He further warned them not to listen to false prophets or to trust in the dreams that they might have. For, said He, after 70 years are accomplished, I will visit you, and perform my good word toward you, in causing you to return to this place, (meaning the land of Israel). God had determined that they should be out of the land 70 years, all because they had refused to let the land rest seventy Sabbaths. Then, after that, God would have mercy upon them, but they would not be able to help themselves with the bow, or the sword, nor any other kind of weapon. It would be an act of God that would set them free. You recall how God put it in the heart of Cyrus, a Persian king, to release Judah. That is when that particular element of people went back to the homeland, and began building the temple that was standing in the days of the ministry of Jesus. It was in the plan of God for it to be as it was.


YOU ARE NOT MY PEOPLE


Look at verse 8, “Now when she had weaned Loruhamah, she conceived, and bare a son. (9) Then said God, call his name Loammi; for ye are not my people, and I will not be your God.” The birth of this child was to show something that God was going to do in 70 A.D., for the name Laommi, meant ( not my people). This is what the apostle Paul picked up over in the letter to the Romans 9:22-26, speaking to them about how God bestowed His goodness upon the vessels of His mercy. First though, before reading in Romans, let’s finish reading here, verse 10, “Yet the number of the children of Israel shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people, there it shall be said unto them, ye are the sons of the living God.” That is exactly what has happened. Though they were scattered to the four corners of the earth, the Jews have continued to multiply until, today they are that hard to count or number. Furthermore, let us consider the last part of the 10th verse, where it says, “In the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people (meaning the two southern tribes), there it shall be said unto them, (the Gentiles), ye are the sons of the living God.” Now the word place, means in the time, or in the period of time, wherein this prophesy is fulfilled, where God would look upon Judah, (the two southern tribes), and say you are not my people. Remember, when Christ came, (in what we refer to as His first advent), it was the two southern tribes that was in the land. That is the period of time when Jesus came to His own, (the Jewish nation), and was offered to them on the basis of His Kingship, but they did not recognize, nor receive Him. What they did say, was, away with Him, crucify Him, He is a devil. Give us Barabbas, they cried. Well, God gave them Barabbas, and a short time after that, somewhere around 70 A.D. he gave them Titus, with his Roman army. When that army finished their destruction, these Jews probably remembered the words of Hosea, but it was too late. The axe had already been laid at the roots of these trees. It was at such a time as this that they could probably hear the words of Hosea ringing in their ears, Ye are not my people. Hosea had spoken these words more than 800 years prior to the time of their fulfillment, but when they rejected their Messiah, and had Him crucified, it caused God to fulfill His word. He had them scattered around this world from that time on. The northern tribes were already scattered, and now that these two southern tribes were thrown to the four winds, (sold as slaves), it meant that the whole house of Israel, (all twelve tribes), were an universal dispersion. It was in this period of time that the remainder of verse 10 has had its fulfillment, (for that was spoken concerning the Gentiles), YE ARE THE SONS OF THE LIVING GOD.


SONSHIP EXPLAINED


Now we will look at Romans 9:22-26 to catch the understanding that the apostle Paul had of the prophecy of Hosea. We read, “What if God, willing to show his wrath, and to make his power known, endured with much longsuffering the vessels of wrath fitted to destruction. (23) And that he might make known the riches of his glory on the vessels of his mercy, which he had afore prepared unto glory, (24) Even us, whom he had called, NOT OF THE JEWS ONLY, BUT ALSO OF THE GENTILES? (25) As he saith also in Osee, (or Hosea), I will call them my people which were not my people; and her beloved, which was not beloved. (26) And it shall come to pass, that in the place where it was said unto them, ye are not my people; there shall they be called the children of the living God.” Paul, (who received his revelation from Jesus Christ, according to his own testimony, in Colossians chapter 1), understood that while the Jews were out of the land that was rightfully their inheritance, God would look over to the Gentiles, (who, up until this time were without hope in God, Ephesians 2:12), and say to them, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” You will notice, (as you study the scriptures), that God never did speak of the Jews as His sons. They were always referred to as servants of God. The sons of God title was not restored to mankind on this side of the flood until after Jesus paid the supreme price of reconciliation at Calvary. Then it could be said, (I John 3:2), “Beloved, now are we the sons of God.” Why? How did we get to be sons of God? We will look at St. John 1:10-13, (speaking to Jesus), (10) “He was in the world, and the world was made by Him, and the world knew him not. (11) He came unto his own, (the Jews), and his own received him not. (They had Him crucified). (12) But as many as received him, to them gave he power to become the sons of God, even to them that believed on his NAME: (13) Which were BORN, not of blood, (not a physical birth), nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.” (We were born of God, who is spirit.) Galatians 4:6, “And because ye are sons, God hath sent forth the spirit of his son into your hearts crying, Abba Father.” Therefore, Romans 8:14, “As many as are led by the spirit of God, they are the sons of God.” This is all to help you see that the sonship title belongs to the people who believe God’s word, receive His spirit, and walk with Him.


Just one more scripture to establish this 10th verse of Hosea, chapter 1, We will look at Acts chapter 13:45-46, where the gospel was actually turned to the Gentiles. Verse 46, “Then Paul and Barnabas waxed bold, and said, it was necessary that the word of God should first have been spoken to you: but seeing ye put it from you, and judge yourselves unworthy of everlasting life, lo, we turn to the Gentiles.” You can read the verses before this to get the setting for such a statement.


RE-GATHERING OF THE JEWS


Please notice now, (as we return to Hosea for the last verse of chapter 1, which is verse 11), that the dispensation of grace to the Gentiles, actually falls between verses 10 and 11. Let’s read verse 11, “Then, (WHEN? After the Gentiles have had the gospel for hundreds of years), shall the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come up out of the land: for great shall be the day of Jezreel.” During the time that the tribe of Judah would lie in dispersion, God would say to them, “ye are not my people.” It would be during this time that God would cause it to be said to the Gentiles, “Ye are the sons of the living God.” But, this age of grace to the Gentiles will have to come to a close, just as every other age has. That is why we are printing this message. We are living in the days of the fulfillment of Hosea 1:11. God has brought about conditions ever since the days of World War II that has caused the Jews to return home to their land. Hitler’s great hatred for the Jewish people caused him to slaughter millions of them, leaving the remainder of that race of people full of fear, and ready to flee, back to the land of their fathers. In May 1948, when they became an independent nation once again, the stage was set to begin the fulfillment of that which Hosea spoke, concerning Judah and Israel being gathered together under one head. This will take many years though, for the Lord Jesus Christ is the one head that is spoken of, and that can only be in the Millennium. In the meantime, God is causing them to come up out of the land of their dispersion. You might say, “Bro. Jackson: where are the ten northern tribes? We thought they were lost.” I’ll say this, God knows where they are, and they will hear their call to go home when the time and conditions are right. Basically, the ten northern tribes are within the confines of northern Europe, and central Asia. Now when I say it will take many years, I do not mean that it will take hundreds of years, for God is able to make a fast work out of bringing the Jews out of Russia and the various other places that they must come from to fulfill this prophecy. The point that I want to make is this, it will require a vast number of people from each of the twelve tribes of Israel to be back in their homeland, to start the week of Daniel, and to fulfill Hosea 1:11. Therefore, as we see conditions which will be the fulfilling of verse 11, we know that verse 10 to the Gentiles is just about completed.


JEWS IN RUSSIA


We take the Jerusalem Post, which is a paper printed in Jerusalem. In the past 6 or 7 years, we have read much about how the Jews in Russia are pleading to get out, and come home. There was part of a letter printed in that paper about 4 years ago that had been written to Jerusalem, stating that many of the Georgian Jews in Russia have been heard to say, “we know that we are the remnant from the 10 northern tribes of Israel.” Brothers and Sisters, it is known that there are more than three million Jews in Russia, and when we say Georgian Jews, we are referring to those that live in a part of Russia that is known as, the Georgian Soviet Socialist Republic, one of the many republics that make up the Union of Soviet Socialist Republic.


Georgia had its beginning as an independent kingdom about 2,300 years ago. During most of the last 1,500 years, Georgia has been ruled by the Armenians, but about 170 years ago most of it was taken by Russia. For a short time after 1917, Georgia was an independent republic. Then in 1921 it became part of the U.S.S.R. For many years the Georgians were almost all farmers and raisers of livestock. (That sounds like Jews, does it not?) In the southern part of Georgia, they raised mulberry trees for silk and also grew grapes. Life there now is quite different though, for in the last 50 or 60 years they have become very industrialized, especially in the areas of coal, oil, and lumber.


Next to the United States, which has more than five million Jews, Russia has the next largest population of them with their more than three million. The big difference between them is this, the Jews in the United Stares are wealthy and very satisfied to stay here, where the ones in Russia are not allowed to accumulate much of their own, and certainly, when they turn them loose they make sure that they do not leave with much more than the clothes that they are wearing. That is why we are hearing reports of the Jews in Russia screaming for the chance to go home to the land of Israel.


THE DEFENDING TRIBE


God had to get that element of Jews out of Europe first though, for they were actually the heart of Judah. That’s where the governmental blood line lay. He, (Judah) is the tribe that would stand up and defend his cause. He fought the war for their independence which was climaxed in May 1948. He fought down through the Sinai in 1956. He fought the miracle war in 1967, and the Yom Kippur war in 1973. Now he is re-equipped and polishing his sword, ready to fight another one. They are flying their own flag, (the star of David), and are no longer under Gentile dominion. Everything is pointing right to Ezekiel 37.


I realize that there are many people in the world today who would not agree with or be thrilled about a message such as this, but the people of God who are familiar with the scriptures will be glad to know that we are living in the last days, just before the coming of the Lord. How do we know this? We know if by the things that we are seeing in the newspapers, and on the television almost daily. You might say, what has that got to do with anything? That is why we are using these scriptures of the various prophets. They tell us what is to come, and the signs that Jesus gave us to watch for, (so that we would know when the time was at hand) are the things that we are reading about in the news everyday.


JUDGMENT THEN BLESSING


We left our text in Ezekiel 37, after reading 14 verses that deal with the dry bones, and went to Hosea to try and lay a foundation for the thought that we are dealing with. Hosea’s prophecy, being 200 years before that of Ezekiel and Daniel, it gives us a chance to see exactly what the conditions were that led up to Ezekiel’s day. Through Hosea, Jeremiah, and Amos, etc., God showed what He was going to do to Israel in the way of judgment for her rebellion and idolatry. Then, through Ezekiel, Daniel, Zechariah, and others, God showed what He would do in restoring her back to her land and national identity.


Let us go now, back to the Book of Ezekiel, and look for a few minutes at the 36th chapter. We find in the first 15 verses that God has Ezekiel prophesying to the land and the mountains, (not the people), as in verse 8, “But ye O mountains of Israel, ye shall shoot forth your branches, and yield your fruit to my people of Israel; for they are at hand to come. (9) For, behold, I am for you, and I will turn unto you and ye shall be tilled and sown:” I know that the world is full of, (so called), preachers, who will say that this scripture has been fulfilled already, but let me remind you once again that it was only the two southern tribes that was allowed to go back to be in the land for the first advent of Christ. These next few verses will reveal something, let us read. (10) “And I will multiply men upon you, all the House of Israel, even all of it, (did you get that? ALL THE HOUSE OF ISRAEL), and the cities shall be inhabited, and the wastes shall be builded:” This ancient valley of Jezreel was nothing more than a waste place during the years of dispersion, even up into the 1900. When the Jews began going back there, even as late as 50 or 60 years ago, the valley of Jezreel was just swamp land, but today there is not one swamp left. This word must be fulfilled. The Jews that came from Australia, knew how the Australians drained their swamps by planting a certain type of tree that has a large tap root, which would go right down and pierce through that hard crust, letting the water drain out, and that is exactly what they did there in that valley of Jezreel. They have cleared that land, and today they are growing wheat, barley, oats, and even cotton, in the valley that had been a waste place. God is still running His great program of redemption. He don’t need any man to instruct him. Verse 11, “And I will multiply upon you man and beast; and they shall increase and bring fruit: and I will settle you after your old estates, (STILL TALKING TO THE LAND), and will do better unto you than at your beginnings: and ye shall know that I am the lord. (12) Yea, I will cause men to walk upon you, even my people Israel; and they SHALL POSSESS THEE, (did you catch that statement? My people Israel shall possess thee. The Jews did not possess the land in the days of Christ. The Romans were in possession of it, but God is speaking through his prophet Ezekiel of something that He is going to do at a time when Israel is in possession of their land again.) And thou shalt be their inheritance, and thou shalt no more henceforth bereave them of men.”


When God gets finished speaking to the land, He begins speaking to Ezekiel about how the house of Israel had sinned against Him when they were still in the land, of how they became defiled as an unclean woman, and the fact the He scattered them among the heathen nations to chasten them. Then in verse 21, God reveals His reason for showing mercy to the Jews in the end. (21) “But I had pity for mine holy name, which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen, whither they went. (22) Therefore say unto the house of Israel, Thus saith the Lord God; I do not this for your sakes, O house of Israel, but for mine holy name’s sake, which ye have profaned among the heathen, whither ye went. (23) And I will sanctify my great name which was profaned among the heathen, which ye have profaned in the midst of them; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord God, when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes.” You will notice as you study these verses that God will uproot every manmade doctrine and tradition, (If He needs to), in order to keep His word. God makes it very plain that the people do not deserve to be restored, or blessed, for they have continued profaning the name of the Lord even in all of the places where they have been scattered to. He also states that the heathen, (unregenerate mankind), will know that He is the Lord, (when?), after He has restored the nation of Israel. It is no wonder that people cannot believe it is possible for such a thing to take place. They do not believe the Bible to be the emphatic word of God. But God has said that He will bring them back into their own land, and He will keep His word. The Jews are not scattered to the four winds because of their own choice. It is, as we said earlier, because their ancestors were sold as slaves to empires in every known part of the world in that day. Remember, these Jews that are going to the homeland, have been born out of the land. They are not going back to something that they, (as individuals), had left. It is simply that God has put it in their hearts to go there, some through desire, and others because of adverse circumstances in the land of their birth. All of this is in fulfillment of what God spoke to the Israelites while bringing them through the wilderness. Let us read in Deuteronomy chapter 4, beginning with the 25th verse, to see what God told them about being scattered among the nations, and how He would hear them when they repented, and cried unto Him.


SEEK AND YOU WILL FIND


Deuteronomy chapter 4, verse (25) “When thou shalt beget children, and children’s children, and ye shall have remained long in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, and make a graven image, or the likeness of anything, and shall do evil in the sight of the Lord thy God, to provoke him to anger: (26) I call heaven and earth to witness against you this day, that ye shall soon utterly perish from off the land whereunto ye go over Jordan to possess it; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. (27) AND THE LORD SHALL SCATTER YOU AMONG THE NATIONS, and ye shall be left few in number among the heathen wither the Lord shall lead you. (28) And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men’s hands, wood and stone, which neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. (29) BUT IF FROM THENCE THOU SHALT SEEK THE LORD THY GOD, THOU SHALT FIND HIM, IF THOU SEEK HIM WITH ALL THY HEART AND WITH ALL THY SOUL.” You can be sure of this one thing, Ezekiel knew this scripture, and he was, no doubt, seeking God with all of his heart when the vision began coming to him, where God showed him all of these things that were going to come to pass. God said to Ezekiel, “Son of man, stand upon thy feet and I will speak unto thee.” (Ezekiel 2:1) “And he said unto me, Son of man, I send thee to the children of Israel, to a rebellious nation that hath rebelled against me: they and their fathers, have transgressed against me, even unto this very day.” (Ezekiel 2:3) From there, God showed Ezekiel a panoramic vision of his dealings with the children of Israel all the way into the millennium. Of course he was not told exactly when these various things would take place, but in the back of his mind he was remembering something else that he had read in Deuteronomy 4:30-31, “WHEN THOU ART IN TRIBULATION, and all these things are come upon thee, (EVEN IN THE LAST DAYS), if thou turn to the Lord thy God, and shalt be obedient unto his voice, (31) (For the lord thy god is a merciful god;) he will not forsake thee, nor forget the covenant of thy fathers which he sware unto them” Even though he had to prophesy the bad things to come upon the house of Israel because of their rebellion, Ezekiel was also allowed to prophesy concerning the good things to come upon them. Notice verse 24 and following verses of chapter 36, “For I will take you from among the heathen, and GATHER YOU OUT OF ALL COUNTRIES, and will bring you into your own land.” Not just the 2 southern tribes in this setting. This is going to affect the whole nation, (all twelve tribes), for look what God is going to do, after He has gathered them from out of all countries. Verse 25, “Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean: from all your filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you.” When will God do this for Israel? Not until the week of Daniel has begun. It will take place as a result of the ministry of the two prophets, recorded in Revelation chapter 11, and chapter 7. See our article of the Chronology of Revelation, Vol. 9, No. 2 and 3, for a more complete understanding of their ministry. Right now we want to concentrate on this valley full of dry bones. Are you beginning to see where the valley is? No, it is not the valley of Jezreel. That is where they are being brought back to.


ISRAEL NATIONALLY DEAD


The Israelites have been scattered all over this world, for century upon century, until, as far as the world was concerned, they were as though they were dead. Who has cared enough in centuries past, to say, we ought to do something for the Jewish race of people, they need to be back in their land? You and I know that they were as same as forgotten, as far as a national identity was concerned. Hosea said that the house of Israel would abide many days without a king, without a prince, without an ephod, without a sacrifice. “Then afterwards, shall the children of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their king; and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter days.” Ezekiel was just a mortal man. Therefore, after seeing what he has in the vision, with all of the future promises, he must have had a great question in his mind. Lord, when will these things be? How long will it take to accomplish these things?


God just picked Ezekiel up and carried him out to that very large valley. Then, in symbolic language, God began telling him, it is going to be so long that the world will have forgotten, and not even be concerned, that your people were ever a nation. That was God’s way of telling him that this promise of the future is going to be so far off that it will, (one day), cause your own people to say, our hope is lost, we are cut off for our parts. Go back to the 26th verse and we will continue reading these promises for Israel’s future.


NEW HEART – NEW SPIRIT


(26) “A new heart also will I give you, and a new spirit will I put within you: and I will take away the stony heart out of your flesh, and I will give you an heart of flesh. (27) And I will put my spirit within you, and cause you to walk in my statutes, and ye shall keep my judgments, and do them. (28) And ye shall dwell in the land that I gave to your fathers; and ye shall be my people, and I will be your God.” Does that sound like a maybe situation, or would you agree that this is positive language? Where are those scholars who do not believe in election and predestination? Let them account for these words here. “I WILL TAKE YOU FROM AMONG THE HEATHEN, I WILL GIVE YOU A NEW HEART, I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU, I WILL BE YOUR GOD.” It doesn’t sound too much like He is going to take any kind of vote on this, does it? You might say, why would God wait so long? He is waiting for the fullness of the Gentiles. He does not leave His program to be worked out by wavering human beings. He worked out all of the details when He counseled with Himself, (meditated), before the foundation of the world. Maybe it will help some of you to better understand this message, if we turn at this time to Ephesians, chapter 1, and begin reading with verse 3, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who hath blessed us with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ: (4) According as HE HATH CHOSEN US IN HIM BEFORE THE FOUNDATION OF THE WORLD, (does that sound like God needs anyone to instruct Him?) That we should be holy and WITHOUT BLAME before him in love. (5) Having PREDESTINATED US unto the adoption of children by Jesus Christ to himself, ACCORDING TO THE GOOD PLEASURE OF HIS WILL. (6) To the praise of the glory of his grace, wherein HE HATH MADE US ACCEPTED IN THE BELOVED.” You thought God accepted you because you quit drinking, cursing, smoking, chewing tobacco, and all of that. I know you people know better than that, but this world is full of people who think the salvation of a soul is dependent on these things. That is why we are constantly reminding you, that every idea that does not dovetail with the scriptures should be cast aside. Verse 7, “In whom we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, ACCORDING TO THE RICHES OF HIS GRACE: (8) Wherein he hath abounded toward us in all wisdom and prudence; (now notice this), (9) Having made known unto us the mystery of HIS WILL according to HIS GOOD PLEASURE WHICH HE HATH PURPOSED IN HIMSELF: (10) That in the dispensation of the FULLNESS OF TIMES . . . HE . . . might gather together in one all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which are on earth; even in him: (11) In whom also we have obtained in inheritance, being PREDESTINATED according to the purpose of him who worketh all things after the counsel of HIS OWN WILL: (12) That we should be to the praise of his glory, who first trusted in Christ. (13) In whom he also trusted, after that ye heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation: in whom also after that ye believed, YE WERE SEALED WITH THAT HOLY SPIRIT OF PROMISE.” I believe that will be enough to establish the thought we are on. Now, what were those points? Let us review them briefly. He chose us before the foundation of the world. He predestinated us unto adoption. It was for the good pleasure of His own will. It was strictly a work of grace. It was after the counsel of His own will, and He sealed us with that spirit of promise. That is exactly what He was determined to do for the Jews who believe as a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11. That is what verse 37 of Ezekiel 36 is pointing to, the day when God will fill those Jews with the Holy Ghost. “I WILL PUT MY SPIRIT WITHIN YOU.”


THE TWO STICKS


God did not tell Ezekiel that this promise was for a time that would be more than 2,600 years in the future, but rather, after showing him his valley full of dry bones, and causing him to prophesy to them, He then instructed Ezekiel to take two sticks; Upon one stick he was to write for JUDAH, and upon the other stick, he was to write for JOSEPH, which would be EPHRIAM. Now this is not to be thought of as just any two old sticks that Ezekiel might find out in the woods somewhere. These two sticks were to represent the broken scepter of the house of Israel. The scepter, (which was the staff of ruling kings), became a divided scepter, as the kingdom became divided in the days of Rehoboam and Jeroboam. Now that we are talking about the two sticks, we will finish reading this 37th chapter of Ezekiel. We read the first 14 verses already, so we will take up with verse 15, “ The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, (16) Moreover, thou son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it, For Judah, and for the children of Israel his companions: then take another stick, and write upon it, For Joseph, the stick of Ephraim, and for all the house of Israel his companions: (17) And join them one to another into one stick; and they shall become one in thine hand. (18) And when the children of thy people shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not show us what thou meanest by these? (This was God’s way of getting their attention. He knew they would ask Ezekiel why he had done such a thing.) (19) Say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, which is in the hand of Ephraim, and the tribes of Israel his fellows, and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand. (20) And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand before their eyes. (21) And say unto them, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on every side, and bring them into their own land: (22) And I will make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel; and one king shall be king to them all: (This should be enough to disprove any theory that a person might have, about this particular scripture being fulfilled already, when a simple study of history will reveal the fact that the whole house of Israel has never been under one king since the kingdom was divided, almost 3000 years ago. The one king will be the Lord Jesus Christ, ruling throughout the millennium), And they shall be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two kingdoms any more at all. (23) Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols, nor with their detestable things, nor with any of their transgressions: but I will save them out of all their dwelling places, wherein they have sinned, and will cleanse them: so shall they be my people, and I will be their God.”


SIGNS OF THE TIME


Let me say something here before going on with the reading. I know that there are some who would say, Bro. Jackson: why does the bride need to know all these things about Israel? I would like to remind you once again, that the nation of Israel serves as a time clock for the Gentile bride to make herself ready by. We are using these prophetic scriptures in an effort to try and awaken the Gentile church to the hour that she is living in. Brothers and Sisters: do you not think it significant that God saw fit to place the events of Ezekiel 38 and 39 right after the chapter that deals with her, (Israel), coming alive nationally and being restored back to her homeland? The signs of the time point to the fact that we are living right on the threshold of a great shaking. We all know that the Jews who are under communist rule in the various countries around this world should gladly go to the land of Israel, if they were given the opportunity, but how about the five million, more or less, who live in the United States, where money is plentiful, and they have all the luxuries that this nation is so noted for? What will cause them to go to the homeland where they would have to suffer much hardship and disappointment? It will not be an easy decision for most of them. No doubt, it will take some great calamity, such as Russia hitting us with a few of their rockets, which they probably have our name on already. When portions of this country are destroyed, and our economy is ruptured beyond repair, then you will probably see a great number of the Jews in this country suddenly pack up their belongings and head for the homeland. Maybe you think this sounds preposterous, when there is so much talk in the political circles about peace and prosperity. If you had been living in Germany before World War II, you probably would have thought it just as preposterous, for someone to have said that those German Jews should be among the first to migrate to the land that God had promised to Abraham and his seed.


UNIVERSAL PEACE PACT


By now it has become common knowledge that their great hatred for the Jewish people caused Adolph Hitler and Adolph Eichmann to butcher more than six million of them during those years of World War II. After that, the remaining Jews in Europe were glad to go home. They would not have left without some kind of a shaking. Neither will the Jews in the United States and Canada leave their way of life to go to Israel, unless God allows something to shake them loose. Now the Bible tells us what the land of Israel has to watch for in these last days. Therefore, it would be wise for those who are allies to Israel, to recognize that a power like Russia will not strike Israel without striking her allies. When a condition like this arises, it will send the world leaders to the peace bargaining tables. They will suddenly realize that a thing like that cannot be allowed to happen again. They will be ready for a universal peace pact, and they will be ready for a very smart, very sharp man to sit at the head of it all. The Bible also tells us where that man will come from. You can read it in the 9th chapter of Daniel. We offer, for your help in studying this subject, Vol. 4. No. 8, of the Contender, which will be sent free to all who request it. Daniel 9:26-27 tells us that a prince of the people that destroyed the city of Jerusalem and the sanctuary, will make a peace covenant with many for one week, and in the middle of the week, (the week being a week of years, 7 years), he will break the covenant, and we know that the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary around 70 A.D., were Romans led by Titus. Therefore, we are watching for that Roman prince to be revealed to the world, as the apostle Paul said that he would be before our time of gathering together unto Him, (Christ). II Thessalonians 2:1-4. He will be revealed to the world as a great peace maker or keeper, but only the bride will know that he is, in truth, the antichrist that is to come.

GOG OF MAGOG – RUSSIA


Let us look at a few verses in Ezekiel, chapters 38 and 39 and we will begin to tie all of this together. 38:1-4, “And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, (2) Son of man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, (3) And say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal: (4) And I will turn thee back, and put hooks in thy jaws, and I will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling swords.”


Ezekiel had to describe this army and their equipment in terms that were known in his day. He didn’t know anything about motorized tanks, and motorized troop carriers, and such like. Therefore, he was instructed to write in this way, but we know that modern warfare has no place for horsemen, or swords, or shields. This would be as out of place as a Model A Ford on one of these super highways. You might say, didn’t God know what it would be like in the day when this prophecy would be fulfilled? Yes, God knew, but He allowed the prophets to write in their own language, as we find the apostle John doing in the book of Revelation. John wrote, in the 13th chapter of Revelation, how the two horned beast that would come up out of the land would do great wonders, in so much that he would make fire come down from heaven in the sight of men. That has been fulfilled every time this country brought one of her rockets through the sky with fire blazing from it.


HOOKS IN THEIR JAWS


God said, Ezekiel: you tell them that I will put hooks in their jaws and bring them forth. What do you suppose He meant by that? Just try to imagine how helpless a person would be if someone had hooks in their jaws to lead them by. You certainly would not be pulling back against the hooks. You would try to keep up to relieve the pull of the flesh, as the hooks dug in. This, of course, is merely symbolic. This is God’s way of saying, “Russia, you will do what I want you to do.” How do we know it is going to be Russia? It will not be just Russia, but rather Russia and her allies. In verses 5 and 6, we find some of the allies called by name, who will make up this great army from the north parts. In verse 14 and following, we read, “Therefore, Son of man, Prophesy and say unto Gog, Thus saith the Lord God; in that day when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou know it?” Or he could have said, you will know it, and that anti semitic spirit will have reached its peak by then. In other words, a great hatred for the Jews, as in the days of Hitler. (15) “And thou shalt come from the NORTH PARTS, THOU, AND MANY WITH THEE, (check your globe and you will see who is to the north of Israel), all of them riding upon horses, a great company, and a mighty army: (16) And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land, IT SHALL BE IN THE LATTER DAYS, AND I WILL BRING thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.” That sure sounds like a mighty large army to come against a little nation like Israel, so many men that they are like a cloud that covers the land. Now we will go back to verses 9-12, to see why they will do such a thing, but first I want to call your attention to a verse over in Revelation 17:17, “FOR GOD HATH PUT IT IN THEIR HEARTS TO FULFILL HIS WILL.” That is how the hooks in the jaw work. How can anyone doubt or disbelieve the word of God in this age, when so much of what the prophets spoke of is being fulfilled before our very eyes. There is a lot of jealousy and hatred for the Jewish race being built up all because they have taken back a little strip of the land that God gave to them, and they refuse to give it up.

ISRAEL MUST KEEP LAND


In the paper recently, we read an article where Prime Minister Menahem Begin says his new Israeli government will not, “under any circumstances” give up all of the West Bank of the Jordan, or allow a Palestinian state to be formed there, as some have proposed.. To do so would put “every city and home in Israel” in Arab artillery sights.


At the same time Mr. Begin was making this statement, we find that the Middle East News Agency was revealing a statement made recently by Syrain President Hafez Assad, where he told reporters that the Arabs will not give up an inch of the Arab land that has been occupied by Israel since the 1967 war. Assad said, time and world opinion are on the Arab’s side, and added, that the Arabs would wage a hundred wars against Israel if necessary. They may have time and world opinion on their side, but Israel has God on her side, and that is what will make the difference. I would rather have God on my side than all the armies of the world. Oh, He works his plan so perfectly! In verses 9-12, we see how He works this out. (9) “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the lands, thou, AND ALL THY BANDS, AND MANY PEOPLE WITH THEE. (There are the allies that will join Russia.) (10) Thus saith the Lord God: It shall also come to pass, that at the same time SHALL THINGS COME INTO THY MIND, (God said, more than 2500 years ago, that in these last days, Gog would have some thoughts come into his mind, to do what?) And thou shalt think an evil thought. (11) And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates. (Brothers and Sisters: what good would walls around a city be, in such a day as this? Those walls were only beneficial in the days of hand to hand combat). (12) To take a spoil and to take a prey, to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the PEOPLE THAT ARE GATHERED OUT OF THE NATIONS, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.”


GOG WILL THINK EVIL


We find in verse 10, that the things which come into the mind of Gog will lead him to think an evil thought. In other words, he will begin to meditate upon the people that have come from every nation around this globe, to reside in this land that, (in the opinion of the world) has been unjustly taken away from the Arabs. He, (Gog the prince or ruler of Russia) will begin to think of how they have come from foreign lands bringing the knowledge that they have gained in those lands and applied it to the progress of the land of Israel. Many of them will have brought wealth, (especially those who return from places such as the United States and Canada) purely for the purpose of contributing something to the restoration of the land of their forefathers. He will notice how sure they are of themselves, living there in unwalled villages, with the eyes of the whole world upon them, watching their every move. Yet they will seem to be at rest and undisturbed by the conditions building up around them. At such a time as this hatred for the Jews will be at such a peak that it will seem good to Russia and her allies to go down and wipe the Jews from off the land completely.


GOD CREATED EVIL


As we look back to verse 4, we find that God is in control of this situation, therefore, we must conclude that the evil thought must have come from the Lord. WHAT! Bro. Jackson, do you mean to say that God would cause an evil thought? Yes, all we need do is look at the scriptures. Keep in mind though that the word evil, as used in these verses, does not carry the idea of sin against God, for when we look at Isaiah 45:7, we find these words. I FORM THE LIGHT, AND CREATE DARKNESS: I MAKE PEACE, AND CREATE EVIL: I THE LORD DO ALL THESE THINGS. The word evil, as we find it used in these verses and some other which we will call to your attention, carries the thought of misery, woe, and affliction. On the other hand, Satan is the creator of sin, for SIN IS UNBELIEF toward God, and that unbelief is full of attributes. It is the manifestation of these attributes that we call SINS, and it is for the remission of SINS that we are baptized after having believed the preaching of the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ, which cancels out the penalty of condemnation to our spirit, which was there because of SIN, (UNBELIEF) until you believed.


SATAN CREATED SIN


Now the Bible teaches us that Satan created SIN, (UNBELIEF) and God created EVIL, (misery, woe, and affliction) and we believe it because God’s word says it, and we are believers. For a couple more examples of the use of this word evil let us look first at I Samuel 18:10. “And it came to pass on the morrow that the evil spirit from the Lord God came upon Saul, and he prophesied in the midst of the house.” We can also read Amos 3:6, “Shall a trumpet be blown in the city, and the people not be afraid? Shall there be EVIL in a city, and the Lord hath not done it?”


If people could only have confidence in this old black book, which we call the Bible, they could know the plan of God for the ages, for it is all told, and nothing held back, except the time it will take place. Even then we have signs to watch for, such as the things that we are considering in this message.


ISRAEL CLEANSES THE LAND


I would like to call your attention to two or three things in the 39th chapter of Ezekiel and then we will summarize the message briefly. First, we notice in verse 2, (God speaking to Gog) “And I will turn thee back and leave but the sixth part of thee, and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel.” Here we see once again that God himself has caused this invasion, then He intervenes in such a way that only one-sixth of the total army is left alive to tell the story. God says to Gog, also, (3) “I will smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine arrows to fall out of thy right hand. (4) Thou shalt fall upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, and the people that is with thee.” First they are disarmed, then five-sixths of them are killed. When it is all over the Israelites begin a great cleanup campaign. Look at verse 9, “And they that dwell in the cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and THEY SHALL BURN THEM WITH FIRE SEVEN YEARS: (10) So that they shall take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of the forests, for they shall burn the weapons with fire: and they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that robbed them, saith the Lord God.” The particular thing that I would have you take note of, is that Israel will be seven years burning the weapons that are left there by this great army. Then we read in verses 11-12 that it is going to take them seven months to bury the dead that fall there in that great battle. I call it a great battle, only because of the great multitude of people that come against the little nation of Israel. But actually, before they can do what they come to do, God will intervene by some supernatural means to destroy the armies of Israel’s enemies. Whatever the means that God will use, we notice that it will cause the eyes of many nations to be opened, and they shall recognize the fact that Israel has God on their side. God has Ezekiel to speak to the fowls of the air, and invite them to come to the great feast that He has prepared for them and the beast of the fields. That is why you find in verse 15 that it speaks of burying the bones of them that are found. After a few months, that is all that is left to bury. They bury them in a valley that God says will be called the valley of Hamongog. It will be someplace there in Israel. During this time they shall sever out men for continual employment burying the dead bodies.


WORLD SEEKING PEACE


The whole world is crying for peace, and there shall no peace be found for it, until the Prince of Peace, (Jesus Christ) is seated on the throne of King David, to rule and reign for a thousand years of peace. Between now and then we can look for much blood shed, for the scriptures must be fulfilled.


Prime Minister Menahem Begin, of the State of Israel, is coming to Washington, D.C., around the middle of July for a meeting with President Carter. Naturally, the world is waiting with hopeful expectations for the results of such a meeting, and rightly so, for the world in general does not accept the scriptures as the unchangeable, unalterable, word of God. If it were not for the prophecies of Ezekiel, Daniel, Amos, Joel, etc., as well as the book of Revelation, I, myself, might be looking for world peace through negotiation, but in the light of what we know from the word of God, I am looking for great destruction in various regions throughout the world in the very near future. Not as a skeptic, but as a believer of the word of God.


I, therefore, am endeavoring to warn the people of God that the time is short. You do not have very many months left to play around. It is time for each of us, by an honest evaluation, to determine exactly where we stand with God. After making such a determination, let us place our faith and trust in God, putting on the whole armour of God, (as we find it listed in Ephesians chapter 6) without wavering.


FAITH WILL GET RESULTS


Just to refresh your memory, let me read to you something that the apostle James was inspired to write. His remarks were pertaining to wisdom, but the same principle applies to our complete makeup, for we are children of faith, and without faith it is impossible to please God, Hebrews 11:6. But here is what I want to read to you. I will start with verse 2 of the 1st chapter of James. “My brethren, count it all joy when ye fall into divers, (or various) temptations; (3) Knowing this, that the trying of your faith worketh patience. (4) But let patience have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and entire, wanting nothing.” The word perfect, as used here, does not imply perfection in this mortal makeup, but rather, perfect desire, perfect motive, perfect ambition, the things that make up the inner man, who is to be like God. Some might say, how do we reach such a place? That is what James is dealing with. If you are not quite sure, then listen to the next verses. (5) “If any of you lack WISDOM, let him ASK, (not beg) of God, that giveth to all men liberally, and upbraideth not; and it SHALL BE given him. (6) But let him ask in faith, NOTHING WAVERING, for he that wavereth is like a wave of the sea driven with the wind and tossed. (7) For let not that man think that he shall receive anything of the Lord. (8) A double minded man is unstable in all his ways.”


Brothers and Sisters: One thing that I would have you to understand is that many of us are going to be severely tested in the days ahead, so much so, that only a genuine faith and trust in God will be sufficient to carry your through.


We have already stated that pressure is mounting in the middle east, and the lid will soon blow off of it to such a degree that it will affect the whole world. Now, I want to read an article that came out in the Jerusalem Post, dated July 5, 1977. The Prime Minister of Israel is in the spotlight in these days, and it will be to our enlightment to hear what he says.


BEGIN’S PLEA TO U.S.


BEGIN CALLS ON U.S. NOT TO ABANDON FREE WORLD – Prime Minister Menahem Begin of Friday, appealed to the United States to maintain it’s lead of the remaining free nations, “in resisting tyranny and preserving human dignity” now, as it has already done three times in the last sixty years. Begin was addressing a festive dinner held jointly by the commercial and industrial club, and the Israel America Society at Zoa House here.


It was America, said he, that had saved mankind in World War I, and then again in World War II.


The third U.S. intervention to save the world, the Prime Minister said, had been the effort up to now to prevent Communist subjugation “by proxy” of the shrinking number of free nations, particularly in the Middle East.


Begin toasted the President of the United States on the occasion of America’s Independence Day. Recalling that a year ago the Entebbe rescue was called “the best present Israel could give the free world on the Fourth of July.” Begin said, “Today, the very existence of Israel, its country UNCONQUERABLE, its army INVINCIBLE, its people UNBREAKABLE, is the best present we can offer.”


I just wanted you to have some idea as to what Israel is expecting from this country. The United States is about all that Israel has to look to, as far as military power is concerned.


U.S. MILITARY IN ISRAEL


It is reported that a Washington source has revealed possible plans for a U.S. military installation within Israel’s boundaries. The idea would be to guarantee this country’s commitment to them. It would act as an insurance policy for the Israelis.


One possibility of such a move, it is stated, would be an American Naval Base at Haifa. There is nothing definite, (as far as the public is permitted to know) on this as yet. I only mention these things to get your minds pointed in the right direction. It remains to be seen just what extremes mortal mankind will go to in trying to prevent, or at least hold off the inevitable. But at this time, I would like to conclude this message by making a projection of what I believe is ahead for the world. We have gone into much detail in establishing from the scriptures the events that are to come. The only thing that I am going to do now is just briefly run through them.


First, to begin right where we are, the Gentiles are turning back to paganism and witchcraft, which proves that the gospel light is getting dim, and at the present pace, cannot burn much longer among Gentiles.


Secondly, the Jews are returning to their ancestral homeland with urgency, as if by great inspiration. This is causing much concern and alarm, among the other Middle East countries. It is like a great powder keg with a short fuse that could explode at any time.


RUSSIA MAKES HER MOVE


Russia is working her way into these surrounding areas by trade agreements and arms supplying. All of which is gaining her allies that she will need to fulfill Ezekiel 38 & 39. Before too long, Gog, (the ruler of Russia) will begin to have the evil thoughts, (Ezekiel 38:10-11) that will cause them to go down against Israel. But, since Israel has the United States as her ally, it will be necessary for them to strike this country at such a time, to try to prevent our intervention. There will not be much left of our economy after such an attack; destruction will be widespread. This will cause great hoards of American Jews to pack up and go to Israel; (for all twelve tribes must be represented there when the week of Daniel goes into effect) especially after witnessing how God fights for Israel in this attack. They will suddenly realize that Israel is the safest place that they could be, and their businesses will be wiped out to the extent that there will be nothing left here to hold them. This is when God kills five-sixths of that great army, leaving only one sixth to return home.


WORLD PEACE PACT


World leaders will be so shaken by so much sudden destruction that it will cause them to rush to the peace negotiating tables, and this time they will not spend months arguing about who will sit where. They will get right to the business at hand. Their great theme will be, we cannot allow a thing like this to happen again. We must have a world peace agreement immediately. They will work out the details to the point where they will realize that they need a genius, who is world renown, to sit at the head of such an agreement. That is where the Roman Pope will be accepted, and make a covenant with many for one week. The peace covenant will not specify that it is for 7 years, but God is the one who keeps time, and He will cause it to move according to Daniel 9:26-27, so that after three and one-half years the Pope, (who is the antichrist) will have become so provoked by the ministry of the two prophets of Revelation 11, that he will make a decree, causing the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease. Naturally, this will cause the orthodox Jews to rebel, and then is when the great persecution of the Jews will begin again. By this time the ministry of the two prophets will be finished, the first half of the week of Daniel will be gone, the Bride will have been caught up to meet the Lord in the air, leaving the foolish virgins to be killed by the armies of the antichrist beast system that will rule for the last half of the week of Daniel, along with the great multitude of Jews who will be killed, rather than renounce God. This brings time to the end of the week of Daniel, where the Lord Jesus Christ comes from heaven with His Bride on white horses, (the power of the word) to fight against that beast system. By this time the western communist forces will be fighting against the communist forces from the East. This will be the battle of Armageddon, which will be finished up by the coming of the Lord Jesus with His saints to end it all. That will be the last battle among mankind. After a period of cleansing the temple, and rededicating the altar, Jesus with His bride, will separate the sheep people among the nations from the goats, and usher the sheep people into the millennium.


I know this is a brief summary, but we have covered most of the events mentioned, either in this message or the Chronology of Revelation, which you may request if you desire to do so.

If We Sin Willfully

IS YOUR LIFE COMING SHORT OF WHAT YOU DESIRE IT TO BE? HAVE YOU BEEN TOLD BY SOMEONE THAT THERE IS NO HOPE FOR YOU BECAUSE YOU KNEW BETTER THAN TO DO WHAT YOU DID, IN SINNING, AFTER PROFESSING TO BE A CHRISTIAN? I AM SURE YOU HAVE HEARD SOME SAY, THERE IS NO SUCH THING AS A BORN AGAIN BELIEVER BACKSLIDING. ALSO, SOME HAVE LOOKED AT A PERSON WHO HAD SOME WEAKNESS, IN THE WAY OF A HABIT, AND JUDGED THAT THE PERSON COULD NOT POSSIBLY HAVE THE HOLY GHOST IN THEM, FOR THEY WILL SAY, GOD WILL NOT DWELL IN AN UNCLEAN VESSEL.


SUCH STATEMENTS AS THESE HAVE CAUSED MUCH CONFUSION IN THE RANKS OF CHRISTIANITY, BUT LET US SEE IF WE CANNOT SETTLE THESE ARGUMENTS BY LETTING THE WORD OF GOD SPEAK TO US.


PLEASE KEEP AN OPEN MIND AS YOU READ THIS MESSAGE. IF YOUR MIND IS MADE UP ALREADY, THERE IS NOTHING IN THIS MESSAGE THAT WILL HELP YOU. IT IS BEING PUBLISHED FOR THE BENEFIT OF THOSE WHO WANT TO KNOW THE TRUTH, AND THOSE WHO FIND THE TRUTH WILL BE MADE FREE. (John 8:32)


HEBREWS 10:26


A question that came to me recently has caused me to search the scriptures concerning the verse that read, IF WE SIN WILFULLY….. You will find in the letter to the Hebrews the scripture for our thought today. The part that we are going to deal with is found in chapter 10, verse 26, but we will read verses 26-29 to get a picture in our minds of what the writer is dealing with here. First, let me say this, even though it is commonly accepted that this Epistle was probably written by the apostle Paul, there is no concrete evidence to dogmatically attribute the authorship to him. One thing we are sure of though, much of the language found in this Epistle sounds very much like Paul, especially chapter 13:23, where there is a personal reference made concerning Timothy.


The occasion for writing the Epistle to the Hebrews seems to be a need to exhort those who had professed faith in Jesus as the Messiah to hold fast, stop wavering, and go on to maturity. It seems that many of them might have been on the borderline of turning back to Judaism, for we see in the earlier verses of chapter 10 that he has been reminding the people of the superiority of the one sacrifice of the new covenant, (which was the Lord Jesus Christ himself) in contrast to the continual sacrifices of the old covenant. He has exhorted the people not to forsake the assembling of themselves together. He had admonished them to consider one another to provoke unto love and good works. Then, he comes to verse 26, let us read. “For if we sin willfully after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins, (27) But a certain fearful looking for of judgment and fiery indignation, which shall devour the adversaries. (28) He that despised Moses law died without mercy under two or three witnesses; (29) Of how much sorer punishment, suppose ye, shall he be thought worthy, who hath trodden under foot the Son of God, and hath counted the blood of the covenant, with which he was sanctified, an unholy thing, and hath done despite unto the spirit of grace.” Keep this scripture in mind, and let’s turn to the 6th chapter and start reading with the 4th verse. “For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, and have tasted of the heavenly gift, and were made partakers of the Holy Ghost. (5) And have tasted the good word of God, and the powers of the world to fall away. (6) If they shall fall away, to renew them again unto repentance, seeing they crucify to themselves the Son of God afresh, and put him to an open shame.”


When we put these two scripture passages together, it presents a fearful picture in our minds unless we go on to find the occasion for such words, and find out what they are actually having reference to. Now we preach that God is a loving and merciful God, and we look at these scriptures in the light of what is written in all of the other scriptures that deal with sin, and our conclusion is that there has got to be an answer in the word of God that will satisfy a hungry soul who desires to know the truth. In 1 John 1:9 we read, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” Please notice, if WE CONFESS OUR SINS, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. It sure looks like there is a possibility that the people of God could commit sins, doesn’t it? With that scripture in mind, let’s look at another one in I John 3:9, “Whosoever is born of God DOTH NOT COMMIT SIN; for his seed remaineth in him, and he CANNOT SIN, because he is born of God.” Both of these verses were written by the same man, (the apostle John). They seem to present a contradiction, for they are dealing with two different things. With these two verses to think upon, let us go back to Hebrews 10:26, (For if we sin willfully after having received the knowledge of the truth;) we will have to find out what the word SIN is pointing to. That word SIN in 10:26 has to be the same thing as, (For it is impossible for those who were once enlightened, etc.,) chapter 6:4. These two verses will have to go together, they were both written by the same man. He was writing to warn and exhort these Hebrews. Therefore, there could be no contradiction. We will hang this upon the word, SIN, and endeavor to find out what he was talking about. (IF WE SIN WILFULLY,) Is he talking about smoking, drinking, gambling, or what? It was none of these things; they are only the attributes of the sin that was being spoken of here. Yet, how many times, through this age of grace, has the word sin been associated with smoking, and all of the many other things that unregenerate mankind is a slave to. Evangelists use these scriptures to scare people into repenting, but did you know that you cannot scare a sinner into repenting with the attitude and motive that God will accept? Jesus plainly said that no man could come to him except he be drawn by the Father. In other words, no man can come to the WORD, except he be drawn by the SPIRIT. Jesus was the WORD made flesh, according to John 1:14. You might say, then what did Jesus mean when He said to go out and compel them to come in. He sure didn’t mean that we should force or drag them in. It was not like that in the book of Acts, and that was the pattern. You will find, as you read the book of Acts, that wherever the Gospel was preached, as many as were ordained to eternal life, believed. Men were heard crying out, (WHAT MUST WE DO?) The answer would come back, repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of SINS, (Acts 2:38, 16:31, 33, etc.) Keep this word SINS in your mind as you study this message, for it is in the framework of SINS, that we find all of the bad habits that mankind is addicted to, and we are dealing with the word SIN in its singular form in this message.


THE NARROW WAY


We are living in a day when religion is very popular but true christianity is fast fading out of the picture. That is the reason Jesus could say, “Strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.” This is the way of true christianity. The popular religious way is the way that leads to destruction. This is the wide gate, and broad way, that Jesus said many would enter into, (Matthew 7:13-14). I hear so much from the church world in our day, where they will say, we had so many saved last night, and so many filled with the Holy Ghost. This may look good on paper to those who enjoy such things, but in the eyes of God, it looks like children playing. I am so thankful that God keeps his own record book, and that book only records what God is allowed to accomplish in the whole thing. Man’s fleshly efforts are not included in this true record book.


As I said before, our thought for this message is hinged around the words, (FOR IS WE SIN WILFULLY,) after having received the knowledge of the truth, there remaineth no more sacrifice for sins. The word SIN in the first part of this verse has been used as a club by many preachers. Where some poor souls who had some hard trial laid upon them, and has become discouraged to the point where they might pick up a cigarette, or do something to try to fill the vacuum brought on by such an experience, these preachers will hold up this verse of scripture and pronounce condemnation upon the person. Many people who have had a genuine experience of grace in a salvational way are still weak in various areas of their complete makeup. Satan knows where these weak areas are, and that is where he works. He knows exactly where, and when, to hit a person like this, to bring on a feeling of discouragement, where the individual will many times, just say, “What is the use in trying to go on, it just seems like I cannot make any headway.” It is in such times as these that a person may do something that is unbecoming to a christian. Not because they desire to do the thing that they are doing, but because for the moment, their resistance is broken down. It is a spiritual warfare, and the forces of evil are very strong, but remember, he that is within a true believer is greater that he that is the world, (1 John 4:4). Satan has power to lay trials and discouragement upon the children of God, but there is a limit as to how far he is allowed to go with it. Keep these remarks in mind, and turn with me in your Bibles to I Corinthians, chapter 3, verse 11. Now this letter was written by the apostle Paul, who, as we stated before, undoubtedly wrote the Hebrew letter. What we are interested in finding out is what the same man who wrote Hebrews 10:26, will say concerning other things that would be referred to as sinning. There was a lot of things going on in the Corinthian church that fall into the category of sin, but it is not sin in the same sense that the word is used in our text. Let us read now, chapter 3, verse 11, “For other foundation can no man lay than that which is laid, which is Jesus Christ.” He has got to be the center of all our desires and motives, our greatest ambition should be to please Him in all that we do and say. He is to be the foundation upon which you build your testimony and character or your very way of life. He was a sinless example for us, which makes him a perfect foundation to build upon. It is true that we, in our mortal flesh are imperfect. Nevertheless, the Bible does say, “be ye, therefore, perfect, even as your Father, who is in heaven, is perfect.” Does that mean that we are to be perfect in the same sense that Jesus was? Absolutely not! Jesus did not have the blood from Adam’s fallen nature running in his veins. His was the pure, created, blood of God, without the attributes of sin. He was tempted in every way that you and I are, and he could have done as Adam did, but he chose to do only what pleased the Father, (John 8:29).


Many believe that Jesus could not have given in to temptation, but if that be true, then how could the apostle Peter come along later and say that he was our example (1 Peter 2:21-22). You must understand that in every test that Jesus was put to, He overcame the adversary as a man, not as God. By this, He left us an example of how to overcome the tempter by the word of God. See Matthew 4:11, where, in every temptation, Jesus met the devil with what was written in the word of God. It is our motive and desire that must be brought in line with the will of God for our lives. Once we have had an experience of God’s grace bestowed upon us, and we begin to build our lives upon the foundation of this example that Jesus set before us, then we are cultivating a perfect desire, a perfect motive, a desire to be in His likeness. It is the blood of Jesus that cleanses us from all sin, (1 John 1:7). “If we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship one with another, and the blood of Jesus Christ, his Son, cleanseth us from all sin.”


OUR WORKS WILL BE TESTED


When the apostle Paul spoke of Jesus Christ as being the foundation that men should build upon, we realize, of course, that this was an illustration that he was using to establish motive. There are many who have preached hard, and worked hard, year after year, but will God be able to use their labor for His permanent building? The apostle Paul said that every man’s work shall be made manifest; it will be revealed by fire, and the fire shall test every man’s work to determine what sort it is. If it is of wood, hay, and stubble, it will be burned up, but if it is gold, silver, or precious stones it will stand the test and he will receive a reward. What do you suppose God will be looking for, as our works are put to the test? If we are inspired and led by God to do whatever we do, it will be accepted by Him, but if that which we do is for some selfish reason, or just plain zealousness on our part, it will be looked upon by God as wood, hay, and stubble, regardless of how it may look in the eyes of man. Do we not read in Matthew 7;21-23, where Jesus said there will be some who will say to Him in that day, “Lord, Lord, have we not prophesies in thy name? And in thy name have cast out devils? And in thy name done many wonderful works?” These all seem like things that were right for these people to be doing, but look what Jesus said that He will say to them. Verse 23, “I never knew you; depart from me, ye that work iniquity.” Why would he react in such a way to these people who had been doing all of these good works? The reason is simple. He had not instructed them to do what they had been doing. It was through their own reasoning that they had done these seemingly good works. There are professing christians, that believe God was unjust when He refused to accept Cain’s basket of fruit and vegetables, but these people will always miss God, for they do not have the ability to receive revelation on what pleases the Father. When we have a genuine experience and relationship with God, we do not have to go around trying to do good work. There is something in such a person that automatically reacts to situations in the same way that Jesus did when He walked upon earth among mankind. It is the spirit of God living through you that produces genuine good works. Did not James write, “show me thy faith without thy works, and I will show thee my faith by my works?” This is not contrary to what Paul believed. He believed that faith in God should be backed up by works just like James taught it, but Paul went one step farther and stated that every man’s work will be tried, to determine the category that it falls into. Just because Paul taught that we are saved by grace through faith, many believe that once they are saved, they should just fold their hands and do nothing. That sure wasn’t the way that the apostle Paul lived his faith. He worked hard, and traveled much, but his desire and motive was not to build something for himself, he was building for God.


Billy Graham is known by most of you. It is reported, that when he started out, his prayer was, Lord, I want to be the biggest evangelist around. That was his motive, and that is what he has become, but I do not believe that he has the greatest revelation of God. Nevertheless, the day shall declare it. It will be revealed by fire. When? In the day of his judgment among believers. The things that you have done here in this present world, are not the things that you will be doing in the millennium, but the faithfulness with which you do them will definitely determine the place that you have with Christ, in God, in the millennium.


Please do not think that Paul is speaking of the fire of God’s wrath here in I Corinthians 3:13, this is the fire of His Word in judging our works. When Paul spoke of Jesus being revealed from heaven, in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know now God, he was referring to the time when He, (Jesus) will come to destroy wicked men who have corrupted the earth. Here in I Corinthians 3, he is speaking of the judgment seat of Christ, where believers will be tried to determine what their life had accomplished as a christian. It isn’t that God doesn’t know already. He does! This will be to show you and I what we have actually brought to Him. Now notice, Paul did not say that if our works would not stand the test there remaineth no more sacrifice. No! Look again, at the scripture, (I Corinthians 3:15). He says here, “If any man’s work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss; but he himself shall be saved, yet as by fire.” On the other hand, look at verse 14, “If any man’s work abide which he hath built upon it, he shall receive a reward.” It will not be the reward of eternal life, we have that already. “Now are we the sons of God, and it doth not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that, when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.” (I John 3:2) We are already the sons of God, and we will be like Him in the spiritual and immortal image that He projects and shows Himself to be. (If any man’s work abide), that means, if God accepts it, he will receive a reward, (a greater position in the millennium). Now, let us go back to view the other side for a moment. If a man’s work be burned, he shall suffer loss. Loss of what? A great reward in the millennium. He will not suffer the loss of eternal life.


WHAT SAITH THE WORD


We are going to study the teaching of this man, Paul, for he is the one that was faced with dealing with these various situations, and needs, as they arose in the churches. We are interested in finding out what a man might do that would be the cause of him not receiving any reward at all. He had to do something wrong. Let us go to chapter 5, and see if we can gain a better understanding of this man’s teaching. He writes the letter in response to an inquiry concerning such things as marriage and the use of meats offered to idols, but he was greatly troubled by reports that he had been receiving from Corinth of divisions among the brethren, of increasing contentions, and a case of incest in the assembly that had not been judged by the church. Chapter 5 opens like this, (1) “It is reported commonly that there is fornication among you, and such fornication as is not so much as named among the Gentiles, that one should have his father’s wife.” (That would be his stepmother.) He went on to say, (2) “And ye are puffed up, and have not rather mourned, that he that hath done this deed might be taken away from among you.” In other words, someone must have really got up in the air over it. Not out of concern for the individuals who were doing such things, but rather, for fear that the church would get a bad name. This, many times, is the attitude that would cover up sins in the church rather than to have the image of the church marred. Verse 3, “For I verily, as absent in body but present in the spirit, have judged already, as though I were present, concerning him that hath done this deed.” The apostle was saying, I have not been there to witness this thing with my own eyes, but I believe the report that I have received, and I, therefore, have judged the man already. Some might say, now wait a minute, did not Jesus say that we should not judge, lest we be judged? Yes, Jesus said that, and Paul knew that He said it. Some will say, I would rather take what Jesus said, others, I am going to take what the apostle Paul said. That is the way these Corinthians were, some said, I am of Paul, others, I am of Apollos, and others, I am of Cephas. Paul answered them by saying, is Christ divided? Was Paul crucified for you? In whose name were you baptized? He called them carnal minded babes, that needed to grow up in stature. He told them that they were so much like babes, that he couldn’t even speak to them in a spiritual way. On the other hand, we never reach such a high plane in our spiritual life, that we do not still have room to bring our life, (as far as spiritual thinking) a littler closer in line with the will of God.


JUDGE NOT


When Jesus said, judge not, that ye be not judged, we must try to understand what He was talking about. Judgment here, in the statement that Jesus made, was referring to eternal destiny. We do not reach a place in this life where we can pass judgment upon an individual, to say, he is going to glory, or he is damned. That is for God to do, and He alone. There is a certain amount of observation that we are permitted to make. For instance, when you see a person that has shown by their manner of life, through their conduct and character, that they are stable from day to day, walking before God in an attitude of obedience, without being a stumbling stone or hindrance to others, it is right to say, that person appears to be a true saint of God. When a person, such as this, dies, we can console ourselves by saying, they have gone to sleep, to be with the Lord, but, even still, it is not you and I that determines their destiny. Therefore, when we look into the scriptures and see various statements, it becomes necessary to find out what the occasion was for making them. The apostle Paul was a man that believed a christian should be on an even keel. Not up one day and down the next, as so many are. His preaching did not leave room for a person to be just any way they might choose, because of adverse circumstances, from day to day. He wrote to the Ephesians, (10) “Finally, my brethren, be strong in the Lord, and in the power of his might. (11) Put on the whole armour of God, that ye may be able to stand against the wiles of the devil.” (Chapter 6:10-11)


We will return to the statement by Paul, (I have judged already). As a man of God, he had judged that there was improper conduct being allowed in the Corinthian church. He is not judging the man’s eternal destiny. He gives instructions to the elders, I Corinthians 5:4, “In the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, when ye are gathered together, and my spirit, with the power of the Lord Jesus Christ, (the word power here means authority), to deliver such a one unto Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus.” Can you see the situation that is being dealt with here? This man is a professed christian, who has continued to sin in the assembly of the saints, while having an affair with his stepmother. Paul’s judgment was, if he refuses to straighten up, then turn him over to the devil. Break fellowship with him, and let him run his course, even to the point of being physically destroyed. Now, the last part of that verse sounds strange to the natural mind, but these things are spiritually discerned. He said, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus. We are calling your attention to these particular instances in chapter 3, and chapter 5 of I Corinthians before going back to Hebrews 10:26. In chapter 3, we have an ILLUSTRATION of a man that had nothing to offer the Lord but wood, hay, and stubble, yet his soul was saved. Then, in chapter 5, we have an actual DEMONSTRATION. You and I know good and well that this man’s deeds are not like gold, and silver, and precious stones. They can be nothing more than wood, hay, and stubble in the eyes of God. You may say, that is wrong to put someone out of church, don’t you think God would forgive the person? Absolutely! God will forgive anyone who truly repents, and will put his sins as far as the east is from the west, from him, never to remember them anymore. But, after that, he expects you to go out and live a straight life.


THE PRODIGAL SON


To illustrate how willingly God will forgive a repentant sinner, Jesus told a story about a certain man that had two sons. Most of the story pertains to the youngest of the two. We commonly call him the prodigal son. This young fellow came to his father one day, and asked for the portion of the inheritance that would someday be his. The father divided up what he had between the two sons, and shortly thereafter the youngest took his part and journeyed to a far country, where he wasted all that he had on riotous living. Please keep in mind the fact that he did not have to leave home. It was his own decision. He had plenty of clothes, a good bed to sleep in, and everything else that he needed, but he was just one of those fellows that wanted to sow his wild oats. Furthermore, he didn’t think daddy always knew what was best for him. When he asked for his part of the inheritance, and got it, look where he went, (to the world) and wasted it all. He probably went to every wild place that there was around anywhere. He was really having himself a good time. As long as the money lasted, he probably never had any thoughts of his dad and brother back home. There came a day though, when the money was all gone. He probably had nothing left but the clothes he was wearing, and to make bad matters worse, there arose a great famine in the land. Times got so hard for him, that he, being a jew, had to bear the reproach of working for a Gentile hog farmer, in order to exist. It seems that God let this fellow go just about as close to the end of his rope as he could go, without being totally lost. Brothers and Sisters: it’s bad when a man becomes so addicted to ways of destruction that he winds up with nothing but the clothes on his back, and in a hog pen on top of that. Many times it is necessary for God to let a person go all the way to the bottom, in order to break their stubborn will down to a point where they can be talked to. This fellow was to the point where, in his desperation, he was ready to eat the husks from the hog feed, then he came to himself and realized that his father’s servants were living better than he. It was only at this point of his desperate situation that true repentance finally hit him. He realized that he had sinned against God, and that he was not even worthy to be called a son of his earthly father, but look at the compassion of that old dad when he finally arrived back home. He had, no doubt, been rehearsing the speech that he would make to his father as he walked along the road that day. He was going to confess his wrong deeds, and ask to be given a place as one of his father’s hired servants, but look how his father demonstrated the kind of love and compassion that God has toward his repentant children. He didn’t even wait for the boy to make his speech. As soon as he saw him coming up the road, he ran to meet him, and the scripture says that he fell on his neck, and kissed him. He was welcomed home with open arms, by his father, who is a type of our longsuffering, and forgiving God. He was received back into the family, given a bed to sleep in, clothes that he might dress properly, and a fatted calf to feast upon, but he did not tell him that he would be reinstated as an heir to his kingdom. You can see from this illustration that it pays to stay at home. Look what the father said to the pouting, elder son, who had stayed at home to tend to the farm, and was now filled with jealousy and indignation. After listening to the older son complain because he had never had a party given for him, the father said, Son, thou are ever with me, (ALL THAT I HAVE IS THINE!) There is your reward for faithfulness displayed. The father kept the younger son, (who had nothing to offer, but wood, hay, and stubble) in the family, but the reward went to the son who had remained faithful and kept his father’s commandments. This story, (which is recorded in the 15th chapter of Luke), is an illustration, by Jesus of the type of situation that the apostle Paul was dealing with in I Corinthians 5:1-13. This lets me know that if a person, (who is a believer), can not find the grace of God to be sufficient to deliver him from such a weakness, God is willing for the person to be turned over to the devil, and actually killed if necessary, in order to deliver the church from such a reproachful situation.


The same man that wrote this letter and instructed the church to turn this man over to Satan for the destruction of his flesh, (that his soul might be saved) had to write them again, to instruct them to receive the man back into the fellowship once he had repented. You will find this in II Corinthians 2:1-11. It seems that after this fornicator was put out of the assembly, and no one would fellowship with him anymore, something caused him to repent. It might have been sickness that got hold of him. The scriptures do not tell us what caused him to repent, but something did. You might say, “Wasn’t that a terrible sin for a believer to commit?” Yes, it was, but it is not the sin that our text is dealing with. This goes in the category with SINS OF THE FLESH. These sins of the flesh are things that we do, say, and allow, because of our weakness, but there is only one UNPARDONABLE SIN. That is UNBELIEF. Jesus called it blaspheming the Holy Ghost. He said, “All manner of sin, and blasphemy, shall be forgiven men; except blasphemy against the Holy Ghost.” Whoever blasphemes the Holy Ghost will never be forgiven. (Matthew 12:31-32) Do you see it there? (IF WE SIN WILFULLY) there is no middle ground. Either we believe the word of God, or we do not. A believer may slip up and do wrong, but he is not so foolish as to believe that he can continue in the wrong, without somewhere along the way, the chastening hand of God reaching him. This man that had been put out of the church in Corinth, no doubt, found life more miserable than he ever imagined it could be. That is what broken fellowship with God does to a believer. They do not find peace of mind until that fellowship is restored. Then, in order to be right with God, many times it requires some back tracking and straightening up. If a brother or sister has been wronged, then there is some personal apologies necessary. In every case, there must be genuine repentance. In the case of this man, after he had repented, where could he go? He sure couldn’t go running to a different denomination. Only a make-believer will do that. The church world is full of people who move from one church to another, always looking for a church that will allow them to live, and dress just any old way their carnal nature desires to, but the true child of God is not like that. When they get off course and then come to themselves, (as the prodigal son) they, (like he) realize that there is only one place to get back on the right course again. That is the place where they got off. According to Paul’s second letter, after this man repented he had difficulty in getting the fellowship to receive him back. They, no doubt, took the same attitude that the oldest son who stayed at home with Father had taken. They were reluctant to trust him again. This caused the apostle Paul to write, in II Corinthians 2:6-9, (6) “Sufficient to such a man is this punishment, which was inflicted of many. (7) So that contrariwise, ye ought rather to forgive him, and comfort him, lest perhaps such a one should be swallowed up with overmuch sorrow. (8)Wherefore I beseech you that ye would confirm your love toward him. (9) For to this end also did I write, that I might know the proof of you, whether ye be obedient in all things.” Does this help you to better understand Hebrews 10:26? We are using these examples from the word of God, to try and help you to rightly divide the word of truth. We find in II Timothy 3:16, “All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness.” Therefore, we understand that one scripture cannot cancel out another scripture. They must harmonize. Look at I John 1:8, “If we say that we have no sin, we deceive ourselves, and the truth is not in us.” We are all born in sin. Romans 3:23 says, “For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God.” We have an inherited nature to sin, which was passed down to us from the first Adam. The works of the flesh proceed forth from that sinful nature, and the root of that sinful nature is unbelief. But, thanks be unto God, He has allowed us to be partakers of the benefits of the work at Calvary. The apostle Paul wrote in the Roman letter, chapter 5, verse 19, “For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous.” That righteousness is imputed to us when we believe. It is the gift of God, according to Ephesians 2:8-9. One thing is sure, if you really become a believer, your nature will change. You will begin to desire the things that you know would please your heavenly Father. The life of a true child of God is not spent looking back desiring the things of the world.


The apostle John wrote, in I John 1:9, “If we confess our sins, he is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.” When we repent, and are baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, for the remission of sins, (that is, the things we have done in the flesh) then He will forgive us and fill us with the Holy Ghost. But now, look at verse 10, this is that modern church going self righteousness attitude. “If we say that we have not sinned, (you know how it is with some people that you have talked to, they will say, I have never done anything wrong, why do I need to be saved? You can be a church membership with an attitude like that, but you can not get true salvation for the word of God, says) we make him a liar, and his word is not in us.”


OUR ADVOCATE


When we come to the 2nd chapter of I John, we find John taking on another thought. Notice how he writes. He becomes very intimate. After stating what we had been in the past, (a sinner by natural birth) he brings it up to the present tense. Verse 1, “My little children, these things write I unto you, that ye sin not, (Yes, this is in harmony with the gospel message of the Bible. Look at II Corinthians 5:17, “Therefore if any man be in Christ, he is a new creature; old things are passed away; behold, all things are become new.” He has a new desire, and a new outlook. The deeds of the flesh have been mortified. He has put off the old man, and put on the new. All of the scriptures pertaining to such, show us, that if a person be truly in Christ, then he definitely is a new creature. He is on a new foundation, starting all over again.) Now to continue reading verse 1, and if any man sin, we have an advocate with the Father, Jesus Christ the righteous. This word SIN does not mean inherited nature, or anything pertaining to unbelief. How could you be a child of God, and have unbelief ruling and guiding your Life? This definitely is referring to some mortal weakness, in the child of God. John is leaving no stone unturned. He is making sure that we understand that a person who is born of the spirit cannot have UNBELIEF, (which is the SIN of Hebrews 10:26) and should not practice sins of the flesh, (which is referred to in I John 1:9) but, if through our weakness we do something wrong, we have an advocate with the Father, (which is Jesus Christ, who took the penalty of our sin upon himself). In other words, we have an attorney who stands up for us, to plead our case before God the Father. That doesn’t mean that we are not guilty. He simply says, “Father, this is a child of God, who has done this thing in a time of weakness, my shed blood has atoned for him already.” Please do not misunderstand, this is not a license to sin, as some make-believers take it to be. This is the long-suffering grace of a merciful God. If you are one who premeditates to commit sin, then you had better reexamine your experience with God. John nailed it all down with these early verses, then he clinched the nail with what he had to say in chapter 3, verse 9, which we quoted in the beginning of this message, “Whosoever is born of God doth not commit sin; for his seed remaineth in him: and he cannot sin, because he is born of God.” Now this verse would have to be pertaining to UNBELIEF, or John would have cancelled out what he had spoken already. We see here that the child of God does not practice SIN wilfully. It is with this thought in mind that he spoke the words recorded in the previous verse. “He that committeth sin is of the devil; for the devil winneth from the beginning. For this purpose the Son of God was manifested, that he might destroy the works of the devil.” John was not all mixed up, and confused as some natural minded people become when they read these scriptures. He had a perfect revelation of these things, and he wrote them down in such a way that the child of God, (who is led by the spirit) can know them. This is in line with what Paul wrote to the Corinthians, 2:14, “But the natural man (or mind) receiveth of these things of the Spirit of God; for they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.” You can see from this verse here, that the true understanding of the word of God, must be by spiritual revelation. It cannot be learned in the Seminaries. Wouldn’t you hate to sit under the teaching of someone like John, if you had no revelatory capacity within? It would be mind splitting to have a teacher that would stand up on Monday and say, “Now you are children of God, and it is not your nature to sin, but remember, if you do sin, you have an attorney who will plead your case before the Judge.” Then on Tuesday, you come to class, after having an argument with your wife the night before (maybe you even smoked a cigarette in your time of discouragement) and the first thing you hear from the teacher is, “Whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” Can you see what would go through your mind if you did not know the difference between SIN, as used in I John 3:9, and SIN, as it is used in I John 2:1. That is the reason you have so many modern church people always talking about how the Bible contradicts itself. Without the Holy Ghost to guide them into all truth, (St. John 16:13) they will never be able to understand the Bible. A genuine believer knows that the Bible does not doctrinally contradict itself. The word of truth must be rightly divided. The Bible is really a book for christians, it was never meant to be understood by the man of the world. You don’t hear true believers arguing about predestination and eternal security, etc. They are Bible facts.


ETERNAL SECURITY


The man that Paul wrote about in I Corinthians 5:1-5 was a beneficiary of eternal security. How else could you reconcile such language as “turn him over to Satan for the destruction of the flesh, that the spirit may be saved in the day of the Lord Jesus?” Eternal security has been taught by various denominational groups from the standpoint of shaking hands with the preacher, and having their names written on the church record, but it will not work there. Too many of those who come to the altar and shed a few tears, then sign the membership card that is handed to them, are found to fall in the category of the seed sown, either in stony places, or among thorns. According to the parable that Jesus gave about the sower, (Matthew 13:18-23) there is only one group out of the four mentioned that have eternal security. That is the ones who hear the word and understand it, then bring forth fruit, some an hundred fold, some sixty, and some thirty. This is the ones who cannot wilfully disbelieve the word of God. You will find a lot of people out here in this world of religion that will say, “I don’t believe in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, or I don’t believe in divine healing.” Some will even say, “there hasn’t been anything like that since the apostles died.” You who would say such things had better be careful. You are dealing with the sin of unbelief, and God will not tolerate that. He can deal with his children who get out of line in one way or another through some fleshly weakness, but those who speak against truth are in real trouble. Sooner or later that rebellious attitude of willful unbelief will take them past the point of no return with God. A person with an attitude that is always finding fault with the word of God, and by that attitude, always shortening the arm of God, will eventually turn completely away from God. That person will be in much worse shape than the man of I Corinthians 5.


TRUTH MAKES THE DIFFERENCE


We are looking at these various scriptures in order to get a full scope of God’s dealing with mankind. There are those who will frown upon this message simply because it does not line up with their self righteous way of seeing things. They are trying to gain favor with God by their clean life, and their strict moral code. This world has been sowed with two different kinds of seed according to the parable of Jesus which is found in Matthew 13:24-30. If we could look at this parable for a few minutes, it will help us to better understand some of the things that we see and hear among professing christians. I am sure that most of us know people who live just as clean and upright as any christian, but many times those same people will blaspheme the very truth that you and I live by. Why is this? You will see it as we examine this parable. (24) “The kingdom of heaven is likened unto man which sowed good seed in thy field. (25) But while men slept, his enemy came and sowed tares among the wheat, and went his way. (26) But when the blade was sprung up and BROUGHT FORTH FRUIT, then appeared the tares also. (27) So the servants of the householder came and said unto him, Sir didst thou not sow good seed in thy field? From whence then hath these tares? (28) He said unto them, an enemy hath done this. The servants said unto him, wilt thou then that we go and gather them up? (29) But he said Nay; lest while ye gather up the tares, ye root up the wheat also with them. (30) Let both grow together until the harvest; and in the time of harvest I will say to the reapers, Gather ye together first the tares, and bind them in bundles to burn them; but gather the wheat into my barn.” In this parable there are two or three things that I would like to call your attention to. First, notice that the field was sown twice. The first time good seed were sown. The second time, tares, or we could say bad seed were sown. Another thing that I would like for you to see is found in verse 26, the tares were not recognized as tares until they brought forth fruit. In other words, while the stalk and blade were growing up together they looked just alike. Then we find some overzealous servants that would have gone right then to pull up the tares, but the householder said no, let them grow together until harvest time, in order not to disturb the good crop. Now the parable in itself does not clear up all of the questions that a person might have, but the explanation of the parable, which is found to begin in verse 37, makes the application fit religion in our day. When the disciples asked Jesus to explain the parable, he said, “He that sowed the good seed is the SON OF MAN; the field is the world; the GOOD SEED are the CHILDREN OF THE KINGDOM; but the tares are the CHILDREN OF THE WICKED ONE; the ENEMY that sowed them is the DEVIL; the harvest is the end of the world; and the reapers are the angels.” The test that really separates the believers from the make believers is the meat from the word of God Regardless of what some may want to believe, Jesus said that there are children of the wicked one out here in this world, who are growing up right along side of the children of God. Also, we notice from his teaching that they can only be identified by their fruit. Now we realize that these are some tares that are easily recognized immediately, but Jesus was using for illustration a particular kind of poisonous grass that is almost undistinguishable from wheat while the two are growing into blades. We find the same thing in the realm of religion. You have on one hand the true child of God who believes the word, yet many times in his mortal weakness, he does things that are not right. On the other hand you have the make believer, who believes that by his good works he is made acceptable to God. A person like this will live a clean life, much like the Scribes and Pharisees. You could not lay a finger on their lives, but watch the fruit that comes forth when they are faced with baptism in the Name of Jesus Christ, or baptism of the Holy Ghost, or the fact that the Godhead is in Jesus, (Colossians 2:9). That is when the fruit of their lips will blaspheme God, while the true child of God, even though he may not understand everything the first time he hears it, he still says within his heart, that is the word of God. Jesus said, by their fruits ye shall know them. (Matthew 7:20) Nevertheless, according to the parable, they are to be left alone until the end of the age, when the angels of God will bundle them up to be burned. In the meanwhile, you will have some saying, Amen, when the word of God is preached, while the others will be heard saying, “I don’t believe that, or that isn’t for our day, or I believe my way is just as good as your way, after all, you know we are all striving for the same thing.” That may sound fine to carnal minded people, but it doesn’t line up with the word of God.


TRUE RIGHTEOUSNESS, HOW DO WE GET IT?


A man who puts his trust in his own righteousness will miss the mark every time. Did not Isaiah write, 64:6 “But we are all as an unclean thing, and all our righteousness are as filthy rags; and we all do fade as a leaf; and our iniquities, like the wind, have taken us away.” Then Jesus, while teaching His disciples, over 700 years after Isaiah spoke this was moved to tell them that except their righteousness shall exceed the righteousness of the Scribes and Pharisees, they would in no case enter into the kingdom of Heaven. Now you and I know, the Scribes and Pharisees kept the law to the strictest letter. Should not that have been good enough to satisfy God? That is what Cain thought when he brought his beautiful offering to God that day, but did God receive it? You know he didn’t, God looks at the attitude and motive of every person who does anything that is meant to be a service to Him. Look what Micah wrote, (chapter 6:6-8) (6) “Wherewith shall I come before the Lord, and bow myself before the high God? Shall I come before him with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old? (7) Will the Lord be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my soul? (8) He hath showed thee, O man, what is good; and WHAT DOTH THE LORD REQUIRE OF THEE, but to do justly, and to love mercy, and to walk humbly with thy God?” We don’t have anything that we can offer to God for our transgressions. We came into this world naked and without anything to call our own. All that we have, came from God. Did not he speak, in the beginning when there was nothing but darkness and void, and bring into being everything that we see around us. God has need of nothing in a tangible way. His heart longs for a people that will have true fellowship with Him.


Let us pick up some of the apostle Paul’s remarks to the Romans concerning righteousness. We will begin reading in chapter 3, verse 10. “As it is written, there is none righteous, no, not one: There is none that understandeth, there is none that seeketh after God. They are all gone out of the way, they are together become unprofitable; there is none that doeth good, no not one.” This is an accurate description of man in his natural makeup. In Ephesians 2:12, we find the apostle saying, “That at that time ye were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, having no hope, and without God in the world.” We read this verse to fix in your minds the hopeless state that the Gentiles were in before Calvary. The Jews had the covenants of promise, but could not consistently walk with God to receive the benefits. Even at their best, they could only push their sin debt forward until the perfect sacrifice was made.


Now, back to Romans 3; drop down to verse 20, “Therefore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight; for by the law is the knowledge of sin. (21) But now the righteousness of God without the law is manifested, being witnessed by the law and the prophets; (22) Even the righteousness of God which is by faith of Jesus Christ unto all and upon all them that believe; for there is no difference. (23) For all have sinned, and come short of the glory of God; (24) Being justified freely by his grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus; (25) Whom God hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in his blood, to declare his righteous for the remission of sins that are past, through the forbearance of God; (26) To declare, I say, at this time his righteousness; that he might be just, and the justifier of him which believeth in Jesus.” Now we will read four verses in chapter 4, (3) “For what saith the scripture? Abraham believed God, and it was counted unto him for righteousness.” (6) Even as David also describeth the blessedness of the man unto whom God imputeth righteousness without works. (7) Saying, Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. (8) BLESSED IS THE MAN TO WHOM THE LORD WILL IMPUTE SIN.” Did you catch that last verse? David, a man after God’s own heart, spoke those words in Psalms 32:1-2, then the apostle Paul picked them up in his Epistle to the Romans. Let me remind you once again, the word SIN, as used in this verse is not the same thing as SIN in our text. In order to show the difference between the sin of unbelief and the sins of the flesh, the Greek language used two different words. If you have a concordance that shows the Greek and Hebrew words that the Bible was translated from, you may look it up for yourself. The word SIN as we find it used in our text is taken from a Greek word, HAMARTANO, which the word used for SIN as found in Romans 4:8, I John 1:7, 8, 9, etc. is HAMARTIA. We do not claim to be Greek scholars, but the Greek language used the different words to express the category of the sin mentioned. When you take that and lay it alongside the statements that the apostle made to the Corinthians, it will help you to see that this word must be rightly divided. Those different servants of God who wrote these scriptures were men just like you and me, very human. They had their individual style of writing, but you can stake your standing with God on what they wrote in dealing with these various situations. You will not find one contradicting another. When you find them dealing with the same situations, you will find them speaking the same thing. It may not be the exact words, but it will carry the same truth.


EXAMPLES OF OVERCOMING


Let us see what James had to say concerning this walk with the Lord. We read in chapter 5, beginning with verse 10, “Take, my brethren, the prophets, who have spoken in the name of the Lord, for an example of suffering affliction, and of patience.” We are using these scriptures to show that all of mankind, living in mortal flesh, are subjected to the same things in life. Being an apostle or prophet did not exempt them. The word affliction in the verse we just read doesn’t even pertain to physical sickness. It belongs to persecutions, ridiculement, trials, and tests. In other words, everything that the devil decides to throw at you. James is saying, when things get rough for you, stop and consider, for example, the prophets, who spoke in the name of the Lord. They suffered these same things that you are suffering. Trials, tribulations, persecutions, and various tests go with this christian way of life, but verse 11, “Behold, we count them happy which endure. Ye have heard of the patience of Job, and have seen the end of the Lord: that the Lord is very pitiful, and of tender mercy.” That means compassionate, and considerate. We are going to see that the ones who endure, are the true children of God. You can identify them with the ones who received seed into the good ground in the Parable of Matthew 13. The ones that go back to the world because of persecutions, and tests, identify with the ones who received seed into stony ground, where there was no depth of soil, and not enough water to keep them going. Water in this case, would symbolize the Spirit of God in the believer. There will always be a group that will identify with the ones who received seed into ground where the thorns choked out the life before any fruit ever reached perfection. These are the ones who get so interested in the things of the world that they have no time for God. But we are interested in the group that identifies with the ones who received seed into good ground, and brought forth fruit, some an hundredfold, some sixty, and some thirty. These are the ones who received the true baptism of the HOLY GHOST, with which, we are sealed unto the day of redemption. (Ephesians 4:30) Now to continue our thought in James 5:12, “But above all things, my brethren, swear not, neither by heaven, neither by earth, neither by any other oath, but let your yea be yea, and your nay, nay, lest ye fall into condemnation.” To swear, in this instance, does not mean to take God’s name in vain. Did you ever hear someone make a statement like this, just as sure as you live on God’s green earth, I am going to do such and such? If you have done this, you have sworn. It means that you have made a positive statement that you are going to do a certain thing, when you don’t know if you will be able to do it or not. In the 4th chapter, James says, since we do not know what tomorrow will bring, we ought to say if the Lord be willing, I will do such and such. Verse 13, “Is any among you afflicted?” (meaning, if any of you are going through serious trials, or discouragement. It doesn’t mean a headache, or toothache, or etc. Jesus bore our afflictions, but he never had T.B. Nor heart trouble, false teeth, no glasses, yet He bore our afflictions because He was ridiculed and persecuted). “Is any among you afflicted, let him pray?” That is the best thing to do when you are in a trial, pray. “Is any merry? Let him sing Psalms.” When the trials are past, and we have seen the hand of God move on our behalf, it puts a song in our heart. We ought always to remember what the apostle wrote to the Corinthians. “There hath no temptation (or test) taken you but such as is common to man: but God is faithful, who will not suffer (or allow) you to be tempted above that ye are able: but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that ye may be able to bear it.” This is a provision in the word of God for believers. It means that regardless of how bad things may look at times, we ought not to despair, for God has made a way for us, that we be not utterly defeated. Now we come to verses 14 and 15, this is a different category completely. “Is any sick among you? Let him call for the elders of the church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the Lord: And the prayer of faith shall save the sick, and the Lord shall raise him up; and if he has committed sins, they shall be forgiven him.” Please pay close attention to these two verses. Not only will the prayer of faith save the sick, but if he has committed sins, they will be forgiven. John said, “whosoever is born of God does not commit sin.” And James says if this believer has committed sins they will be forgiven. This is just another illustration of what we are dealing with in this message, SIN and SINS. These men were both inspired by God to write these things, and God is not double tongued. When He makes a promise, we can rely upon it. We have sufficient instructions and provisions in the Bible to keep us straight in ths life, if we would only learn to rely upon them. The integrity of the word of God ought to be a cherished thing with believers, knowing that when all else fails, the word of the Lord still remains steadfast.


In the 16th chapter of St. John, beginning with the 7th verse, we find Jesus saying, “Nevertheless I tell you the truth; It is expedient for you that I go away; for if I go not away, the Comforter will not come unto you, but if I depart, I will send him unto you. (8) And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment.” As I have said before, I will now say again, when Jesus hung on the cross of Calvary, it wasn’t for the many cigarettes that you have smoked, or for all the times that you have gotten drunk and such like. It was because we had been born with a nature to sin and disbelieve God. He hung there to undo the one great sin that stood between God and mankind. As it is written, the penalty for the sin of unbelief is death. That death sentence was passed upon all mankind and we were helpless to do anything about it, but then Jesus came and willingly accepted the penalty for the sin of all people everywhere. The price is paid, and the pardon is granted, but the key that unlocks the door to our death cell is faith in the word of God: God’s word teaches us that if we can believe that the price is paid for us, then we are free from condemnation. That sounds very simple and easy doesn’t it? Well, let me say this to you. If you really do believe this part of the word of God, then you will believe it all, and obey it. The devil has deceived a great multitude of people into believing that all they have to do is believe on Jesus and everything is all right. From there, they continue using their drugs, living together as man and wife outside of lawful matrimony, and continue most of the habits that they were addicted to.


The word of God clearly teaches that those who genuinely believe the gospel will repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and they will receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. That brings us back to the scripture we are reading in St. John, the 16th chapter. When He, (the Comforter, the Spirit of Truth) comes He will reprove the world of sin, righteousness, and judgment. Now we will look at the first of the three mentioned. Verse 9, “Of sin, because they believe not on me.” When kind of SIN is he talking about? It is the SIN of UNBELIEF. Why do people not accept Jesus Christ as their personal Saviour? It is because somehow, they just do not believe that He can be to them what He has promised to be. (UNBELIEF), that is what robs people of the benefits of the work at Calvary. Why are so many church people so rebellious when it comes to walking in truth? It is because they do not see Jesus as being that truth. Verse 10, “Of righteousness, because I go to my Father, and ye see me no more.” People are trusting in their own righteousness, instead of the righteousness that God has revealed through the character and person of Jesus Christ. You will hear people say, “I wouldn’t do that for anything in the world.” Don’t ever say, dogmatically, that you will not do a certain thing, until you are thoroughly convinced that there is nothing in the word of God that will change your mind. Just as sure as you do, you will meet God one day for saying it.


BORDERLINE BELIEVERS


The Epistle to the Hebrews (from which we took our text for this message) was not written to any particular assembly of christians. It was written to the Hebrew christians which were scattered abroad. Jews, who had believed the Gospel concerning Jesus Christ, who was their long awaited Messiah. The apostle must have been hearing reports of Hebrew christians that were on the verge of taking back up their Judiastic practices. In chapter 3, verse 7 we will begin to read. “Wherefore (as the Holy Ghost saith,) Today if ye will hear his voice, (8) Harden not your hearts, as in the provocation, in the day of temptation in the wilderness: (9) When your fathers tempted me, proved me, and saw my works forty years. (10) Wherefore I was grieved with that generation, and said, They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways. (11) So I sware in my wrath, They shall not enter into my rest). (12) Take heed, my brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God.” The word provocation is referring to proving or testing. We read in Numbers, chapters 13 and 14, how, after God had brought the children of Israel out of Egyptian bondage by His high hand, showing them miracles in Egypt and along the way, (even the miracle of the Red Sea opening up for them to cross), they still were found to be full of unbelief, constantly complaining, and finding fault with God and Moses. After crossing the Red Sea they went three days journey into the wilderness of Shur; and were unable to find water, then they came to Marah, (this is the place where the water was bitter and they could not drink it) and because of that they began murmuring against Moses, but Moses was a man of faith. He knew where to go for help. Moses cried unto the Lord; and the Lord showed him a tree, which, when he cast it into the waters, the waters were made sweet. Then later when they were without water, God showed them a rock and told Moses to smite the rock, which when he obeyed, water poured forth and they all drank. The test of that murmuring generation came at Kadesh-Barnea, after having done all of these miracles on their behalf, (even to the place of giving them manna and quail supernaturally), God was not in their opinion, big enough to give them victory over the giants in Canaan land. Do you realize that when they stood there at Kadesh-Barnea, with only the Jordan River and the giants standing between them and their promised inheritance, it was unbelief that kept them from receiving the end of the promise. That promised land to them was the same as the Holy Ghost is to us as believers today. You will notice as you read this account that the believers who trusted in God to deliver them were the minority group, even as it is today. There stood ten that said we can’t do it, and only two that believed they could. God’s power is always displayed through the minority. Look at Gideon, with his army of 32,000 men. God said, if I give you the victory over your enemies while you have this great army, you will all begin to think that it was by your own strength. Therefore, God would not let them go into battle until the army had been reduced in number down to 300 men. God then said, now I will give the Midianites into your hands, and you will know that, it was not by the power of a great army. Jesus said, only a few would find the strait and narrow way that leads to life.


FAITH VERSES UNBELIEF


Ten spies who actually had to confess that everything was exactly the way it was said to be, (a land flowing with milk and honey), came back and spread enough unbelief to convince that great multitude of people that it was not possible to overcome the giants. Their unbelief and fear had no affect on the two men of faith, (Joshua and Caleb), for Caleb stood up and said to the people, “Let us go up at once and possess it, for we are well able to overcome it.” You see, faith looks at the promise of God, rather than the circumstances. Caleb and Joshua knew there were giants in the land, and that they would have to fight to take it, but God had said I am with you. That made the difference. Yes, it is true, there is a lot of wrong in the world, and as a Christian you are going to have your ups and downs, but if you are sealed with that Holy Spirit of promise you won’t turn back to the world because you are not on a mountain top every day.


EGYPT – A TYPE OF SIN


When it was said in Hebrews 3:10, “They do always err in their heart; and they have not known my ways.” He was not talking about their fleshly weaknesses. He is talking about their spiritual attitude toward God. Those poor people had lived in the mud pits of Egypt. They had seen their loved ones killed by those Egyptian soldiers. They should have been thankful to God for bringing them out of such a place, yet when it come time for them to live by faith in God, they chose rather to be back in Egyptian bondage as slaves once again. Egyptian bondage to the Israelites, was set forth as a type of the bondage of sin that we were under while in our former state of unbelief. The Bible says, “Whomsoever ye serve, his servants ye are.” When we were in unbelief, we were in bondage to the devil, for we were serving him. The children of Israel (when they followed Moses out of Egypt) set a type of justification and sanctification as the waters of the Red Sea closed back up and separated them from Egypt. But it takes justification, sanctification, and baptism of the Holy Ghost to get a person past the point of turning back. As I said before, the baptism of the Holy Ghost is your seal. When the seal is applied, there is no turning back. God will let the devil kill you if necessary, as we saw demonstrated in I Corinthians 5, but there is no turning back.


PROMISE OF THE FATHER


The Holy Ghost Baptism, being typed by Canaan land, should let us see that we must believe God all the way. They had been delivered from bondage, and set apart, but they turned back in their hearts before attaining the promise. So is it with many in our day; they will believe and actually separate themselves from the ways of the world, but they come short of receiving the promise of the Father, (Acts 1:4), because of fear of what others may think or do, until unbelief takes hold of them again and leads them away from God back to the world. That is why we must seek after God with our whole heart. There is no place for the child of God to become selfish or careless. The devil will take full advantage of every place that we let down in steadfastness. The children of Israel, (while they were down in Egypt), kept crying out to God for deliverance. Then, after four hundred years of bondage, their time of deliverance finally arrived. They obeyed the word of the Lord in applying the blood on the door posts, and over the door, and at the appointed time started their journey to the Promised Land. In process of time, they came to the Red Sea, (with the Egyptians in hot pursuit), and found that they had nothing to cross over with. Then God said to Moses, lift up your rod. When Moses followed the Lord’s instruction, they witnessed an amazing thing; that body of water started to split in front of them, and by morning there was a dry path all the way across; the waters standing up as a wall on each side of them as they crossed over.


Later, in their song of thanksgiving and praise to God, the people were singing these words, “And with the blast of thy nostrils, the floods stood upright as an heap, and the depths were congealed, (in other words frozen), in the heart of the sea.” After witnessing the miracle of the divided waters, they were permitted to look back from the other side, at the pursuing army of Egyptians, as God closed the waters and drowned them in the midst of the sea. That is when they began to shout and dance. They had witnessed the hand of God, performing this great miracle on their behalf, yet when they came to Kadesh-Barnea, and were actually standing at the threshold of receiving the full reward, they began to disbelieve God. Are you able to see from these examples what unbelief will do for a person? It will cause them to go right back and do the same things as the man of the world.


SEEING IS NOT BELIEVING


The apostle Paul had some things to say about his forefathers who fell in the wilderness because of unbelief. We read it from I Corinthians, the 10th chapter, (1) “Moreover, brethren, I would not that ye should be ignorant, how that all our fathers were under the cloud, and all passed through the sea; (2) And were all baptized unto Moses in the cloud and in the sea; (3) And did all eat the same spiritual meat; (4) And did all drink the same spiritual drink; for they drank of the spiritual Rock that followed them; and that Rock was Christ. (5) But with many of them God was not well pleased; for they were overthrown in the wilderness. (6) Now these things were our examples, to the intent we should not lust after evil things, as they also lusted. (7) Neither be ye idolaters, as were some of them; as it is written. The people sat down to eat and drink, and rose up to play. (8) Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand. (9) Neither let us tempt Christ, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents. (10) Neither murmur ye, as some of them also murmured, and were destroyed of the destroyer. (11) Now all these things happened unto them for ensembles: (or types) AND THEY ARE WRITTEN FOR OUR ADMONITION, upon whom the ends of the world are come, (12) WHEREFORE, LET HIM THAT THINKETH HE STANDETH TAKE HEED LEST HE FALL.”


We should always remember that we do not stand by our strength and power, we are standing upon our faith in God, and it is by His grace, therefore we have no room to become puffed up. We must press the battle, and receive the promise of the Father. For when Jesus said, “and, lo, I am with you always, even unto the end of the world,” that promise lays within the realm of the Holy Ghost. That is when God is with you, when He is inside you. That is when He will be your Comforter, and your teacher and guide; when He is doing it from within you.


WHO ARE GOD’S INSPECTORS


God said, “So I sware in my wrath, they shall not enter into my rest.” Why? Because of unbelief. His rest, (as referred to here), was Canaan land, your rest is the Holy Ghost. These examples that we have used, should help you to see, that many times, people will experience sensations that will cause them to act just like a person who has the Holy Ghost, but when the effects of the sensations wear off, they usually will return to the hog pen. This is right in line with the scripture. Jesus said, the rain falls upon the just and the unjust, also, the rain and sunshine fall upon the tares just the same as it does the wheat. We see also, back in Hebrews 6:7-8, “For the earth which dranketh in the rain that cometh oft upon it, and bringeth forth herbs, meet for them by whom it is dressed receiveth blessing from God: (8) But that which beareth thorns and briers is rejected, and is high unto cursing; whose end is to be burned.” You see, it is the fruit that tells the story in the end. A person who will reject part of the word of God is not bearing the right kind of fruit. The world is full of natural minded (FRUIT INSPECTORS). They will pass judgment on some person with a weakness in his fleshly make up, and pass right over the self-righteous person who puts up a good front, even though he rejects much of the word of God. One thing is sure, when Jesus said, “by their fruits, ye shall know them,” He was not giving the inspector jobs to just anyone who might come along. The job of inspecting the fruit of the spirit requires much Holy Ghost teaching. One has to know what to look for. For example, a person is not always a murderer just because they kill someone, neither is a person a drunkard just because they might be found drunk. There will be circumstances that must be allowed for. I fully expect this kind of teaching to cross over the pious ideas of a lot of church going people, but whatever the word of God makes room for, we must leave room for it. After all, a man is judged by God, according to what is in his spirit. Our first duty is to examine ourselves to see if we be in the faith. Anyone who is right in his own spirit will not be looking for some way that he can sin without being caught. His greatest desire will be to try and please his Father, (God), and he will leave the job of fruit inspecting to God’s ministry, as in Acts 5, where it might have looked to the average person that Annanias and Sapphira were being genuine christians when they came in that day and gave that large sum of money, but there was an inspection made and they were struck down by God. It is a dangerous thing to try deception with the Holy Ghost. Peter looked him in the eye and said, Annanias, why hath Satan filled thine heart to lie to the Holy Ghost? When Peter finished speaking, Annanias dropped dead. (IF WE SIN WILLFULLY, THERE REMAINETH NO MORE SACRIFICE FOR SINS). Did you notice what was left out of the scripture passage just quoted? The part that was left out is the deciding factor of it. Notice, (AFTER THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE TRUTH).


BACKSLIDING


We are living in a day and hour when many people backslide, but I say unto you, a Bible backslider is not lost. You may say, how can this be? What makes the difference? There, again, we must find out what the scripture has to say on the subject. Israel set the type. God dealt with them in the natural realm, to set a type of how he would later deal with a people in the realm of the spirit. Israel backslid over and over again, but did God cut her off completely? You know He didn’t. Let us look now at a few scriptures that will shed light upon ths subject. Did not God say concerning Israel, that he was married to a backsliding heifer, or that he was married to her, and she was like a backsliding heifer. In Jeremiah 3:14, we read, “Turn O backsliding children, saith the Lord; for I am married unto you.” 3:20, “Surely as a wife treacherously departeth from her husband, so have ye dealt treacherously with me, O house of Israel, saith he Lord.” (22) “Return, ye backsliding children, and I will heal your backslidings.” To return is to repent. True repentance is to be genuinely sorry for what you have done, and turn from it. In Hosea 14:1, we read, “O Israel, turn unto the Lord, thy God; for thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. (2) Take with you words, and turn to the Lord; say unto him, Take away all iniquity, and receive us graciously; so will we render the calves of our lips.” Verse 4, “I will heal their backsliding, I will love them freely; for mine anger is turned away from him.”


In concluding this message, I would like for us to finish reading chapter 3 of Hebrews. Verse 12, “Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an EVIL HEART OF UNBELIEF, in departing from the living God. (13) But exhort one another daily, while it is called today; lest any of you be hardened through the deceitfulness of sin. (14) For we are made partakers of Christ, if we hold the beginning of our confidence steadfast unto the end; (15) While it is said, today if ye will hear his voice, harden not your hearts, as in the provocation. (16) For some, when they had heard, did provoke; howbeit not all that came out of Egypt by Moses. (17) But with whom was he grieved forty years? Was it not with them that had sinned, whose carcases fell in the wilderness? (18) And to whom sware he that they should not enter into his rest, but to them that BELIEVED NOT? (19) So we see that they COULD NOT ENTER IN BECAUSE OF UNBELIEF.”


We have used these many scriptures in an effort to help you see, from the word of God, that His judgment is made from the condition of a person’s heart, and not from the outward appearance. We have built it all around our text, taken from Hebrews 10:26, (FOR IF WE SIN WILLFULLY). We have used scripture that illustrated the truth, and others that actually demonstrated the thing which we are dealing with. We are publishing the message with the hope that it will help some people to begin to see things as God sees them. It is not meant to give anyone a license to backslide, but rather to help those who may have fallen behind in their service to God to see that there is still hope, if they can find a place of repentance. May God richly bless and help each of you.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 2

Text Revelation 1:1-22:21


IN THE LAST FOUR PAGES OF PART ONE OF THIS MESSAGE, WE PRINTED ALL OF THE SCRIPTURE IN ITS ARRANGED ORDER, BEGINNING WITH VERSE ONE OF CHAPTER SIX, AND ENDING WITH VERSE TWENTY-ONE OF CHAPTER NINETEEN. IN THE FIRST FOUR PAGES WE PRINTED AS MUCH OF THE MATERIAL AS SPACE WOULD ALLOW. AS WE STATED IN PART ONE, THE FIRST FIVE CHAPTERS NEED NO REARRANGING, FOR THEY ARE PRINTED IN THE BOOK IN THEIR ORDER OF FULFILLMENT. THEREFORE, IT WAS ONLY NECESSARY TO DEAL WITH THAT PORTION IN ITS PRESENT SETTING FOR A PLATFORM TO LAUNCH THE TEACHING OF THE REARRANGED PORTION FROM VERSES 1 THRU 11 OF CHAPTER 6 COVER THE FIRST FIVE SEALS, WHICH WE SEE AS HAVING BEEN FULFILLED ALREADY, WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE PALE HORSE RIDER, WHICH AS WE STATED, WILL CONTINUE TO RIDE ALL THE WAY OUT TO THE END OF THE AGE. REALIZING THAT THE SEVENTH SEAL WHICH IS OPENED IN CHAPTER 8 VERSE 1, PERTAINS TO THE BRIDE OF CHRIST, ALONG WITH THE 10TH CHAPTER, AND KNOWING THAT THE SIXTH SEAL, WHICH IS THE REMAINDER OF CHAPTER 6, DEALS EXCLUSIVELY WITH THE WRATH OF GOD BEING POURED OUT ON UNREGENERATE MANKIND IN THE END OF THE WEEK OF DANIEL, IT BECOMES NECESSARY TO HOLD VERSES 12-17 OF THAT CHAPTER, AND INSERT THESE OTHER CHAPTERS AHEAD OF THEM IN THEIR FULFILLMENT ORDER. IN PART ONE (WHICH WAS THE MARCH ISSUE VOL. 9 NO. 2), WE RAN OUT OF SPACE WHILE DISCUSSING THE BRIDE, AND THE FACT THAT SHE WOULD BE LEFT HERE ON EARTH LONG ENOUGH TO SEE THE BEAST RISING UP, BEFORE HER CATCHING AWAY. WE WILL PICK UP NOW IN PART 2 RIGHT WHERE WE LEFT OFF IN PART 1. THEREFORE, IF YOU SHOULD BE ONE WHO GETS ONLY THIS PART OF THE MESSAGE, AND YOU WOULD LIKE TO HAVE THE FIRST PART, FEEL FREE TO WRITE FOR A COPY WHICH WILL BE SENT TO YOU FREE OF CHARGE AS PART OF THE MINISTRY OF FAITH ASSEMBLY CHURCH.


CONTINUED FROM PART 1


There will come a day when the bride will have seen enough that she will begin to look up, knowing that the time is at hand for her to take her flight.


Now I realize that you will not find anything written in the book of Revelation about the bride going up, but keep in mind the fact that Paul saw them going up (1 Thess. 4:17), and John saw them in heaven, (Rev. 19:1) and saw them coming back upon white horses with Christ (Rev. 19:14). Therefore, saints, it behooves us to rightly divide the word of truth, (2 Tim. 2:15).


Now we will get back to chapter 7:9:17. We held this portion back in our discussion in order to bring out the fact that the events of this portion will take place in the second half of the week of Daniel, while angels holding the four winds until the 144,000 are sealed, which we see in verses 1-8 will be stretched from the beginning of the week to the middle of the week covering the ministry of the two prophets which prophesy 42 months until the anti-christ breaks the peace covenant and puts an end to the sacrifice and oblation, Dan. 9:27.


We can now come back and pick up the 4th trumpet which actually will take us back to verse 12 of the 18th chapter. The first three trumpets of chapter 8 were sounded in connection with the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week. The 4th trumpet, as it is sounded, will mark the middle of the week and the breaking of the covenant by the anti-christ. This marks the beginning of that period of time known as the great tribulation. Look what happens when that 4th trumpet is sounded verses 12, the third part of the sun, moon and stars are smitten, so that it prevented them from giving their light for a third part of the day as well as the night. In the 13th verse an angel is seen flying through heaven announcing with a loud voice three woes that will come upon the inhabiters of the earth as the 5th, 6th & 7th trumpet angels begin to sound, which brings us to the 9th chapter, verses 1:12.


Before going on let me say this to you who are following these events, you will notice when that fourth trumpet angel sounds his trumpet, one third part of the sun was darkened, the moon and the stars likewise. This takes our attention back to the time when Jesus was hanging there on the cross where, Matt. 27 tells us, that darkness came over the whole land from the sixth to the ninth hour of the day. At the ninth hour Jesus cried with a loud voice and then yielded up the spirit of life. At that time there was a great earthquake which caused the veil of the temple to split from top to bottom, the rocks split and the graves were opened. This shows us that the heavens react to that which man does on earth, and when the heavens react it has an awakening effect on mankind that is allowed to witness these things. The centurion and they that were with him watching Jesus when they saw these things, begin to say truly this was the son of God.


LAW OF GOD TABLET…..DANIEL’S VISION


Now this 4th trumpet is a sign of the anti-christ, when this angel sounds and the heavens begin to react, this will be a signal to the 144,000 and to the rest of those Jews that have been awakened, to flee from that land into the place that has been prepared from them where they would be fed for the next 42 months, which is the last half of the week of Daniel. Now as this woman flees into the wilderness to the place where God has prepared for her, (Rev. 12:6) that she should be fed for one thousand two hundred three score days, that 144,000 Jews that have been sealed in the first half of the week will fan out into all the nations of the world. As they go they will be preaching the everlasting gospel. (Rev. 14:6-7) saying, “Fear God, and give glory to him for the hour of his judgment is come, and worship him that made heaven and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.” This 144,000 Jews will also condemn spiritual Babylon and warn people not to take the mark of the beast, not to worship the beast or his image. We will examine these things in more detail as we come to the particular chapters, but now let us turn our attention back to the trumpet angels. The next one that sounds is recorded in the 9th chapter verses 1-12.


Though we have been speaking of trumpet judgments and will now see what is turned loose when the 5th angel sounds, we want to concentrate for a little while on the words spoken by the angel in the 13th verse of chapter 8 where he spoke of three woes that were to come upon the inhabiters of the earth. At the sounding of the first three trumpets in chapter 8, we see first of all, hail and fire mixed with blood cast upon the earth, which resulted in the third part of the trees and all green grass being burnt. Then we see something like a great mountain burning with fire cast into the sea so that the third part of the sea became blood, also the third part of the living creatures which were in the sea died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed. The third trumpet reveals a great star falling from heaving burning as a lamp which feel upon the third part of the rivers and fountains of waters so that they became as wormwood, causing many men to die as a result of the bitter waters. Now we have no trouble recognizing these happenings as the kind of plagues associated with the ministry of Moses and Elijah in days of old. Therefore, if we can see the true significance of the evens under these first three trumpets we immediately realize that this is a result of the ministry of the two prophets of Rev. 11:3, which are referred to as two lamp stands, (verse 4) who have power to shut the heavens, stop the rain, turn the waters to blood, and smite the earth with all manner of plagues, as often as they wish. Now if you can see their ministry as being that which caused the terrible conditions of chapter 8:2-11, you will have no trouble understanding how the anti-christ (which had signed a seven year peace agreement with Israel and many other nations), becomes so infuriated that he no longer is able to control himself. Here in the face of what he has led many to look upon as a time of peace and prosperity, he is faced with two Jewish preachers who have received a revelation of Jesus Christ, and filled with the Holy Ghost, who will not let them enjoy their great time of peace and prosperity. These two preachers (or prophets), are covering the whole land of Israel with the gospel and if any man tries to hurt them, fire proceeds out of their mouth to devour their enemies, making it impossible for anyone to stop or hinder them till they have sealed the servants of God in their foreheads. (The 144,000 of ch. 7:3-8). By the time 3 ½ years have expired, which is the time allotted to them by God, (ch. 11:3), the great man of peace, (the anti-christ, who by this time has been taken over completely by the devil), will be so fed up with all these plagues, famines, pestilences, and that great drouth of the land, he will devise a plan to kill the two prophets, and rid himself of these two thorns in his flesh. This time God will allow it for the fulfilling of his Word, (ch. 11:7-13). Verse 14 announces this as the 2nd woe being past. These two prophets were killed and their bodies were left lying in the streets for three days and a half, while the unregenerates, and ungodly people who had been tormented by their ministry rejoiced over their death by sending gifts to each other and making merry. Their rejoicing was brought to an abrupt end after 3 ½ days when the spirit of life from God entered into them causing them to stand upon their feet, and a voice from heaven was heard to say, “come up here,” and they ascended to heaven. At this very time there was a great earthquake which caused a tenth part of the city to fall, and seven thousand men were slain. It was said that the rest were terrified and gave glory to God. No, it was not in repentance and faith, but simply that they were heard to say, (as the centurion in Matt. 27), truly this was an act of God. Thank God we were spared.


Now in dealing with the two prophets all the way through to their death, we passed over some events that took place before they were killed. Therefore, let our minds go back to the point where Satan actually incarnates the great peace maker, (which is the anti-christ, the head of the beast system, which is none other than the Roman Pope of that hour), and causes him to break the covenant that he has made with the Jews, where he will drive them out of the temple and forbid them to continue their sacrifice and oblation, (fulfilling Dan. 9:27 & 12:11). This breaking of the covenant and sudden persecution of the Jews, causes God to authorize the 4th trumpet angel to sound an alert, which lets the 144,000 referred to as the servants of God, as well as the remainder of those Jews who believed through the preaching of the two witnesses (which are referred to in Rev. 12:6 as the woman), know that it is time to flee the wrath of this beast. As we said earlier, the fourth trumpet marks the beginning of the great tribulation period which will last for 3 ½ years and take up the remaining portion of the week, and announces three woes to come.


The 5th trumpet angel sounds and a star falls from heaven with the keys to the bottomless pit. When the bottomless pit was opened there was seen a great intense smoke arise like something from a huge furnace, so black that it darkened the sun and air. Out of the smoke came locust, which had power as the scorpions of the earth, and their job was to hurt men who did not have the seal of God in their foreheads. By this we are made to know that these demons which were loosed from the bottomless pit were not allowed to touch the Jews which have believed and been filled with the Holy Ghost. These demons in the shape of giant locust or grasshoppers were not allowed to harm any of the green vegetation, for God had already accomplished this in the first 3 trumpet judgments under the ministry of the two prophets. Actually what we are reading about under this 5th trumpet is what God is doing as a result of all the apostasy which has so overspread the earth that the Devil is being worshiped through the anti-christ, and God is loosing all the demons that have been bound that they may have a full portion of all that Satan is. These demons were allowed to torment unregenerate men for five months, but were commanded not to kill them. God would let them have a full portion of the spirits they had been courting. We will speak of it on this wise. It is hell turned loose on earth in full measure. You see the full description of what is referred to as the first woe in chapter 9:1-12, also in an article we printed entitled, “The Three Woes”, which you may request if you wish more detailed comments on this subject.


KNOW IT IS NEAR, EVEN AT THE DOORS


Woe is always a word that portrays something bad or sorrowful. Then the fifth trumpet angel sounds, and the bottomless pit comes open, all of the demon spirits that have been bound there will be turned loose. John saw a black smoke arise, and out of it came locust, which were given power on earth as scorpions. First let me say, this was not a hole in the ground that you and I could see, it is all symbolic to express a condition that will be turned loose on ungodly men. The locusts have power as scorpions . . . A scorpion has a sting that is very deadly. But before death finally comes, there is a very tormenting effect on the flesh of one who has been stung. It usually starts with a high fever that builds up to a point where the person, many times, will ache so bad that they will desire to die, but they linger and linger before death finally takes them. In this particular setting, the locust are to torment degenerate men for this five month period, but God will not let them die. Please do not spiritualize this, for they will want very much, to die physically, to escape the pain.


While these men are desiring to die, and God will not permit it, the anti-christ is busy arresting Gentile foolish virgins and spiritual Jews, and casting them into torture chambers, where, after a period of time, God gives them grace to die. They will be able to die for their faith with the same attitude that Stephen had when he was stoned to death. “What a parallel!” One group desiring to die and cannot, another group desiring to be found in favor with God, and they are allowed to die, but with victory in their souls. That is why we can rightly call it hell on earth.


Since we have already spoken of the events referred to as the second woe in our discussion of the two prophets who prophesy 42 months (which is the first half of the week), we will now move to chapter 12:6-7 where we will discuss the third woe.


Now I realize that we do not find the third woe referred to as the third woe, but don’t forget, the fourth trumpet angel announced, (woe, woe, woe,) three woes that were to come. We have seen two of them named specifically, (Rev. 9:12, 11:14), now we come to chapter 12:12 where we find woe mentioned for the last time in the book of Revelation. There is no question in our mind that this is the other woe, but let us go first into the 13th chapter, (which actually fulfills ahead of ch. 12), where we will see that beast rising up out of the sea, which later would persecute the woman, (Israel) in chapter 12 and cause her to flee into the wilderness.


BEAST VISIONS


The Beast which John sees and describes in Rev. 13 is the same Beast that Daniel described which we read of in Daniel 7:7-12.


Daniel, in a dream, saw four great beasts come up out of the sea, diverse one from another. The four beasts represented four world Empires. The first, (Babylon), was like a lion, the second (Medo-Persia), was like a bear, the third (Greece), was like a leopard, the fourth (Rome), was dreadful and terrible, very strong with great iron teeth; it devoured and broke in pieces, and stamped the residue with its feet, it was different from the other three, for it had ten horns. You may want to open your bibles to Daniel 7:1-12, and read this account word for word. Notice verse 12 states that the other three beasts had their dominion taken away, yet their lives were prolonged for a season and a time.


Now turn back to Revelation chapter 13, and lets watch this beast which John saw coming up out of the sea. This beast has ten horns just like the fourth beast of Daniel’s vision, yet we notice here that John saw seven heads on this ten horned beast. The seven heads are symbolic of seven forms or phases of Roman rule as it passes down through the old Caesars and on through the various successors winding up with the Pope. The Papal power was symbolized by the little horn that Daniel saw rising up from among the ten, which plucked up three of the ten. This little horn, (horn symbolizes power), had eyes like a man, and a mouth speaking great things.


John sees crowns upon these horns, and upon the heads the name of blasphemy, (Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler), this is blasphemy for God himself is the only Sovereign Imperial Universal Ruler. This was the title held by the old Caesars which has now passed on to the pope, so that he is looked upon as the Vicar of the Son of God, in other words, one who stands in the place of God.


WOUNDED HEAD


Now notice how, in verse 2, this beast which John saw is identified with the first three which Daniel saw. This beast is like a leopard, (Grecian Empire) with feet like a bear, (Meado-Persian Empire), and a mouth like a lion (Babylonian Empire), and the dragon, (which is the devil, see Rev. 12:9), gave him power, and his throne, and great authority. He saw one of the heads wounded, as though it were wounded to death, but as he continued to watch, he saw that the wound was healed and all the world wondered after the beast. And they worshiped the dragon who gave power unto the beast; and they worshiped the beast saying, “Who is like the beast? Who is able to make war with him?” There was given unto him, (the beast), a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies, and power was given unto him to continue forty two months, during which time, it further states, that he opens him mouth in blasphemy against God. Verse 7 states that it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them, (this is tribulation saints, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins that will be martyred during the forty two months), and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations, so that all who dwell upon earth will worship him, except those whose names were written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.


Now before going on, there are a few things that we should give particular attention to in order not to leave loose ends. First I would like to call your attention back to a statement made by Daniel in verse 12 of chapter 7. He pointed out the fact that even though the first three beasts had their dominion taken away, their lives were prolonged for a season and a time. This statement by Daniel explains why John saw this Roman beast still as having all the characteristics of the first three. The head changed, from the one empire to the other, but the actual life of each empire was carried right on over into the next, which helps us to understand why the fourth beast was to be so terrible. There was nothing lost of all the cunning craftiness of the first three. The fourth beast was large like a big old bear with feet that left huge tracks wherever it went, it was just as vicious, and clawed at everything that was not like it. Its power was like the lion which is known to be king of the beast, and it had the swiftness and cunning of the leopard.


Now Daniel saw the ten horns on the last beast, and then as he watched he notice that a little horn rose up from the midst of the ten, which plucked up three of the original ten. One might be led to believe that there were eleven horns if they did not examine closely what actually did happen. First let us consider the old Roman Empire which was made up of ten certain segments, or powers, each having a king or ruler of its own. We will be more able to visualize this setting if we pause to consider something that is taking place in our own age, that being the formation of the European Common Market. It will have trade agreements with dozens of other nations or countries, but the power will be in the ten main member nations, nine of which we have observed for quite some time now. One day in the near future, those of us who remain alive will see that little horn make his move once again. In the vision that Daniel had where he saw the little horn rise up, and three of the first horns plucked up, God was allowing him to see the ecclesiastical power of the bishop of Rome as he began to speak great things and assume more responsibility in political matters, actually move into the seat of the old Caesars. Having become a political voice as well as the religious head of Rome he just reached over into the other kingdoms and begin to exercise his will in their affairs. When three of them disagreed with him, he retaliated in such a way that they were made to surrender and apologize. This did not eliminate the three and leave only seven horns on the beast. No! There still remained ten horns, but look who was running the show, (The Bishop of Rome), and he continues to run the show till the days of the reformation.


When Martin Luther begin to be stirred by the spirit of God to see that the religious system was not teaching the same truth that the church in the book of Acts started out with, he was moved upon to search the scriptures for a true understanding of the word of God. He began to see that the just shall live by faith, Rom 1:17, Gal. 3:11, instead of rituals, creeds, and dogmas which was the extent of religion in that hour.


In the year of 1517 Luther openly stated certain objections to some of the teachings of the church. He did this by writing ninety five theses, or statements, and nailing them to the door of the church at Wittenberg, Germany. Many people agreed with him and became his followers, the church demanded that Luther take back his words, but Luther said, “It is neither safe nor right to go against conscience. There I take my stand. I cannot do otherwise. So help me God. Amen.” So take a stand he did! After his defiance of the church his friends hid him in an old castle for almost a year. During this time he began the first German translation of the New Testament. Previously, it had always been printed in Latin or Greek.


The Roman (German) emperor, Charles V. ordered all of Luther’s books to be burned, which only made the people more eager to read them.


The rulers of some German kingdoms agreed with Luther, while others insisted that the Roman Catholic faith should be the only religion in Germany. Finally the emperor ordered that there should be only the Catholic religion. The others protested, and from this they got the name Protestants. Luther, with some help, then wrote a statement of his beliefs. This was called the Augsburg Confession, which was published in the year 1530, and later became the basic statement of the Lutheran Church.


The protestant movement, picking up here, continued on thru the years till the head of that Roman beast, (the Papal power), was almost destroyed, according to John’s vision Rev. 13:3, but then the deadly wound was healed, and that is where we are today. The Ecumenical council of churches is the tool in the hand of Satan that is blending it all back together, so that by the time the week of Daniel is in effect, the Pope of Rome will again be in full command through the great peace covenant. The wound will be completely healed. All of the degenerate world will wonder after the beast. Verses 4-10, they are seen worshiping the devil and the beast, saying, “who is like the beast, and who can make war with him?” He blasphemes God, and makes war with the saints.

 

 

TWO HORNED BEAST


While John is seeing all of this in a great panoramic vision, he is shown another beast coming up out of the earth. This one only had two horns like a lamb, but he spoke like a dragon, and exercised all the power of the first beast which was before him, and caused all the people to worship the first beast whose deadly would was healed. Saints, can you see it? Do you understand? John saw it all at one time, but it has taken many years for it all to come into focus for us. The two horned beast was not a beast in its beginning, for it was none other than the new world which in the beginning was a people that had come to this land seeking religious freedom and a new way of life. The two horns that John saw on this beast was two powers that came later, POLITICAL and ECCLESIASTICAL. Both politically and religiously this nation has had a voice that has reached around the world. We have been involved in every major conflict that has arisen in every part of the world. We have exercised our voice as a great political power in the past with whatever action was required to back it up. We have also sent missionaries to all parts of the world, and been known as a Christian nation. Now we all know that this country has deteriorated morally as well as politically so that we are no longer looked upon by the rest of the world as in former days. But remember this, the word of God must be fulfilled, and this two horned beast that John saw will fulfill his part in these last days. The world council of churches, (which is the image of the beast, Rev. 13:14), whose strength is in this country, will become such a powerful voice that anyone who disagrees with or opposes them will be cast into prison or killed.


COUNCIL OF CHURCHES


world council of churchesVerse 13, he, (the lamb like beast), performs great miracles, even to the point of making fire come down out of heaven. These are scientific miracles. Just imagine what kind of language you might have used if you had lived in John’s day and been shown the things which he saw. How would you have explained a rocket coming down out of the sky with a stream of fire blazing from it, or a hydrogen bomb exploding, or a space platform in the heavens? With this country being in the lead with all such space travel and weaponry, it enables us to see the fulfillment of verse 14, he, (America), deceiveth them that dwell on the earth, by the miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast. By this, the leaders of this country are able to make great promises of protection from Russian invasion to the European nations which have spent billions of dollars helping to reunify. The whole world knows that if there ever is a confrontation between Russian and Europe, the United States of America with her scientific weaponry would be the only source of survival for the European nations. Therefore, this lamb beast still speaks very loud. Verse 16 & 17, he causes all but the true children of God to receive a mark in their right hand or in their forehead. Those who are left here will not be able to buy or sell without the mark of the beast. That is why the foolish virgins and the spiritual minded Jews who are still in dispersion will be killed. They will refuse to take the mark. The mark of the beast is more than just a stamp on the hand or forehead, it really amounts to a stamp of unbelief on the soul of those who take it. Like Esau who sold his birthright for a bowl of stew.


We realize that we are living on the threshold of a cashless society, but this is not the mark of the beast. It will be necessary to go along with these arrangements to some degree, but let me say this, don’t go any further than is absolutely necessary. The mark will not go into effect until the middle of the week. By this time the bride will be gone to glory for the marriage supper and will not be affected, but if this message should be read by someone who has lived so careless with the word of God that you find yourself left here when the bride leaves, let this be a warning to you. The cashless system that will be in effect at that time will be taken over by the beast system in the middle of the week. (Through this he, (the anti-christ who will be at the head of all of Satan’s ungodly deeds), will be able to get complete information on every person who is connected with it. He will only need to make a decree requiring all who would buy or sell to be marked, the number six, six, six, will be in the computers already. (See note under paragraph heading Identifying the Number.)


WOMAN CLOTHED WITH THE SUN


As we leave chapter 13 where we saw the beast coming up out of the sea, and another beast coming up from the earth, and that beast forming the image to the first beast, let us go now to chapter 12 and see some of the activity of this system.


Chapter 12 opens with verse one giving a complete heavenly profile of the history of the nation of Israel from her beginning as a nation of people until she is sitting in the millennium. John saw in the heavens, a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet and crowned with a crown of twelve stars. The fact that she is clothed with the sun lets you known that God already sees her in the millennium. Many would say that is when she gets the gospel back. What a shame for anyone to see it like that. Let me show you why that idea is wrong. You know that at the first advent of Christ she, (Israel), had access to the gospel for almost seventy years. That did not put her in the sun, so why would you think that three and one half years more would it? Therefore, this lets me know that this is a picture of her, (Israel), sitting in the millennium with with Christ whose raiment will shine as the sun. That is when she sits in the millennium as a nation, with her Messiah as a nation, with her Messiah on his throne. Then Israel will be shining.


You will find others saying that because the moon under her feet represents the law, the sun would have to represent grace, but let me say this to you. There are more scriptures in the law that point to the millennium than there are pointing to grace. Therefore, the moon being a reflection of the sun in this instance, it is the law reflecting the glory of the millennium. For a better understanding read the book of Micah, also Isa. Chapters 11, 24, 66. She called it her kingdom when she knew that her Messiah would rule and reign. At that time when all nations will flow to Zion, then Israel, (the woman), will shine, for she will be the number one nation in the spotlight of God. She has a crown, but it is not the crown of the twelve apostles, it is the crown of the twelve tribes. She is the only nation today that can still boast of her ancient identity of twelve tribes.


WHO IS THE MAN CHILD


The woman is seen heavy with child, travailing in birth, paining to be delivered. While John is viewing this scene he glances over a little and his eye catches another scene, a great red dragon, with seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads, standing before the woman, ready to devour her child as soon as it is born. Do you see the key to the dragons identity? (SEVEN HEADS, TEN HORNS) The ninth verse tells us that the dragon is the Devil, and the description of seven heads and ten horns point to the old Roman Empire, so what the vision adds up to is that the devil, incorporated in the Roman empire, was waiting for Israel, (the woman) to give birth to the man child, (Jesus the Messiah), who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron.


The woman is impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning the child that was to fulfill so many scriptures. Potentially, the child that she gave birth to at the first advent, was the one that was to rule all nations, but the fact that Israel rejected him as her Messiah, gave him the chance to fulfill the other scriptures, man of sorrows, acquainted with grief, etc. He was given to them as their king, but their rejection of him automatically put him in the place of fulfilling all other scripture. Verse 5 shows his birth in the first part of the verse and the last part shows his resurrection and being caught up to God.


That dragon, (the devil) was in power through the Roman empire. Therefore, when they cried, “crucify him,” and condemned him to death, it was the devil in that system that actually led him out to calvary’s hill, and the soldiers of that dragon Roman system put him to death. I imagine the devil thought he had accomplished his goal when he saw Jesus go down into hell, (Eph. 4:8-10, 1 Peter 3:19-20), but Jesus conquered death, hell and the grave, (1 Cor. 15:55), and was seen after his resurrection of above five hundred brethren, (1 Cor. 15:6) before he was caught up to God.


THE THIRD WOE


Verse 7 shows that there was war in heaven, where Michael and his angels fought against the dragon and his angels. When the battle was over the dragon, (which is the devil), was cast out into the earth with his angels. When he is cast out, he incarnates the anti-christ, who up until this time has been a great man of peace, (Dan. 9:27) but here in the middle of the week of Daniel he is taken over by the devil as Judas was when he betrayed Christ. This brings our attention back to the fourth trumpet, (Rev. 8:12-13) where the hour is marked by a great disruption in the heavenlies. The sun, the moon and the stars, all express themselves in that grim hour, for this is when the anti-christ breaks the covenant that he has confirmed with many nations. He causes the Jewish sacrifice and evening oblation to cease, and moves himself into the temple to set himself us as God. (Dan 9:26-27, 2 Thes. 2:4) At that time we hear an angel announcing three woes, (Rev. 8:13, two of which we have discussed already in chapters 9 and 11.) The third woe is recorded in chapter 12:12, and it pertains to the persecution of the woman who brought forth the man child.


Now remember, even though the scriptural account of them are strung out through 4 chapters, all three woes are taking place at the same time. When satan is cast out into the earth with his angels, the fifth trumpet reveals hell being turned loose on earth as every kind of demon is seen coming up out of the bottomless pit. At the same time the man of sin, (the anti-christ) orders the two prophets killed and he begins to persecute Israel.


ABOUT GRACE AGE


It is easy to see that verse 5 is speaking of the first advent of Christ where he was caught up to God after his resurrection, but then when you come to verse 6 your see a woman running. Now this necessarily puts the time at the middle of the week, for this is the key to understanding it here. The woman who brought forth the man child is fleeing into the wilderness where God has prepared a place to feed her for 42 months during that great tribulation. Seeing that there is a gap of almost two thousand years between these two verses, we know that the complete age of grace to the Gentiles is squeezed in here. This is one of the places where it is necessary to read between the lines. The chapter is dealing with Israel so it wasn’t showed to John that there would be all of that time elapse in between the two events.


When these two prophets are killed in the middle of the week, it marks the beginning of a mass slaughter of everything and everyone that is in any way identified with God. Verse 11 states that they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, (this is the foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this is the spiritual Jews). Chapter 6:9 furnishes the identification here for it is the same language in both places. The souls under the altar were slain because of their testimony of the word of God, so also are these here. They did not have the blood of the Lamb applied as the Gentile group did.


TWO WINGS OF AN EAGLE


Woe to the inhabiters of the earth, and the sea, for the devil has come down unto you, having great wrath for he know that his time is short, (Three and one half years). The next verse brings our attention back to the fact that satan, (the dragon) seeing he was cast into the earth, and realizing that his time is short, he sends out a decree through the anti-christ for the extermination of all Jews everywhere. But God has already prepared a place for those who were awakened spiritually by the ministry of the two prophets. God’s prophets are known in the scripture as eagles. They have the ability to rise high and see afar off. this can be confirmed by a scripture over in Exodus 19:4 where God was reminding the children of Israel how he had delivered them from Egyptian bondage through a prophets message and leading. He reminds them of how he bore them on EAGLES WINGS to bring them to himself. (That prophet was Moses.)


Here in verse 14 we read, and the woman was given TWO WINGS OF A GREAT EAGLE that she might fly into the wilderness into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and a half time. (Notice the language here how it corresponds with Daniel 7:25, 12:7.) She flees into her place which God has prepared for her. There will be certain areas of the world as we know it today, that will never be touched by the beast system of that hour. God has those two prophets telling the Jewish people where these places are located, and how to get there when the time comes. This is why it can be said that she was given eagles wings, it was the message of those two prophets. Now we have another clue in verse 16 which helps us to see that the place where the woman flees to will no doubt be somewhere in the new world. It is said that when the serpent cast out a flood after the woman the EARTH helped the woman by opening up her mouth and swallowing up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth. The political Jew has no place in this, for the woman has always been the spiritual Jew that found favor with God. This woman seen fleeing into her place of hiding will be made up of spiritual minded Jews, some for each of the twelve tribes, who will be kept alive and moved right over into the millennium for the purpose of repopulating that race of people, just as God will preserve a seed from every other nation for the same purpose. This element of Jews referred to as the woman fleeing, is not to be confused with the 144,000 servants who where sealed by the ministry of the two prophets. They have a job to do which we will discuss later in another part of this message.


DANIEL’S VISION


For just a moment let us look back at Daniel chapter 12, where in verse 1 there is announced a time of trouble for Daniel’s people, such as had never been before even till the time described. But he was given the assurance that all whose names were written in the book would be delivered. God also let Daniel have a glimpse of the resurrection, both of the wicked as well as the righteous. He saw that many would be purified and made white and tested during the time when many would run to and fro, and knowledge would increase. This included the Gentiles who were purified and made white by the blood of the Lamb.


Daniel was told to seal up these things until the time of the end, but even though his head was spinning he still wanted to know how long it would be till these things take place, and what will be the end of it all. The angel raised his hand to heaven and swore by him who liveth forever that it shall be for a time, and times, and half time, when he, (the anti-christ), shall have accomplished the breaking up of the power of the holy people, (meaning to scatter them), all these things shall be finished. But, said the angel, “the wicked shall do more wickedly, and none of the wicked shall understand, but the wise shall understand.” When? At the end. Daniel is given this much more though, and it ties right in with what we are discussing in Rev. 12. From the time that the daily sacrifice shall be taken away, and the abomination that maketh desolate set up, (abomination here does not refer to sacrificing a pig on the altar, but rather refers to excessive hatred toward the Jews) there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he that waiteth, and cometh to the thousand three hundred and thirty five days. God let Daniel see an extra seventy five days here that John did not record, but there is nothing to be alarmed over, for we must realize that when the bloody battle of Armageddon is finished, there will be much cleaning up to be done, as well as time for sanctifying and rededicating the altar and the temple before Christ will move in to sit upon his throne.


Now back to our thought in Rev. 12. Somewhere on this globe there is a little country that will not be affected by what that beast system is doing once it gets in full swing. The whole world will not join in with this beastly system. When the bible speaks of the whole world, it is referring to the prophetic world. That basically is the middle east and the old world as known in the bible days. For instance, the apostle Paul said to the Romans that their faith was spoken of throughout the whole world, meaning the world as they knew it then. It is also said that Rome ruled the world, but Rome ruled only the old world as was known in bible days before Columbus discovered what was later referred to as the new world. Therefore, most of the bible language is referring to the world as was known in the days of the writing of the scriptures. When verse 16 refers to the earth helping the woman this gives us a clue that it will no doubt be somewhere in the western part of the world. Recall Rev. 13:11 where John saw the 2nd beast coming up out of the earth, the two horned beast, which we know to be the United States with its two powers where were, (political and ecclesiastical) while the first beast was seen to come up out of the sea. The key words seem to be SEA and EARTH. Rev. 17:15 shows the waters to be people, which lets us know that the first beast rose up from the earth, (the new world), so it may be a little country in South America, or somewhere in Canada or even in the United States, but somewhere God will have a place prepared for the woman to hide for 42 months while the beast is on the rampage. When it is said that the earth helped her, it is not referring to the ground opening up as in the day of Korah, but rather that a people somewhere in a remote area, out of their love for the Jewish race will take them in and hide them where the devil cannot get at them. Verse 17, the dragon was angry with the woman, Why? (Because she had escaped), and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. Notice here is that identifying statement again, as we pointed out above verse 11, which identifies this group as being Jews and foolish virgins. Since there are over 16 million Jews in the world and only a very small percentage of them will ever go back to the land of Israel, that still leaves Jews dispersed all over the world. It will be these dispersed Jews and the foolish virgins that the dragon makes war with. You might say, “how did the foolish virgins get to be the seed of the woman?” Remember there is a natural seed through genetic reproduction, (which is the Jews), and there is a spiritual seed through faith, which includes the Gentiles, see Gal. 3:6-9.


THE WOMAN HAS TWO SEEDS


When God led Abraham up that day and told him to look North, South, East and West, he made a covenant with Abraham and gave him a promise. God said, I will give you all the land that you can see. It will be to you and your seed forever. God also told him that his seed would be as the dust of the earth and as the stars of heaven for number, and that in him and his seed would all the families of the earth be blessed. (read Gen. 13:14-17, 15:1-5, 28:14) When God first made the promise to him, Abraham didn’t even have a seed, and his wife was well past the normal age of child bearing, but Abraham believed God, and the scriptures declare that God imputed righteousness to him because he believed. Here is how the promise to Abraham is fulfilled in the woman. When God told him that his seed would be as the stars of heaven for number, he gave him a dual promise. “And in thee and thy seed, shall all the families of the earth be blessed.” There is where the spiritual seed line was included. Therefore, when the dragon goes to make war with the remnant of the woman’s seed, he will be killing everyone that in any way identifies with God, which will be Gentile foolish virgins as well as Jews scattered around the world.


The devil is trying hard to completely liquidate the whole Jewish race, hoping to put to silence forever all this talk about the Jews having a Messiah, (or king), that will rule on earth for a thousand years. The foolish virgins will be in sympathy with the Jews, and will partake of that universal blood bath as the decree goes forth to imprison or kill all who will not renounce faith in God. This will be the devil’s heyday. God’s restraining power will no longer be holding back these forces of evil. The devil will be free to do anything he wants to with one exception, he cannot harm any of those who were sealed in their foreheads by the ministry of the two prophets. God will be watching over them. Contrary to what many people may believe, God is still running his own affairs. He has not and will not raise a white flag and surrender to the forces of evil. The scriptures declare that God is able to put it in the hearts of men to fulfill his will. For six thousand years, God has allowed satan to pervert, tangle and twist mans minds and cause them to rebel against God and his righteous ways, but if you will check closely you will realize that God has still been in control, for every prophecy recorded in the bible has been fulfilled right on time up to our present day. Therefore, we believe that God, (who is the one that actually keeps time on these events to come), will be right on time with what is left to be fulfilled yet.


IDENTIFYING THE NUMBER


Let us take a little time before moving too far away from the 13th chapter and try to pin this number 666 to the rightful owner of it according to scripture. I realize that there have been many men through the centuries of time whose names could have been worked out to 666 by the method we are going to demonstrate. But there has never been another one who could fulfill the scripture that must line up with such an identity. Chapter 13:17-18 we find that there will come a time, (during that week of Daniel), when no man can buy or sell without the mark of the beast or the number of his name. Here is wisdom, says verse 18, let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast; for it is the number of a man; and his number is six hundred three score and six. We see here that this number belongs to a certain man, and that certain man is identified as the beast. Now let’s not get confused by the different ways that the word beast is used throughout the book. First of all the beast is a spirit, which is the devil. Secondly it is a system which is inspired and motivated by the devil, and thirdly it is a man who is incarnated by the devil, and that is the man that we wish to identify. Daniel 9:26-27 identifies a prince that shall come in this way. THE PEOPLE OF THE PRINCE THAT SHALL COME SHALL DESTROY THE CITY AND THE SANCTUARY, Verse 26. Now we know that the people who destroyed the city were Romans, led by Titus in the year 70 A.D. Therefore, the prince that is to come, who will confirm a covenant with many for one week, will have to be a prince of the people who destroyed the city and the sanctuary. This makes him a prince of the Romans. Now who is the prince of the Romans that would be in a position to fulfill all the other prophecies tied to this particular office, but the Pope of Rome? He is the only Roman prince with worldwide influence enough to mediate such a covenant of peace. Notice in Dan. 9:27, he, (that same prince that is to come) breaks his covenant with Israel. Dan. 7:8 refers to him as a little horn that rises up with eyes like a man and a mouth speaking great things. Verse 25 shows that he will speak great words against the Most High (God) and shall wear out the saints of the Most High, and think to change the times and the laws; and THEY (the saints of the Most High, see Rev. 13:7), shall be given unto his hand until a time (one year), and times, (two years), and the dividing of times (one half year). Dan. 7:11 identifies the little horn with the beast and shows that it is all destroyed by fire after it has been allowed to run its course, (see Rev. 19:20 and 20:10). This prince that we are identifying has assumed a title that belongs only to God. (Sovereign, IMPERIAL, UNIVERSAL RULER) That makes him a blasphemer. Rev. 17:3 speaking of the names of blasphemy in connection with the woman which was sitting upon the scarlet colored beast ties this prince to the Catholic church which he is the head of. Assuming this position of sovereignty makes him the false prophet of Rev. 16:13, which ties in with all these other titles and all of them point to the same man.


Vicarius Filii Dei - 666 - The Mark of the BeastVicarius Filii Dei is a title assumed by the Pope of the Roman Catholic Church. The meaning of this title is (one who stands in the place of God), Vicar of the Son of God. We know from the scriptures that we are priest unto God, and have no need for any man of earth to stand between us and God. (See Rev. 1:6, 5:10). Therefore, this is a blasphemous title that the Pope has taken to himself. We will print, (following these remarks), this title, worked out in Roman numerals. In Latin the U has the same equivalent as the V, which makes it work out perfectly to the number of man according to Rev. 13:18. As you add these columns together you get the number 666.

 

666

There has never been a religion on the face of this earth that could fit any more perfectly Dan. 7:25 than the Catholic church, for they truly have changed many things already and will climax it all in the last half of that week of Daniel, especially by the time the mark of the beast becomes law.


CONDITIONS FOR ARMAGEDDON


We stated earlier in the message that many of the things that we are looking at in this book are actually stacked up one on top of the other, and since we can only look at one thing at a time it requires us to try and hold a place open to go back and fit in another thought as we move back and forth through the different chapters. For instance, let us look for a moment at some of the different chapters that in their fulfillment one part will fall in the first half of the week while the other part will be covering events of the last half. In chapter 7:1-8 belong to the first half, while 9-17 belong in the last half of the week. In chapter 8 the middle of the week is marked between verses 11-12. Chapter 11, the middle of the week hits between verses 6-7. In chapter 12, the 6th verse picks up in the middle of the week. Therefore, you must try to keep in mind the fact that much of what we are speaking about is all taking place at the same time. The fourth trumpet sounded, (ch. 8:12), about the time the two prophets were killed, ch. 11:7. At that time the fifth trumpet sounded (ch. 9:1), and hell was turned loose on earth. The great persecution of Israel began at this same time, (ch. 12:13), which shows us the book must be rightly divided.


You recall, when we looked at chapter 7:1-3, we saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth. First let me say this, these angels are not spread out to the four corners of the earth as some might think or believe, but contrary to the opinions of some, the four corners of the earth as referred to here is merely a spot there in the middle east where all directions begin. The ancient maps declare it to be so. This is the spot where all attention is focused at the time of this message. Geographically it is the center of the earth. This is where world conflict began, and this is where it will end up.


These four angels were holding the four winds of the earth to keep them from blowing until after the servants of God were sealed in their foreheads. We called your attention to the fact that these were winds of world conflict, which, if turned loose, would set the stage for the battle of Armageddon. We must thing of them as holding back spirits that when turned loose will get on world leaders and lead them to this middle east setting where they are gathered to the battle of the great day of God Almighty. Daniel saw in his vision, (Dan. 7:2-3), four great winds striving upon the sea, (sea represents the mass of people) and four beasts rising up from the sea. There is no doubt that the angels which controlled those winds are the same ones seen in Rev. 7:1-3, and if that be true then the four angels of Rev. 9:14-15 which are bound in the great river Euphrates are still the same ones. We are not to think of these angels as being tied up with the chains beneath the river, but rather, that they were set there in that middle east location with instructions as to when to let these winds blow. Therefore, when the sixth trumpet angel sounded, and the voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God was heard to say, “loose the four angels who are bound in the great river Euphrates,” it was actually just announcing the time for them to carry out their instructions, and do what they had been prepared to do. Do not think of them as being tied hand and foot struggling to get loose all that time. This is just a term used to show that they must wait till their appointed time. God’s angelic helpers always wait for their instructions. That is why the plan of God is always right on time. If it was left up to man, everything pertaining to the fulfilling of prophecy would be far ahead of its time, for man is impatient when it comes to waiting upon God.


THE SIXTH TRUMPET


You notice of course that we have returned to the ninth chapter, verses 13-21 which we place in order of fulfillment after chapter 12. We left chapter 9 after discussing verses 1-12 which is hell being turned loose on earth, constituting the first woe, and went to the second and third woes which covered ch. 11:7-14, ch. 13:1-18, ch. 12:1-17, all of which is set in motion at the same time in the middle of the week. The sixth trumpet does not announce one of the particular woes as we observed the fifth doing. Instead, it announces a time for the four angels to be loosed, which were bound at the Euphrates, holding back the four winds. It is now time for them to go forth for a specific purpose. That purpose is to prepare an army for the battle of Armageddon. The number of the horsemen that were being prepared was 200 million men (verse 16). This preparation for such a battle can not be accomplished over night. It will take months after these spirits are turned loose on world leaders before they can actually be gathered together in one place for such a battle. The sixth trumpet is sounded immediately after the sounding of the fifth trumpet which turns hell loose on earth. Therefore, while God as well as the anti-christ is giving mankind hell on earth, these spiritual forces are going into all the earth stirring up strife, especially among the two camps of communism. The yellow skinned communist from the far east will be stirred up to a point by the time that week of Daniel, is progressing toward the end, that they will be there right on time to come against the western European forces which will be headed up by the anti-christ. The scriptures refer to the orientals as the kings of the east which we will see when we come to the 16th chapter. This great battle is between these two Godless camps of communism, with Israel caught right in the middle of it all. When the Lord Jesus comes from heaven with his army, he finishes it up and invites the fowls of the heavens to come and feast upon the flesh of kings, and captains, and mighty men of the earth as well as the horses that they sat upon. This will be the last land war ever to be fought with weapons of mankind. As I said before, this will be the war that will end all wars. After it is all over the stage will be set for the beginning of the one thousand year reign of Christ on earth with his bride.


THE LAMB AND HIS COMPANY


We come next to the 14th chapter where we will consider verses 1-13, where we see the Lamb standing on Mount Zion with an hundred forty and four thousand, having the name of the Lamb’s Father written in their foreheads. The name of the Lamb’s Father was none other than the name Jesus, for the scriptures declare that he came in his father’s name (John 5:43). The fact that they had his Father’s name written in their foreheads lets us known that they had received a revelation of who Jesus is, the one that their forefathers crucified 2,000 years before. Now they have this spirit inside of them. This is why the 4th verse declares that they follow the Lamb wherever he goes. It does not mean that there is a literal lamb walking around with 144,000 men following along behind him. No! It simply is a pictorial view of the 144,000 servants of God who were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, now being led by that spirit of Christ that is dwelling within them. They were sealed by the spirit of God in the first half of the week, and fully instructed by the two prophets. Now they are over in the second half of the week and they are not all walking around together as the carnal mind might read it here, for by this time they will have scattered and returned to the nations from which they came. They had a purpose to fulfill. Verse 4 says, these are they who were not defiled with women; for they are virgins, meaning that they have not become entangled with denominational sects, or maybe a better way to express it would be to say that they are completely free from all of the teachings of apostate religion. In their mouth was found no guile. You might ask, just what is the purpose that they are to fulfill? Notice verse 6, an angel flying through the midst of heaven having the everlasting gospel to preach to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people. Now keep in mind, God never uses a flying angelic being to preach for him. He always lays the responsibility upon men, and that is what these servants will be doing as they disperse back to the nations. They will not be preaching a salvation message of the type that we have known, but their message will be a warning to the spiritual minded Jews scattered throughout the world along with the foolish virgins who were left behind when the bride was taken up. Verses 7-10 show us what their message will be (called the everlasting gospel), as they go back to the nations. Fear God, give glory to him, for the hour of his judgment has come. Worship him who made heaven and earth and the sea, and all things. They pronounce doom on spiritual Babylon because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication. They warn people not to partake of the deeds of the beast, for it any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God.


The preaching of this 144,000 will be sufficient warning to the Jews and the Gentiles foolish virgins to awaken them to the truth of their hour, thereby, enabling them to recognize the mark and refuse it. This will cause them to be put to death for refusing to cooperate with the system, but it will seal the spirit of eternal life on their part. These are the ones that John saw over in the 7th chapter 9-17, the great multitude which no man could number of all nations, kindred, peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne giving glory to God. Notice the description of them matches the description of the ones to whom the everlasting gospel was to be preached, (ch. 14:6). These men will not need an interpreter to help them do the preaching for they will be going back to the various places that they came from.


Bro. Branham said that when the 144,000 are sealed, they will evangelize the world. That doesn’t mean that they will get great revivals started. It just means that they will be telling the world that the bride is gone, and they will be condemning Catholicism, Atheism, and apostasy everywhere they go. This carries right on into the 18th chapter where we will go next to follow the ministry of this 144,000.


THE MAN CHILD’S MOTHER


It is very common teaching among world churches that Rev. 12, represents the true church, while Rev. 17 represents the false church. Now brothers and sisters, let me say this to you. I fully agree that the 17th chapter represents the false church, but I would like to go back to the 12th chapter for just a little while before going on to the 17th and 18th, and try to show you why the woman in the twelfth chapter cannot be the true church.


To those who would want to dwell much on the man child, (12:5), that is to rule all nations with a rod of iron, let them go to chapter 19:15, for a two fold witness of who the man child is. When you know who the man child is, you will know who the woman is. You cannot take chapter 2:26-27, which is speaking of the overcomers that will rule with a rod of iron along with Christ, and make those overcomers the manchild, and at the same time have the overcomers to be the woman that produced the man child. That is plain nonsense. God is not the author of such confusion. Keep the woman of verse 1, in her place, as the nation of Israel, and the man child in verse 5, as Jesus, like it should be, and you will have no trouble getting the scriptures to dovetail.


I do not feel that it is necessary at this time to speak much on the fact of the rapture in the beginning of the week of Daniel. It is agreed upon by those who study the word of God with the proper attitude, that the bride, (the true church), will not be here to go through the great tribulation. Yet many of these same people forget this fact when they get to the 12th chapter where they see the woman clothed with the sun. They have become so used to applying the term woman to the church, that they fail to notice the 6th verse, where the woman who brought forth the man child is seen fleeing into the wilderness for a period of three and one half years, which is the same time that the anti-christ is persecuting the Jews. Please notice also, the 13th and 14th verses, which further explain and clarify just who the woman is. I realize that we have already studied the 12th chapter, but I feel that there are some who will benefit by a further clarification of this woman. To those of you who might still believe that the woman is the bride of Christ, let me ask you, how could she, (the bride church), be in heaven with Jesus (the bridegroom), and still be here during the time of the great tribulation, to flee into a hiding place for 3 1/2 years from the face of the serpent. Verse 17 shows us that the dragon was angry with the woman and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, who keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ. The Jews will be the only people left here on earth after the rapture of the bride, that will keep the commandments of God. Jesus said, in John 14:15, 21, “If ye love me, keep my commandments.” Those who love him, and keep his commandments will be caught up in the rapture according to Paul’s revelation, 1 Thess. 4:13-17. Therefore, brothers and sisters, I just ask you to study the book carefully and trust the Holy Ghost to reveal the truth to you. With these comments as a starting point, you will have no trouble identifying the woman in chapter 12.


THE DOOM OF BABYLON


Since we are discussing these chapters in the order of their fulfillment, I would like to go now to the 18th chapter where we will see this 144,000 Jewish servants condemning spiritual Babylon, and pronouncing her doom. Actually the seventeenth and eighteenth chapters go together. The 18th chapter pronounces judgment upon spiritual Babylon, while the 17th chapter identifies her and shows her destruction. These two chapters show how God looks upon the Roman Catholic church. Both chapters speak of judgment. Now it is not a picture of two different judgments on two different systems, but it presents a dual Picture of how God looks upon this harlot system, and what the end will be when time runs out. The judgment will fall upon that system as the week closes out.


HE SEES THE SILVER LINING


The bible says, “Through the mouth of two or three witnesses, let every word of the Lord be established.” These two chapters present a two fold witness of these things. Now, chapter 17, portrays her as a woman, and if she is a woman, then the image is used to portray the relationship that she had with her associates. What kind of relationship, (legal or illegal?) You will notice that chapter 18 portrays her as a city, why a city? Biblically, cities in ancient times served three purposes, the center of trade, center of communication, and the center of refuge. Therefore, God is showing here in the 18th chapter the commercial ties of mystery Babylon with the monetary systems of the world; how she controls it all. From the salvational standpoint, poor unsuspecting souls have been led to believe that they can find spiritual security in her creeds and rituals. That is why it is so hard to convince a Catholic person that such a system is wrong,. Therefore, Catholicism is looked upon as a city, (spiritually speaking), from the standpoint that human souls, as they realize that because of their sinful nature they need to take refuge in some kind of religious structure, they have fled to Catholicism. It makes it easy; her gates are broad and wide, (Matt. 7:13). It matters not whether it is trade, communications, or refuge, sooner or later it all finds its way back to its headquarters in Rome. Now, Rome in itself is not Mystery Babylon, but Rome as an ancient city has been the seat of the spirit from which these isms originated. This is seen in the 16th chapter, and we will look at it there later, but now let us look at the identifying verses between chapters 17 and 18. One of the seven angels who had the vials came and talked with John, saying, “Come here; I will show you the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters; with whom the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication,”(17:1-2). Now look at the first three verses of chapter 18. You will notice there, an angel crying mightily with a strong voice, saying, “Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of every unclean and hateful bird. For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the KINGS OF THE EARTH have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are grown rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” Can you begin to see how 17:2, and 18:3 identify the whore and the city as being the same? Look at chapter 17:4-5 and “the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand, full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication; and upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.” Now verse 5 tells us who the woman is, but lets look at verse 16 of the 18th chapter to see the same description given of the city that was given of the woman in 17:4, clothed in purple and scarlet color, decked with gold and precious stones, and pearls. You see, it’s all speaking of the same thing! Now, notice, back in 17:5, she mothered something into the world. Do you know what that something is? It is every protestant denomination on the face of this earth. If you will look far enough you will see that somewhere, somehow, they all have a kindred spirit. That is why we are seeing the formation of the ecumenical council of churches. It is moving over the earth, blending Protestantism and Catholicism back together, (healing the wounded head. Rev. 13:3). Look at chapter 17:6, the woman was drunk with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus. Now go to chapter 18:24, and read, “In her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.” One is a woman, and the other is a city, but is there any doubt that they are both the same?


There are three things that stand out in the 18th chapter. “The nations are drunk with her teachings, the kings have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth have waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.” The merchants refer to the business and financial institutions. Through the ages of time, Catholicism has bled her people of every cent that she possibly could, then turned right around and invested in every form of financial institution that there is. That is why she is able to pull the strings on politics. She controls a major part of the stocks and bonds of the ma or businesses through her citizenry. Therefore, who can tell her what to do? The angel told John though, “Come, and I will show you her judgment.” In other words, time is running out. God is going to let something tear the woman to pieces, or as it says in verse 16 of chapter 17, “They, (the ten horns, which we have identified in chapter 13), will hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh and burn her with fire.”


the beast shall hate the whore and devour herRemember, now, Rome itself is not mystery Babylon; it is just the seat or headquarters of it all. Rome does not sit upon many waters, nor could we say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Rome. However, we will say that the kings of the earth have committed fornication with Catholicism, which also is called the mother of harlots, (Protestant religions). God will judge everything that has been identified with her. That system always gets in with the kings and political leaders to spread her teachings, and pull strings for her political maneuverings. That is her fornication tactics. She builds schools and hospitals so that she appears to be a genuine humane institution, but it is all planned in such a fashion, that she is able to control the souls of those who are identified with her.


Many of these modernists have the idea that the anti-christ is coming out of Russia, or some other far fetched idea, but he will come out of Rome where the Catholic cardinal group still hold to that purple and scarlet color.


SEVEN HEADS TEN HORNS


In chapter 17 John saw the woman riding or sitting upon a beast which had seven heads and ten horns. The heads were full of blasphemy. (Not the horns, the heads.) The horns each had a crown. That is typical of the ten nations of Europe, which are all tied to Rome through some kind of an agreement. The crowns on these horns show that they represent something or someone that has authority to rule over something. These are kings, (chapter 17:12), which receive power as kings one hour with the beast. This is referring to that hour of tribulation during the week of Daniel. Keep in mind now, it is not blasphemy to be called a king. This blasphemous title belongs to whoever sets himself up in the seat of the old caesars who claimed to be, SOVEREIGN IMPERIAL UNIVERSAL RULERS, claiming that their office was established by the gods. This is where the Pope comes in. When the old Roman form of imperial government became so weak that the devil no longer could work through that, to control the subjects, he just left the old caesars throne and jumped over to the papal throne and began to elevate that position. The papal throne, (church government) became the 8th head which was blended in with the 7th head. It did not put 8 heads on the beast. It only united church and state. The 8th head on the beast,(which is of the 7th, verse 11), is also the little horn that Daniel saw exalting itself. Daniel did not say that the beast had eleven horns. What then is that eleventh horn? It is papal power, it is Power not attributed to the government of a nation. Papal power is not Roman government, it is church government. The Pope doesn’t even claim to be the ruler of Italy. He does claim, (especially those in the dark ages), that blasphemous title that was held by the old caesars, so that he is looked upon as the universal ruler of mans soul, and of his secular, and material way of life. Therefore, there never was 8 heads put on the beast. The 8th head is only symbolic of church government rising up to take the preeminence over the last form of old Roman imperial government. Realizing then that chapters 17 and 18 are describing the Catholic church riding upon the 10 major powers of Europe, let us look at verses 14, 16, and 17. Verse 14 show that these ten horns will make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb will overcome them. This will take place at the end of the week of Daniel. The events of verses 16 and 17 will take place first though. Verse 17 states that God puts it in the hearts of these ten to agree and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled. Then as the week comes close to its end, communism has managed to work its way into the ten horned nations so that verse 16 can have its fulfillment. The ten horns hate the whore, and make her desolate and naked, and eat her flesh and burn her with fire. This is a picture of the ruthlessness of communism against religion. When communism comes in, religion goes out. The two are not compatible. Communism is anti-God. This is not to be thought of as Russian or Chinese communist destroying the whore. This is a new breed of communism that has come up in western Europe by this time. It will come in on the wings of socialism.


After verses 16 and 17 have their fulfillment, then these will make war with the Lamb, but they will only do so out of necessity. When heaven breaks open, and Jesus with his army of saints descend upon this ungodly mess, they will have no other choice but to fight. It will not do them any good though, for the Lamb will overcome them. He will fight them with the sword of his mouth. It will not be hand to hand combat. He will speak the word and it will all be over. That is why I said, “Jesus will destroy communism after communism destroys Catholicism.” They will make war with him, but it will not be a result of months of planning. It will be a sudden thing. When Jesus speaks, the earth will start shaking, and the mountains start sliding into the sea, causing the island to disappear; this will be the end of communism.


Just for a moment now, let us put this in present day language. You recall Cuba; how that it had always been under Catholicism until Castro took over in June 1958? When he took over and set up a communist form of government, he deported over 60 priests who he knew would be detrimental to his rule. Up until this time the Catholic church had been getting several hundred thousand dollars a year from the Cuban government. When Castro went in, that support stopped. We do not hear of the Catholic church having any political power whatsoever in Cuba today. This is just a meager example of what will take place in Europe once that hour arrives.


Sure those communistic politicians will have worn the mark of beast, but don’t forget, to them that mark is only for a financial advantage. When that week has run its course, they will kill every Catholic priest, bishop, layman, and nun, that they can get their hands on. They will have stripped the Catholic church of all her power. That is why she is pictured as being destroyed. Catholicism will be destroyed by communism, fulfilling Rev. 17:16, and communism will be destroyed by the Lord Jesus Christ and his army of saints seen coming to earth from heaven on white horses in Rev. 19.


SEA OF GLASS


As we looked into the first 13 verses of chapter 14, we saw the 144,000 Jews which were sealed by the ministry of the two prophets in the first half of the week, over in the last half of the week preaching the everlasting gospel to all people throughout the earth. This, as we said earlier will be a message that will warn people not to bow down to that beast system in that hour. That ministry will be greatly responsible for the group of tribulation saints that will be martyred during the last half of the week. They are the saints that verses 12-13 of chapter 14 are speaking of. Notice what it says. Here is the patience of the saints; here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. Have you noticed how many times these two categories are identified throughout the book? Under the 5th seal we saw only one group identified. This is the group that was slain for the word of God and the testimony which they held. This identity always points to the Jews, for they do not have the testimony of Jesus Christ as the foolish virgins do. Therefore, the dual identity which we notice in all of the other places plainly speak of the two groups which are gathered together and referred to as tribulation saints. John heard a voice, saying to him, “Write, Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord from henceforth. Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors, and their works do follow them.” That verse will only be a reality for that particular group that is martyred in the great tribulation. Notice, now, as we go into chapter 15 what John saw. He saw another sign great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God. There stood those angels ready to pour out those vials of the wrath of God which we will see in the 16th chapter. John speaking in verse 2, “And I saw, as it were, a sea of glass mingled with fire.” You know how glass is made. It is made through a process of putting sand in hot flames of fire. This is typifying the faith of the ones who are seen standing on it, because they have stood upon their faith, even unto death, while it was tried in the hot fires of the great tribulation. Those seen standing upon the sea of glass, mingled with fire, are identified, as those who had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, having the harps of God. Now, look at verse 3, they sang the song of Moses, the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, “Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.” You see, there in the words of the songs they were singing is that identity again. Only a Jew can sing the song of Moses, the servant of God, and Gentiles have been singing the song of the Lamb for almost two thousand years now. They will be singing about him when they are dying for their faith in that tribulation hour. Notice, (Thou King of saints), they already see him as King. Remember in chapter 12:11 we read they overcame him by the flood of the Lamb, (Gentile foolish virgins), and by the word of their testimony, (this would be the Jews). Here, John is getting a, vision of their spirits, standing before the throne of God, on the sea of glass which typifies the faith which they were standing upon when they were killed. As we begin to get a picture our minds of all these events, we have no trouble understanding why it will be necessary for the woman, (Israel, in the twelfth chapter), to flee into the wilderness where she will hide from the beast. Otherwise, the Jews would be completely liquidated, and there would be no seed left alive of that genetic line to reproduce that nation in the millennium. God Preserves this group though, and this is why John could see her clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet. She was pictured in her millennial glory with her King on his throne, and the moon under her feet which symbolized the law age being in the Past. The law age was by this time beneath her, for she had finally attained that which her prophets had spoken of so long ago. This will be the fulfilling of Zechariah 14, where the remnant of the People from all the nations that come against Israel will go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord Of Hosts, and to keep the feast of Tabernacles. The law shall go forth from Jerusalem and all nations shall flow unto it.


THE EARTH WAS REAPED


By the time the events of chapter 15 are in motion, it will be time for the remainder of chapter 14 to come back into the Picture. Verse 14, and I looked and behold, a white cloud and upon the cloud one sat, like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle. You recall, when he was sitting on the mercy seat, he did not have a golden crown upon his head. At that time, he was portrayed as having white hair. Then, when he was seen in chapter 10, with the little scroll open in his hand, and crying with a loud voice, with those thunders issuing forth, he still did not have a golden crown. This time he was identified by his voice. He sounded like a lion roaring. (The Lion of the tribe of Judah.)


Now, when he is seen on the white cloud, tribulation is coming to a close. Time is running out on earth. This marriage is over, and he is now King of kings and Lord of lords. He has his wife, and he has his crown. He is seen here in angelic form. This is to portray the authority that he has over all of the spiritual forces of Armageddon. It has all just about run its course by this time. In the 15th verse, an angel is heard calling out to him, “Thrust in thy sickle, and reap; for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.” In this 15th verse, the word ripe means rotten. The world is rotten, and a stench in the nostrils of God by this time. The term used in verse 18 verifies this. This angel said to him who sat upon the white cloud, thrust in thy sickle and reap, for the clusters of the earth are fully ripe. The earth is red with the blood of martyrs. The time allotted to the anti-christ has just about run out, and Jesus is invested with the authority to set these spiritual form loose, by the thrusting in of his sharp sickle. Verse 16, “And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth, and the earth was reaped.” Armageddon is having its effect. Notice, verse 19, the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great wine press of the wrath of God. (Where is the winepress?) It is the valley of Megiddo. Verse 20, “And the winepress was trodden without the city.” (Certainly it will be without the city), for the battle of Armageddon will not be fought at Jerusalem. “Blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horses bridles.” What a time that will be! You can see that it is just about all over with. Therefore, we can now return to chapter 6, verse 12, and pick up the opening of the sixth seal. When the sixth seal is opened, there is a great earthquake, the sun becomes black, and the moon becomes like blood; the stars of heaven fall to the earth, and the heaven departs as a scroll when it is rolled together. You see God’s wrath being turned loose? Here is where the mountains will shake loose and slide into the sea. This will cause the islands to be covered up, or as it says, they were moved out of their places. Verse 15, “And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains, and said to the mountains and rocks, fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb; for the great day of his wrath is come, and who shall be able to stand?” (From the wrath of the Lamb), he will not be in the role of a lamb at this time, but this is his identity, and it lets us know that Jesus Christ, who was the lamb that was slain and offered up to God for the sins of the whole world, is not executing the wrath of God on earth. By now, you should begin to see that the sixth seal is actually the wrath of God being poured out upon a godless society after the word of God has been fulfilled concerning the week of Daniel.


THE SEVENTH TRUMPET


You will see, as we go into it, that chapter 16 is a blow by blow description of the wrath of God being poured out, but first let us look back at chapter 11: 15-19 for it is the seventh trumpet angel that announces the end, by saying, “The kingdoms of this world is become the kingdom of our Lord and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever.” He is the one that announces the wrath of God. Notice verse 18, “and the nations were angry and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward to thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” If you have followed these seven trumpet angels through the 8th, 9th, and l1th chapters, you will have noticed that they announced the major events through the week of Daniel. In chapter 8 the first three angels announced the plagues that were associated with the ministry of the two prophets. Then in verse 12, we see the fourth angel announcing the middle of the week, where the two prophets are killed, and the persecution of the Jews begins. In chapter 9:1, the fifth angel announces hell being turned loose on earth. The bottomless pit is opened, and all the demons were loosed upon the face of the earth to torment men. The sixth angel sounds in the 13th verse. This turns loose the four angels who were holding back the forces of Armageddon. They were seen in chapter 7, holding back the four winds. Now they turn these winds of world conflict loose, and they blow up the events that sets the stage for Armageddon. By the time this 7th angel blows his trumpet, the battle of Armageddon has been raging already through the last months of the week of Daniel. Therefore, Jesus is not coming to earth to fight the battle of Armageddon. He will put an end to it when he comes with his army of saints from heaven.


SEVEN VIALS OF WRATH


Remember, now, it is God himself who is the time keeper of all these events. He does not have some man standing somewhere with a huge calendar marking off the days for him. He was the one who was keeping time when Christ was cut off at the end of the 69 weeks, and he will know when the last week of Daniel is ready to be brought to a close.


As we go into the 16th chapter let me say once again, these are the last of God’s divine dealings against unregenerate humanity and the devil’s system that has been allowed to run its course and reach its peak. In these portions of the book that we are dealing with now, you will notice that they really do stack one on top of the other. The sixth seal of chapter 6, and the seventh trumpet angel of chapter 11, and the seventh vial angel of chapter 16, all deal with the same thing. All three chapters deal with the WRATH of God, which is only poured out at the end of the week. You will see also the 17th and 18th chapters brought in with chapter 16 when we get to the portion that deals with judgment of the great whore, and of Mystery Babylon. The 19th chapter falls right in with chapter 16, in the last part of the chapter where He, (Jesus) is seen coming from heaven with his army on white horses to make war, and smite the nations with the sword of his mouth in judgment. He is seen in the 19th chapter treading the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of God. Throughout the last half of the week of Daniel, which we can call the time of Jacobs trouble, God has been allowing conditions to build up, which to him is just about like a huge brush pile. It is fit for nothing but to be burned, and that is exactly what God is getting ready to do, (burn it). Notice verses 8 & 9, the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun, and men were scorched with great heat, so that they blasphemed the name of God, who had power over these plagues, but they did not repent to give him glory. A vial is a pitcher, (a container for liquid). Of course this is all symbolic, but what better way could it be described? God instructed these angels to step forth and pour out their vials, (these 7 vials of wrath) – It is just like pouring gasoline on that brush pile, and striking a match to it. When these angels get through everything will have been judged of all that corrupt system.


BIBLE, FLAG & CONSTITUTION


In verse 18, we read, “and there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake and so great.” This earthquake is under the judgment of the 7th vial, but lets look back to chapter 6 to get the parallel of these two chapters. Under the sixth seal there is a great earthquake, and the heaven departed as a scroll… What for? To reveal the coming of Jesus. This is in perfect harmony with Matthew 24:29-30 where it says, “immediately after the tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give it’s light, and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of the heavens shall be shaken.” Doesn’t that sound just like the sixth seal of chapter 6? Notice, 24:30, “and then shall appear the sign of the Son of man in heaven; and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” You see! It is all speaking of the same hour of time. We can easily see by looking at all of these scriptures together, that the sixth seal is the end of man’s rule on earth. Six is man’s number. The sixth seal hangs right over the 16th chapter, and the events of these chapters will lead you right to the 19th chapter where John saw the heaven opened and Jesus with his head crowned, and his eyes like a flame of fire, coming to smite the nations. These things are all taking place at the same time. They are not separate accounts of different happenings. As these angels are pouring out their vials upon the earth, no man can see this happening. This is all taking place in the spirit world. You cannot see them being poured out, but if you should be one of those who are left here till that time, you will sure see the effects of them. All of the celestial bodies will be disturbed by these angels of God’s wrath. The stars fall, the sun turns black, the moon turns to blood, and the mountains and islands disappear. Men will be plagued with grievous sores, and their drinking water will be turned to blood, as in the days when Moses stood before Pharaoh. You talk about vengeance. This will be a time of God taking vengeance on all who have worshipped the beast, and his image. It will be the time that the apostle Paul was describing in 2 Thess. 1:5-10, where he was speaking of the day that Jesus comes to be glorified in his saints, and how he would take vengeance on them that know not God. In that hour men will be worse than animals.


God is just. He will not let this thing fall on innocent people. He will know right where to direct these plagues, so that they will fall on the right people. As we said before, by the time this last vial is finished, it will have completed the sixth seal, the seventh trumpet, and the seventh vial.


Try to catch my thought now. When I say that these events are all transpiring at the same time, I am referring to the events of the various chapters that we are discussing at this time. I do not mean to say that all of these vials are poured out at the same time. .These are a series of plagues that come one right after the other over a period of time in the last months of the week of Daniel. Neither would I have you think that I believe all of the waters of the world will be turned to blood. This type of thing will be kept primarily in the middle east setting, in the territory of the prophetic world. God would not destroy all of marine life throughout the whole world. You may have noticed in chapter 8 during the time of the ministry of the two prophets, only one third part of the waters, trees grass, ships and creatures were affected. Even this is limited to the prophetic world. The judgments affected only one third part of that area, but the wrath is a total thing. It is not limited to one third part.


You will notice also that when the fourth vial was poured out, men were scorched with the sun, this lets us see that the sun has not yet turned black, but it will, under the seventh vial of wrath when the end has finally come. Each vial sets forth a tormenting condition. Notice the 5th vial is poured out upon the seat, (or throne), of the beast. The beast must be looked upon as the combined unification of the world systems, but the seat has to be the position or place of authority that governs, or rules the life of that beast. “And his kingdom was full of darkness” . . . In other words, full of the devil, no spiritual reality. There was nothing about it that God could condone.


SEAT OF AUTHORITY


The seat of authority could be no other place but Rome. This beast system has been in authority thru this week of Daniel, with the Pope, (who is the anti-christ), sitting at the head of it. In the middle of the week he moves into the temple at Jerusalem but his real identity is still Rome. By the time this fifth vial is poured out, the beast will have just about run its course. Those communist politicians who have gone along with that beast for that hour of time will become very uneasy. By this time they will have seen the blood bath by the beast. They will have had opportunity by this time to see the failures of the Russian brand of communism. Therefore, they will begin to make their move to destroy the religious element of the beast. This is where chapter 17:16 is fulfilled. You must keep in mind the fact that the same element of the citizenry that make up the great whore, are basically the same citizens that make up the beast that she rides upon. It will be the political heads of these people, (the ten horns), that hate the whore, (the religious element), and make their move to cause communism to destroy everything that goes under the name of religion. When this European brand of communism has destroyed religion, they will feel like they have a super brand of communism all of their own, but the Orientals will not let them enjoy it for long. Notice where the sixth vial is poured out, (upon the great river Euphrates). Look back to the sixth trumpet angel in chapter 9:13-17, where the four angels which were bound in the Euphrates were loosed to go forth and gather the armies for Armageddon. You noticed these angels were bound in the Euphrates, but they were loosed after the middle of the week had arrived. They were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, to slay the third part of men. When they were loosed, they began to prepare the military setting for Armageddon.frogs from the mouth of the dragon Now, look back to chapter 16:12, the sixth vial is poured upon the Euphrates, and its waters are dried up, preparing the way for the kings of the East. I say, when this sixth vial is poured out, the Orientals are already in uniform ready to move toward the valley of Megiddo. Verse 13, and I saw three unclean spirits, like frogs, come out of the mouth of the dragon, (that is the devil), and out of the mouth of the beast, (the world system), and out of the mouth of the false prophet, (the anti-christ). These are demon spirits which go into all the earth working miracles, (not supernatural miracles), political miracles. During most of the week of Daniel these demons were more or less confined to the activity of the beast in the setting of the prophetic world, but now they will go forth to the kings of the earth, (the whole world), to stir up strife and gather them together for the battle of that great day of God Almighty. If you will read these verses right, you will see that Jesus has the authority to loose spirits which will gather these armies together for the purpose of fulfilling the word of God. Verse 15, goes right along with chapter 19:11-19, where it all builds up to the climax. We can now see that the stage is set for the climax of it all. That earthquake of the sixth seal is the same one that we see here in the 7th vial. Somewhere on this earth that quake will have its center. When it goes off it will rock this whole planet. That is when the sun will become black, and the heavens will depart as a scroll when it is rolled together. This is the time that Jesus and his army of saints will be making their literal descent to the earth as seen in chapter 19:11-16. Look back now to the seventh trumpet in chapter 11:15-19, and you will see that it lays right here also. You will see in verse 18 of the 11th chapter that there is to be another phase of the first resurrection when he comes. The bride has already been resurrected. She will be coming back with Jesus. Then as soon as he is finished dealing with this beast system, there will be another group resurrected. It will be those tribulation saints that you see in chapter 20:4. Now let’s read this 18th verse. “And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants, the prophets, and to the saints, and to them that fear thy name, small and great, and shouldest destroy them who destroy the earth.” You see what that verse holds; he is coming to destroy something, and to give reward to someone. What does the bible say about his reward? you win find it in chapter 22:12, “and behold, I come quickly, and my reward is with me, to give every man according as his work shall be.” You will see that each believing saint of every age receives a reward. Not the gift of eternal life, they have that already. It. will be a reward for what each one has done in service, in that realm of having eternal life. Every person will receive his just reward.


We have now concluded the rearranged portion of the book, and that brings us to the 19th chapter. We have covered most of it already in our examination of the other chapters. This chapter explains in greater detail what actually takes place when the sixth seal is fulfilled. In verse 20, we see the beast and the false prophet both cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone. Verse 21, the rest of them were slain with the sword of his mouth, and the fowls of the air were invited to come and be filled with the flesh of these. This is done by the one who sat upon the white horse, the one who was called Faithful and True, called also the Word of God. This is Jesus, who is now King of kings, and Lord of lords, and his bride is with him.


SATAN IS BOUND


Now, just for a few minutes, let’s try and get this millennium reign of Christ in its proper setting. Look at chapter 20, first off, Satan is bound for a thousand years and cast into the bottomless pit. This is the same bottomless pit that was opened when the 5th trumpet judgment angel sounded, and demons were loosed upon earth. Now the devil is put in there to stay until the millennium reign is finished. In other words, there will be no more hell on earth, as there had been in that week of Daniel.


Before going on in the message we will take time to mention all of the scripture in its fulfillment order. Beginning with chapter one, the book is arranged as follows. 1:1-6:11, 8:1, 10:1-11, 11:1-6, 7:1-8, 8:2-13, 7:9-17, 9:1-12, 11:7-14, 13:1-18, 12:1-17, 9:13-21, 14:1-13, 18:1-24, 17:1-18, 15:1-8, 14:14-20, 6:12-17, 11:15-19, 16:1-21, 19:1-22: 21.


We have commented on each portion of the scripture in its rearranged order, hoping that it will help every sincere reader to get a better picture of what is soon to come upon this earth. Jesus will come as a thief in the night to the unprepared casual church-goer, but it ought not to be so with the bride of Christ. She should be so alerted, by a proper understanding of the Word of God, that she will be ready and watching for His return.


The next thing we see in this 20th chapter, verse 4, “I saw thrones,” not throne, but thrones, more than one. It says that judgment was given unto them.


Now, in the amplified translation, it reads like this, “the right to execute and pass sentence,” and we know that according to the teachings of the apostle Paul, the saints shall judge the world. Therefore, the saints will definitely sit on thrones going into the millennium. They will be judging the nations. No books will be opened at this time. This takes you right back to Matt. 19:27-28, also Matt. 25:31-46, where no books are opened. It is just nations of people coming before Him to be judged.


Now, for just a few minutes, let’s identify this group here in verse four. Many have rejected the idea that there is another phase of the first resurrection after the great tribulation is over with, but if there is not then I ask you, where did this group come from? Look at the description of them, “and I saw the souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of Jesus, and for the word of God. ” Now there is your two groups again, (Jews and Gentile foolish virgins). Now look at the rest of the verse, “and who had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands, and they lived and reigned with Christ a thousand years.” Now I want you to catch the key here. This was a group that did not worship the beast, nor his image. There never was, and there never will be a time when people were required to worship the image to the beast, except during the great tribulation. Neither will there ever be a time when people are required to wear the mark of the beast except during that time. This is a group that was killed because of their faith in God, a group that would not worship the beast, nor his image, nor take his mark, yet they lived and reigned a thousand years with Christ. So you see, it is absolutely necessary for there to be another resurrection as that week of Daniel comes to a close. Then verse 5 concludes by saying, “This is the first resurrection.” Verse 6 says, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection; on such the second death hath no power, but they shall be priests of God and of Christ, and shall reign with him a thousand years.” These will be resurrected martyrs who died for their faith. They will have immortal bodies. They will have been judged already. The judgment of the nations that we are going into next will be among the living element of people from all nations that have lived through the week of Daniel without being killed by the beast.


NATIONS JUDGED


In the prophesy of Joel we find that God will gather all nations into the valley of Jehoshaphat, and will judge them there, because of Israel whom they have scattered. Jehosphaphat is the valley of Kidron, which is the valley that separates the Mount of Olives from the eastern slopes of the gate of Jerusalem, (the eastern gate). Because of Joel’s prophesy, wealthy Jews from all over the world have had their bodies taken back there and buried on the slopes of the Mount of Olives, believing that when the Messiah comes, he will sit at the eastern gate judging the nations and there will be a resurrection. The Moslems, (knowing the Jews sentiment concerning this), have taken the eastern slopes leading to the gate beautiful and formed a cemetery. Naturally their idea is to try and block the whole plan, but we know that they cannot succeed in blocking the plan of God.


Now please try to see, (from these comments), that the valley of Jehosphaphat will definitely be an important geographical position, in which Christ, as King, after having come to earth will position himself, till the millennial subjects have been judged and passed on into that day. Peter asked Jesus, (in Matt. 19), what shall we have, or in other words, what will be our reward? Jesus answered him by saying, when the Son of man shall sit upon the throne of his glory, (meaning the millennial throne), you also who have followed me in the regeneration will sit upon twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel. You see: When Jesus sits upon his throne, the apostles will be sitting upon their thrones judging the twelve tribes of Israel. In other words, what I am saying is they will have to be brought out of dispersion and judged with the other nations, in selecting an element of people from each nation to live in the millennium, before there will be anyone there to judge or rule over in this way. When the nations have been judged, and there has been an element of people selected to live and repopulate for a thousand years, then Jesus will sit upon his throne in the temple.


1000 YEARS LATER


This is where all nations will come to for the purpose of worshiping him, (The Lord of hosts), to fulfill Zech. 14, which also states that they will observe the feast of tabernacles. Verse 16, “And it shall come to pass that everyone that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles.” Zechariah 14 speaks of a day when Jesus will stand with his feet upon the mount of Olives and the mount shall cleave in its midst, one part toward the east, and the other part toward the west. Do you know what will cause the mountain to split apart? It will be that earthquake in the 6th seal, the 7th trumpet, and the 7th vial.


JERUSALEM ENLARGED


The Mount of Olives has always been associated with Jerusalem. Turn with me now into Ezekiel. First let me say, chapters 40, 41, 42 give a picture of how Jerusalem will expand out over the terrain for the millennium setting. In former days Jerusalem and Bethlehem were separated by about nine miles of land which was nothing more than places for sheep to graze, but ever since the six day war when the Jews took this area of occupied land, they have been building houses till they are almost connected together. Here is what I am saying, in order for Jerusalem to reach its Ezekiel dimensions, it would have to take in Bethlehem and many others of the outlying areas. No, it will not be necessary to remove Bethlehem. Jerusalem will just swallow it up, as in the case many times when a large city extends its limits; it just swallows up the suburbs.


VISION OF GLORY


Now as we come to Ezek. 43, we understand that the judgment of the nations is over with, and now it is time for Christ to come to the throne of his glory. In 600 B.C. Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving the temple. It went out by the east and over the Mount of Olives and ascended. Ezekiel did not see that glory return until this present setting here in chapter 43, where he was taken in a vision to the east gate, and the glory of the God of Israel came from the way of the east, and his voice was as the sound of many waters. You see! That is just the way John heard him when he was on the Isle of Patmos. Yes, Ezekiel saw the glory come from the east, over the Mount of Olives. Remember when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on Palm Sunday, for the purpose of fulfilling scripture? Note, “Behold, thy King cometh unto the meek, and sitting upon an ass, and a colt, the foal of an ass.” When he came to fulfill that scripture, he came over the Mount of Olives by the way of the east, and came into the city by the eastern gate. Forty days after his resurrection he went right back out that same way, (over the Mount of Olives). While standing, talking to his disciples, he ascended the very same way that Ezekiel saw the glory of the Lord leaving in 600 B.C., when it left the temple. There is a beautiful significance connected with the Mount of Olives in this particular relationship. He saw the glory of the Lord come back and fill the house, (the temple), When Jesus comes, he will not have to stand around and wait for the temple to be built. That will all be done in the week of Daniel, after those Jews get that holy spot back. What we are seeing here is the Lord coming into the temple after it has been cleansed, where he said, “Son of man, the place of my throne, and the place of the soles of my feet, where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel forever, and my holy name, shall the house of Israel no more defile,” verse 7. Now we know that he will be sitting in the temple, and the millennium reign is started. Therefore, let us look at the 19th verse. “And thou shalt give to the priests, and Levites, who are of the seed of Zadok, who approach unto me, to minister unto me, saith the Lord God, a young bullock for a sin offering.” Now, this is the Messiah talking, and we notice that the Levites are still going to be used. You go ahead and read down thru the 27th verse, and keep in mind the fact that even though many Gentiles are hung up on the idea that Christ is the end of the law, the scriptures cannot contradict themselves. Therefore, we ought to try and understand what this is all about. We know that it is not for a salvational benefit, for the blood of Jesus paid the sin debt for all people who believe.

 

 

PERPETUAL OFFERING


In the old testament, the sacrifices, and offerings were made, looking forward to the time when the perfect sacrifice would be made. Jesus fulfilled all of the law that pertained in any way to this, when he offered himself as the only sacrifice that could pay man’s sin debt forever. All of the sacrifices that were made prior to his death, just served the purpose of pushing man’s sin debt forward, but now it is paid forever. What then are these sacrifices for over in the millennium? First of all, going into the millennium, the temple and the altar must be cleansed and rededicated because of the desecration by the anti-christ. He had set himself in the temple, fulfilling the scripture concerning, the abomination that maketh desolate, (Daniel 12:11, etc.) After the cleansing and rededicating of the temple and the altar, then shall there be a perpetual offering set up to last throughout the millennium. You notice, they are to offer sacrifices for 7 days, and on the eighth day they will be accepted. That is seven dispensational days, from the time that Adam started it till it reaches through the millennium. On the eighth day he accepts them, the earth is redeemed, the eternal age is in effect. Now to show you why these sacrifices will be made during this time, let me say this, going into the millennium there will be a few mortal subjects from every nation, but as time goes on and children are born into the world, they will not be conscious of sin as we have been. They will see Jesus in his majestic glory as King, and even though they will have the nature to sin, there will be no sin for Satan will be bound for the complete one thousand years. Therefore, as children multiply upon the face of the earth, according to Isaiah 11 and 65, and they go to Jerusalem once each year to worship the Lord of hosts, and keep the feast of tabernacles with their families, they will be made to understand that the sacrifice on the altar is a constant reminder that points backward to a time when Jesus, (their King), was that sacrifice. As these children come into the world, there will be something there that will make that past work of redemption just as important to them as it is to you and I.


THE ETERNAL AGE


When the millennium is over, then will the apostle Paul’s revelation be fulfilled which we find in 1 Cor. the 15th chapter. “For he must reign, till he hath put all enemies under his feet. The last enemy that shall be destroyed is death.” The resurrection of the wicked dead, will clear their dead bodies from the earth, all wicked spirits will receive their reward. The lake of fire will be the final cleansing agent. There will be no more need for hell. This will be the effects of the great white throne judgment. There will be no more need for any kind of sacrifice. For God will accept all of his redeemed creation. This will be the eighth day. The ETERNAL DAY or age. This automatically takes you into Rev. chapters 21 & 22. To finish Paul’s statement in 1 Cor. 15:24 “Then cometh the end, when he shall have delivered up the kingdom to God the Father, (THE GREAT ETERNAL SPIRIT), when he shall have put down all rule and all authority and power.” Who did all of this? THE LORD JESUS CHRIST, THE KING OF KINGS THE LORD OF LORDS, THE FIRST AND THE LAST, AMEN.

Chronology of Revelation, Part 1

Text-Revelation 1:1-22:21


IN THE YEARS SINCE A.D. 96, MEN HAVE CONSTANTLY PROBED THE CONTENTS OF THIS BOOK TRYING TO FIND SOME KEY TO THE MYSTERIOUS LANGUAGE WITHIN, BUT GOD HAD THESE THINGS SEALED UP UNTIL THE TIME OF THE END, AS HE TOLD DANIEL CONCERNING THE THINGS WHICH HE SAW. IN ORDER TO HIDE THE MESSAGE OF THIS BOOK FROM MEN OF OTHER GENERATIONS, TIL THE GENERATION COME WHICH SHOULD SEE THE FULFILLMENT OF ALL REMAINING PROPHESIES, GOD ALLOWED JOHN TO SCRAMBLE THE BOOK IN SUCH A WAY THAT ONLY THE HOLY GHOST COULD UNSCRAMBLE IT, AND THAT ONLY AT THE PROPER TIME.


WE BELIEVE THAT WE ARE THAT GENERATION OF PEOPLE WHICH WILL LIVE TO SEE THE END OF THIS AGE OF GRACE TO THE GENTILES. WE BELIEVE ALSO THAT THE REASON GOD HAS LED BRO. JACKSON TO SET THE BOOK IN ITS FULFILLMENT ORDER, IS TO ENABLE THE LIVING ELEMENT OF THE BRIDE OF CHRIST TO READ HIS LOVE LETTER TO HER, AS SHE MAKES HERSELF READY FOR HIS COMING, THEREFORE WE ARE PUBLISHING THE RESULTS OF THIS WORK ALONG WITH WHAT WE BELIEVE WILL BE SUFFICIENT COMMENTS TO HELP THE SINCERE READER UNDERSTAND. REMEMBER SAINTS, A PROPER UNDERSTANDING OF THE THINGS WRITTEN IN THIS BOOK WILL PROVIDE YOU WITH SUFFICIENT ARMOR FOR WHAT IS JUST AHEAD. THEREFORE WE WOULD ASK YOU TO STUDY PRAYERFULLY THE CONTENTS OF THIS MESSAGE, THEN IF YOU FEEL YOU MUST CRITICIZE, LET YOUR CRITICISM BE CONSTRUCTIVE, AND SEASONED WITH THE LOVE OF OUR PRECIOUS LORD AND SAVIOUR JESUS CHRIST. MAY GOD BLESS YOU AS YOU NOW READ.


We can say that this book was the last revelation, prophetic wise, ever given to the church the universal church of the LORD JESUS CHRIST. The last revelation they had ever received up until a few years ago. After this book was written in letter form and sent to the seven churches, it later was recopied and sent to other churches, then later it was added to the chronology of the sacred writings.


This has been a book of puzzles for theological students through the years as they probed its contents. It is very simple as you read the first three chapters to recognize Christ as the high priest. As you read the second and third chapters you find the churches of Asia set in their order by Christ. The Jews have by now been scattered, and God is now moving among the Gentiles predominately. By 96 A.D. these seven churches have been in existence long enough to set a trend that would affect the course of Christianity right to the end of the Gentile age.


JESUS THE HIGH PRIEST


Chapters 1-3 are the Lord’s own words as he gets John’s attention. In the first chapter you notice when Jesus got John’s attention, John turned to see one that was clothed in a white robe, and his hair was as white as snow, and his eyes were as flames of fire, his feet like burning brass, and his voice as the sound of many waters, and girt about the paps with a golden girdle which is that emblem of the high priest’s position. This was for the sole purpose of declaring to John in pictorial form that Jesus who ascended on high is none other than the high priest of our profession, as spoken by Paul in HEBREWS 3:1, and He remains to be the high priest for the duration of the grace age. As John heard that voice speaking and looked at him, he could not help but recognize Jesus standing there in the midst of seven golden candle sticks. These seven candle sticks typified the seven churches of Asia. In his right hand were seven stars which were the angels of the seven churches, (the angels being the bishops or overseers). All of this in symbolic form lets us know that in the seven church ages it has been Jesus the high priest all along, and that in each church age, each angel messenger has been in the hand of Jesus and guided by him, that a message might be announced in that respective hour.


RELIGIOUS SCHOLARS


Many people say they don’t understand how that anyone could have been saved in the dark ages, since they were not baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, but you must remember that it was Jesus who set this book in motion. Each soul is only required by God to walk in the light that he, (as a mortal being) was permitted to see in his hour. Jesus didn’t change, and God the great ETERNAL SPIRIT does not change. It is man that changes and it is man in his mortal makeup that makes up the church. The church could only reflect what the church as a collective body could see in that hour. So in each respective age, corresponding to one of these churches, those people were required to walk in the light of revealed truth that was predominant in their age, and it has been Jesus all the time. That is why Jesus spoke the seven parables recorded in Matthew 13:1-51. Jesus spoke all of those parables at the same time. He spoke them in the order that they were to be applied. When Jesus, (the high priest) speaking to John, told him to write these things and sent them to the seven churches of Asia, Jesus mentioned the churches in order. John did not choose the order, Jesus did, he’s the high priest of it, John is only the receiver and transmitter. Now understand there were other churches that had been established by the apostle Paul, (who at this time had been dead more than twenty years), but these particular churches were the ones lit off of the revival fires that God (by the HOLY GHOST) had lit there in the city of Ephesus, as recorded in Acts chapters 19-20. Paul on his third missionary journey remained in that area and preached the gospel for three years, Acts 20:31. When it was all over, all of Asia had heard the gospel. From this one city, the other six churches were established. This was to set a type of how the HOLY GHOST would fall in the first church age and light revival fires that six other church ages that followed have been lit off of, (the same Holy Ghost fire). Man in his makeup is responsible, not God, as to how he allows that fire to burn in him. Every messenger to every age actually exercised the authority invested in him by Jesus who was high priest over him. That man could only do what the high priest, (by inspiration), inspired him to do. This does not mean that there were not moments that men through the ages did not see specific truths, and many times those truths were the things that got them in trouble. Martin Luther was the first man this side of the dark ages that God anointed, and he used him to reestablish a lost truth that the just shall live by faith, Romans 1:17. But don’t think that Wycliffe and men of that nature had not seen this in their hour. Many of them saw it and tried to exercise it, but it cost practically every one of them their head. It just lets us know, that when it comes time for God to shine a truth into a certain age, he invests that man with authority and the devil and all of his imps couldn’t stop it if they had to, because the light from that candle has got to shine. It usually comes in the receding hours of the age that it comes to. The individuals that God will use, begin to see these things by the same spirit of revelation that was on John. They may be persecuted or they may be destroyed for what they see, but when the hour comes for that light to shine, there’s NO POWER SUFFICIENT TO STOP IT.

 

 

THE MODEL CHURCH


When we look at the second and third chapters we see that Jesus mentioned Ephesus first. It absolutely set the complete model of the perfect church of the Lord Jesus Christ among the Gentile people. I suppose no other church in all of Paul’s ministry shines like this Ephesus church did. It was a church with a large congregation, no doubt! It was made up of Jewish saints as well as Gentile saints. It was to this church that Paul wrote his letter of Ephesians in 60 A.D. from Corinth, just a year after his revival closed and he left. No other letter contains the depth of revelation that the Ephesian letter does. Isn’t it strange, down through the hours of reformation; hardly has the epistle to the Ephesians been used as an evangelistic letter, it is a letter written to an assembly of saints that are seeking to walk in the divine will and favor of God. In it is embraced the revelation that Paul was given, how that God had made known unto him the mystery of his will, how that God in Christ had introduced a time that he was now among the Gentiles to take both of the Jew and the Gentile, and to make of the two of them in Jesus Christ, a complete new man. The new man joined with the others of the same revelatory faith, make up the true church, which is the mystical body of Christ (living here on earth among fallen mankind), demonstrating and reflecting the nature and attributes of Christ from one age to the next. The true body of Christ continues to reflect the same character, manner of life, and truth, always. Though they may not use the same words to convey the message, the revelation always comes out the same. As these churches are set in perfect order by Christ himself, our attention moves quickly to the last one, (the Laodicean church). Though it existed in Asia Minor, it is no longer in existence, the church as well as the city lay in ruins today; however, the prevailing spirit of that church was one that God saw would hang through time to be manifested in the last church age. Not just on a metropolitan city, but it would become a universal picture of Christianity in the age that began around the dawn of the twentieth century. Mankind has come through many ages of great material hardships, but the 20th century began to introduce man to inventions, scientific discoveries, fast means of travel, fast communications, and easier ways to make a dollar. All of this set loose mankind into a rat race, and where is he today? He lives for the god of materialism. It kills him spiritually and physically.


GOD’S LAW


This is the age that as people yield their lives to God, they reflect the same spirit that was reflected there in the Laodicean city (from an assembly). The Laodicean age, as we see it here in the last verses of the 3rd chapter (that’s the age that you and I now live in), is in a terrible mess. More and more we see a breakdown spiritually and morally taking place in the world today that is making all other scriptures come into focus, whether they were written by John or Paul or words spoken by Jesus. We know the world is now being molded to make it fit the word of God. Nevertheless, God’s grace is still sufficient to the man or woman that has an ear to hear what God would say to the church. In this Laodicean letter as He rebuked it for its materialism, it’s wretchedness, (and realizing this is a type of our age), it lets us know that spirituality doesn’t run very high today. Now we want to title this series “The Chronology of Revelation” as we place the chapters and verses in order of fulfillment. The first three chapters had to do with God’s word to the church for the ages, but from this point on most of what John saw covered the events of the seventieth week of Daniel as God deals with the Jews. It was only when he left the third chapter and began to go into the 4th, 5th, and 6th chapters that his head began to spin. You might ask why is this, it was because the Lord spoke to him and said write these things that thou hast seen, which are, and are to be and send it.


GOD’S LOVE LETTER


The major part of the total writings of the book belong to God’s dealing with the Jews in the last week of time allotted to them before Christ comes to earth for the millennium, but the letter as a whole is sent to the church of the living God. It is God’s message to the church. Since it is God’s letter, I’ll say this, it is his love letter to his girl friend. That’s why the denominational girl friends don’t know what it’s all about. But the bride of Christ, when her eyes are opened and she realizes who she is, that Holy Ghost, (that spirit of Christ), will definitely let her see what the Lord has been saying. Now we know that the saints of the ages are dead and in the ground, so whatever he does for his bride is not necessarily for those that are dead and gone on, but these things are written so that the living element of the bride church will be able to know what God’s message to her is in this hour, as she approaches the end of the age. John is called up into heaven at the beginning of the 4th chapter. He saw the throne of God, and he that sat upon it, and a rainbow about the throne, he saw the four and twenty elders, he saw the four beasts and this great number of angels. All of this is to acquaint John with a heavenly setting. John was taken up at that time, (when he had finished his letter of rebuke to Laodicea), to set a true type of the rapture of the church at the end of the Laodicean age. I am fully aware that at Shreveport, La., Bro. Branham stated that the age for the bride was more or less set in motion or words to this effect. This has caused different ones everywhere to say we’re living in the bride age. Let me say this in a way, spiritually, to the people that are to make up God’s bride, they are living in the time factor where, yes, we could call it an age or we could call it an hour. Yet when you take it back to the book, there is no bride age mentioned in the book, only the Laodicean age. Now the Laodicean age will still be here because the Laodicean age is not typified from the standpoint of the bride. It is typified from the standpoint of the religious world that we live in. When the hour comes that the bride, who, time wise, and age wise, is being dealt with by God, calling her out of Laodicea, it does not disassociate her with the Laodicean age of time. It’s still here. In fact Laodicea is the closing of religious time. When John was caught up he saw Jesus sitting on the throne. He saw in his right hand a scroll. He had to be taken up there at that precise time in the hour he lived both to set a type, and to see in symbolic form what would transpire in heaven, (may God help me to say it right), once the time had come that the events of chapter six would be fulfilled on earth, because the events of chapter six up to and through verse 11, still belong to the Laodicean age. Bro. Branham stated that the church is not mentioned after chapter three until we get to chapter 19, “that is true”, but in order of fulfillment, chapter 6 through verse 11, (though John saw it in heaven, and it had to be this way for him to typify the rapture at the close of the last church age), the church is still here on earth. When God sent his prophet message to the age, (William Marion Branham), it was to awaken the bride to the fact that God again wanted to come close to her and commune with her like he did in the first age. After the first age they lost their spirit of revelation. God communed with them in spiritual matters no more. Oh yes! He was with them to preserve them that they might survive, but they lost their spirit of revelation. If they didn’t then why did they accept every rotten doctrine that was fed to them for better than a thousand years? You might say, when Martin Luther came on the scene and saw that revelation that the just shall live by faith, wasn’t that revelation? No.! (That was restoration), restoring something that they had already, and lost. The church had lost it better than a thousand years before. The same was true with John Knox and predestination, sure it was revelation on the scriptures but it was not new revelation, that new revelation, by which the Lord himself makes love to his church. Do you know that is the way he makes love to his bride to be? He reveals himself to her and if she is spiritual, (through spiritual eyes and ears), she understands and makes love back by saying, praise God, that is beautiful, thank you Lord.


HOW THE DEVIL GOT IN


We know how the devil got at the church after the first age, that antichrist spirit began to give out revelations to the younger generation, but they were false revelations. Carnal minded people sat there and ate it up. The devil made love to people too! He flirted with them by revelation, and do you know what the purpose of it was? He wanted to take the ground work of the original Christian church and build himself an institution that would be called the church of God, and so pervert the word of God through centuries of time, that he could make love to it just any old carnal way, and humanity has just laid right there and loved it. When John Wesley came on the scene, it was not in a sense of love making through revelation, but it was God’s way of saying to the church, I want to give you back a few things, so that you can make love to me right. The church had lost so much that she was in no shape for the Lord to commune with her in a love relationship like she started out. John saw in chapter 5, the heavenly setting, he had to see it when he lived, so that it could be written in the book, but if you can catch my thought, it was so written, that when the time would come, we could hear and understand the revelation that is typified in chapter 6, (which was written then), but understood only in our age. When it came time for these things to be understood, here in this Laodicean church age. God brought his messenger on the scene, (church age angel messenger). He was a prophet messenger, for God knew that in the hour that this man would be walking on earth, the spirit of Christ, (which is the spirit of prophecy), would begin to speak to a people to draw their attention back to the word of God, just the way that it did there in the first church age. The church there in that first age, as it started out, with the Jew first, and then reached out to the Gentile people, it was revelation upon revelation that they were built upon until she lost her position and went into the dark ages. When John saw these things he saw, like the first four seals broken and the white, red, black and pale horse riders going out, and though he heard what was said, who knew what it meant? We can say that no one understood these things until the generation came that was to see the fulfillment of the things therein, but there came a day that we didn’t have to think or assume anymore. We know what it means.


THE FOUR HORSE RIDERS


Did you know that when that seven angel messenger (who was the messenger to this last church age) was on earth and the time came for what John wrote in chapter 6 to be understood, he stood there that night and said, that white horse rider was none other than that spirit of antichrist that was riding in the closing hours of the first church age, riding off into the sun. The revelation all hinged about the fact that he had a crown, showing that he assumed authority. He had a bow, showing a means of weaponry, but he didn’t have any arrows. That lets us know that in reality he was a bluff, but look how many he pushed over with it. It lets me know that all who did not have the Holy Ghost fell for that antichrist teaching. Bro. Branham said, that the red horse rider, with power to take peace from the earth, that they should kill one another (to whom was given a great sword), was the same old antichrist spirit, riding in that age of martyrdom (and that is verified in history). By the time the second church age was fully in, Christianity had spread all over the Roman empire, and still growing. History from that age will give you the names of those Roman rulers that the devil used in trying to kill every Christian, and defeat the plan of God. They killed Christians, by any and all means of brutality imaginable. Yet, do you realize, that because those Christians went to their death singing and praising God, they died in the faith, and God gave them grace to die like that. The third horse rider, (that black horse), went forth with a pair of balances in his hand. He said, a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny, and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine. Who knew what that meant? You could look at it and see that it had something to do with the dark ages, but who could put their finger on exact meaning? No one until the time was right. When the time came that man was to know who that black horse rider was, God didn’t send a doctor of divinity from some big college. No! He just took a little fellow who enjoyed sitting out in the woods watching the squirrels, and such like, who didn’t have much formal education, but deep inside when the hour was right, that man could talk with God, and God, (who let this been written), could talk to him. The revelation of that black horse rider, is what Roman Catholicism did with the church and the word of God during that long period known as the dark ages. Wheat and barley are two grains that the world all over has looked upon as the basis bread factor. The word of God is the bread of eternal life, just as natural bread is stable food for the human body of mankind. When it was said a measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine, that black horse rider was going out. We understand now that the black horse rider was that spirit of antichrist through a Roman religious system, and it was black because it symbolized spiritual death. It took the word of God and changed and substituted it, and out of it, made rituals, ceremonies and creeds. It took the Lord’s supper that the early church observed, and made a monetary gimmick out of it. That is exactly why, for a thousand years the world was stooped in darkness. They made no advancement intellectually, spiritually, or materially. All advancement had been brought to a standstill. They sold the mass, and prayed for the dead instead of the living. Then the voice said hurt not the oil and the wine, the oil typifies the Holy Ghost, (the oil of the anointing), it lets you know the Holy Ghost wasn’t going to be around to be tampered with. You cannot sell the Holy Ghost. The fact that wine was mentioned, wine typifies the spiritual revelational factor of the Holy Ghost, the spirit of God. Now we see the fourth seal opened and Death riding on a pale horse, not white, not black, but pale, and Hell following with him. We find out that this horse and his rider is still that same spirit of antichrist riding right on out to the end. He takes old Roman Catholicism and all of her religious creeds, and apostate protestantism, and blends the two together to make one universal church system, to deceive and blind the religious world, and he (the antichrist), will sit at the head of it all, as the Laodicean age comes to a close. The apostle John recognized that spirit already working in his day, 1 John 2:18. He thought the end was near. We see that all four horse riders are one and the selfsame spirit all along. When we look at the church world in this hour, and recognize, doctrinally, what they are teaching and see how they are living, we see exactly what is going on, apostasy on every hand. That kind of a religious system is what the antichrist will take over and show himself through as time closes out.


ARMOR


We will take our time in this 6th chapter for I want you to see that the understanding of its fulfillment was to come to the saints of God somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age. Through that God would again awaken a people and give them new revelation. The prophet of the age made a lot of remarks in between the revelation of each seal, from which many people have built doctrines and opinions. These have become spirits. Do you know why these spirits were allowed to flourish? It was to keep the denominational church away from the true revelation that belongs to the bride alone. There is not a denominational church on the face of the earth today, that will teach these seals when the bride is gone. There is not a denominational church that will have a thing to do with the teaching of William Marion Branham even now, for their big eyes and their self righteous attitude they see all of these thorns attached to it. They said it has to be of the devil, so they go on in their blindness, still holding to their trinity, only to wake up to wash their robes in the blood of Jesus Christ by giving their lives in martyrdom to seal their testimony.


MARTYRED JEWS


When the 5th seal was broken, John saw souls under the altar. They were the souls of those Jews martyred under Hitler. Oh, I know there were Jews martyred in the 12th and 13th centuries, but they were not the Jews that we see under the altar in the 5th seal. Those Jews were not run out of Spain to get the Jewish people ready to go home, so if the souls under the altar were Jews, it would have to be Jews that God was dealing with somewhere in the closing hours of the Laodicean age, as God prepared the land to receive them back home. In the years between 1939 and 1945, God allowed a man by the name of Hitler to rise with the idea of having a super race of people in Europe. He felt, in order to accomplish this, he would have to rid Europe of that Jewish blood line, for he knew that the Jewish people controlled the stocks and bonds and the wealth, so he used a disguise and began to arrest them and put them in prison. They were tortured and killed in various ways till more than six million of them had died. Do we say that all six million of them are under the altar? Absolutely not! Many of them went to the firing squad cursing God, while others of them were crying, “Jehovah! Be merciful to me.” Not realizing why this was going on. It was to get the rest of the Jews ready to go home.


LITTLE SEASON


Now remember, the 5th seal, time wise, still belongs in the Laodicean age. Those souls under the altar were heard crying, How long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth? Before any answer came to that question, I believe there came angels with white robes, and I would imagine, as those robes began to be draped around those souls, they felt a peace begin to come over them. Once they had been clothed in white robes, then the words of consolation were given. Yet a little season, until thy fellow servants, and brethren, should be killed as you were. I do not believe that little season can be much longer than a human generation of time. Remember, time wise, that little season is still within the Laodicean age. We are living somewhere in the closing years of that little season. We see that pale horse rider in the religious world today, (that great ecumenical spirit), binding them up. We see also, the effects of the 5th seal, after six million Jews died to set it in motion, almost three million are at home in the land, and the nation as a whole is making the news almost daily. By now the whole world is in the balance of decision, (politically), saying, what will we do with Israel? The messenger to the age, (which was the angel messenger to the Laodicean age, Bro. William Branham), came on the scene and delivered his message, so that we who are living in the closing hours of that little season, can know, by divine revelation, the contents of chapter 6, (what those seals meant). It was all to take place within that little season, for we know what the sixth seal is. This is one of the keys to the whole book, not the whole key, just one of the keys. The Lord Jesus Christ comes to earth under the 6th seal, under the 7th trumpet judgment, and also under the 7th vial. Now he cannot come three different times, for his coming in each instance is referring to his visible appearance from glory, (in power), to rule and reign. Many of these things are stacked, one on top of the other. The 7th seal does not follow the 6th seal in fulfillment, for we know that the contents of the 7th seal will be for the bride before she leaves, in the beginning of the seventieth week of Daniel, which has its fulfillment under the 6th seal. Now we stated earlier that the revelation of the 5th seal is one of the keys to a right understanding of the things written in the remainder of the book of Revelation. It was Jews that Hitler killed in such a mass slaughter, not gentiles. This great persecution caused a large number of the other Jews to go home, (back to the land promised to Abraham), and this was the beginning of that little season, in which Jesus stated in Matthew 24, “this generation shall not pass till all these things be fulfilled.” Therefore, we can safely say that there are those living in this generation that will live to see the windup of all that is written in this book. The 6th seal shows us what God’s wrath will be like when that week of time begins to run out. Armageddon will be in full swing by this time. The communistic forces from the East will have come up to take them a spoil, and when they come into that valley they will meet up with the communist forces from the West. Each camp will have the desire burning within their souls to gain the preeminence of world recognition. The battle that takes place there has been talked about for many years by people of the world as well as the Christians. They have looked at it only as a battle where the armies of the beast systems of the world would gather together and fight against God at the end of the week of Daniel, but that is not the picture that we see as we study the scriptures. Actually the battle is raging in the last few months of that week, so that it all becomes a rotten stinking mess by the end of the week when Jesus is seen coming to earth on a white horse, and the armies that were in heaven following him on white horses. The 6th seal fulfillment comes into focus at this time. God will pour out his wrath on this already bloody mass in such a vindictive way that kings, and captains and great and might men, slaves and free me, are to be seen fleeing to the mountains and to the caves, calling for the rocks to fall on them and hide them from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. Therefore, we must see the events of the 6th seal as the closing out of the 70th week of Daniel, and the ending of the battle of Armageddon. This is when Jesus will be revealed from heaven in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know not God, referred to in the scripture as the day of the Lord (Isa. 13, Matt. 24, 2 Thess. 2). Remember now, the 6th seal does not belong to Laodicean church age, nor the little season. Even though God let this revelation be known to the bride people here in the latter years of Laodicea, it absolutely will not be fulfilled till that week has run its course. When we come to the 7th chapter we see two events of the week of Daniel, first we see that there are 144,000 Jews sealed with the knowledge of who Jesus Christ really is. We see also in the 7th chapter a great multitude which no man could number of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, standing before the throne, clothed with white robes giving glory to God. Let us first examine verses 1-8, where we see four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding back the four winds. Then we see another angel ascending from the east having the seal of the living God, and crying with a loud voice to the other four angels to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea. Saying Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our God in their foreheads. We find then that the servants which are sealed are the 144,000 Jews (twelve thousand from each of the twelve tribes of Israel), that we later see over in the 14th chapter standing on Mount Zion with the Lamb, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads. Now to come back to the four angels that are seen holding back the four winds, we believe that the winds that they are holding are the winds of world conflict, especially there in the middle east. These are winds that will whip up the setting for Armageddon once they are turned loose. But this angel ascending from the east, (which is the angel of time, time always moves from east to the west) will not give permission for those winds to blow until after the 144,000 have been sealed. The 144,000 Jews will be sealed by the Holy Ghost as a result of the ministry of the two prophets seen in chapter eleven. This cannot take place until after God is finished with the Gentiles, and God is not finished with the Gentiles until after the 7th seal is broken, and Jesus is seen in angelic form coming to the earth with a little scroll open in his hand. Now can you begin to see why this book has been such a mystery to the average church going person? It takes the Holy Ghost to reveal it and set the events in order. We find 6 of the 7 seals recorded in chapter 6, and we know what these first six hold revelation wise, but we find that there is a wide gap between each seal in fulfillment. We have already covered the first five in the order that they are written, but now we must take our time and try to lay these next events out so that every person who receives this message will be able to see the events of the remainder of this book in their order of fulfillment.


SEVENTH SEAL


The 7th seal is not broken until we get to the 8th chapter verse 1, and we have already seen in chapter 7:1-8 the 144,000 sealed, and they are sealed by the two prophets’ ministry in the first 3 ½ years of the week of Daniel. “Now saints, I am trying to say this in a way that you can understand what I see as I study the scripture.” Remember now, chapter 6 verse 11 we find the beginning of a little season which must mark time between fulfillment of the 5th seal, (which was the slaughtering of those by Hitler), and the slaughter of another group of Jews in the last 3 ½ years of that week of Daniel. All of the rest of the book from chapter 6:12, all the way through chapter 18 belongs to God’s dealing with the Jews in the week of Daniel, with the exception of chapter 8 verse 1, which is the opening of the 7th seal with the half hour of silence, and chapter 10 which shows Jesus coming to earth in angelic form with a little scroll open in his hand. When he had set one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth he cried with a loud voice as when a lion roareth. This is his way of identifying himself, (The Lion of the Tribe of Judah) and showing his authority. Now there was not actually a huge angel standing with one foot on the sea and the other on the earth, this is symbolic, showing his authority. The little scroll in his hand is open, which shows that all of the seals have now been broken, and he has come for the contents of the scroll. The names that are written within are the names of all the people that he, (as high priest and mediator) has interceded for while he sat there on the mercy seat for almost 2000 years. Now he is on earth in spirit form to claim them. Just as he had finished crying with a loud voice, seven thunders are heard uttering their voices, John was about to write what he had heard from the seven thunders, but a voice from heaven instructed him to seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. How foolish for some to say that we cannot know what was uttered by the seven thunders, John was in the spirit when he heard them, and even though John is dead, the spirit that was on him is not dead. When the time comes for the bride to know what those thunders uttered, God will have a human vessel here on earth that he can communicate with, in the same way that he did with John (in the spirit). The message in those thunders will be for the bride, and when she receives it her time here on earth will be running out. Laodicea, and the little season will be running out also. We have been holding our finger at the end of verse 11 of chapter 6, now we can take chapter 8 verse 1, and chapter 10:1-11 and insert them in chapter 6 where the 5th seal left off.


WEEK OF DANIEL STARTS


We can now return to chapter 8:2-13 where we see angels with trumpets. The plagues that were cast upon the earth by those first three trumpet angels correspond perfectly with the ministry of the two prophets of chapter 11 who will prophesy one thousand two hundred and threescore days clothed in sackcloth. The prophesying of these two will take place in the first half of Daniels 70th week and will be the ministry that will seal the 144,000 in chapter 7, therefore, let us take verse 1-6 of chapter 11, and lay them over verses 2-13 of chapter 8, then lay that over verses 1-8 of chapter 7, and insert them next in chapter 6 ahead of verse 12. Now you notice we held back verses 9-17 of chapter 7 which deals with a great multitude which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and peoples, and tongues, which were standing before the throne, and before the Lamb, clothed with white robes, and palms in their hands. These are tribulation saints. John was told that these are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. This takes place in the last half of the week. The rapture takes place somewhere about the time that week of Daniel begins. The bride will be gone, but that great host of foolish virgins will be left here to face that beastly system as it begins to bring in a new world order. Six, six, six will be the order of the day. These poor foolish virgins had been kept so busy with denominational programs they had no time to answer God’s call to be a part of the bride of Christ. God has a standard of righteousness that the bride will come to, but the foolish virgins will be those that realized too late that there is virtue in the baptism of the Holy Ghost, and water baptism in the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, and that God requires the bride to be a separated people. God will not accept seconds in the bride of Christ, she will be first class or she will be left here to face the tribulation. When the beast system confronts those that are left behind, then it will be known who the foolish virgins are. They will be faced with the greatest decision of their lives when they either accept the mark of the beast and damnation, or they will refuse to take the mark (for to take the mark is to deny faith in Christ, and renounce God) and have their heads cut off to seal their testimony. John saw the bride in heaven wearing fine linen, clean and white (which is the righteousness of saints), while the foolish virgins were on earth giving their lives in martyrdom. God purges the spots and wrinkles from their robes in the fire of tribulation. They had the robes already, which shows that somewhere they had come in contact with the gospel and had a salvation experience, but failed to make themselves ready. (See chapter 19:1-8) John saw the bride arrayed in fine linen. In John’s day linen was the most costly of all materials know to man which shows that the bride was dressed in the best clothing that could possibly be found. We find also in this 19th chapter that the bride had made herself ready, she had not waited for some instantaneous miracle on the part of God to get her dressed. She had lived a life of dressing herself in righteousness. It was necessary to go to the 19th chapter for a comparison between the bride which was taken up, and the foolish virgins which were left to face martyrdom. But we are not placing the 19th chapter with chapter 7 in fulfillment. Chapter 19 must be left to fall in with chapter 20, 21, 22, which will complete the book. There are many who will say they do not believe the book of Revelation is to be understood, but I ask you, why would God waste space in his book with something that could not be understood? I have said it before and I will say it again, the book of Revelation is God’s love letter to the bride of Christ. It was never meant for denominational churches to see and understand what is written in this book. It was reserved for the bride here at the end of the age. She is the only people that could benefit by knowing what these things are all about. No other age was ever faced with the responsibility that rests upon the bride in this present hour. When the events of the 5th seal took place, it set in motion a time factor, (called a little season), in which God sent a messenger, with a message that was to call a people out of denominations, and back to the Word of God where he could speak to them by his spirit once again concerning the book which he had written. We are living in the generation that Jesus spoke of in Matthew 24, where he said, “when you see these things come to pass, this generation shall not pass till all these things have be fulfilled.” The bride will know what is going to take place over in the week of Daniel, even though it will not affect her. We read in chapter 10 verse 7, but in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets. What mystery? The mystery age that had been hid to prophets of old, but was revealed to the apostle Paul according to Eph. 3:1-12, Col. 1:26-27. While the message of the seventh angel messenger is still echoing around the earth we are made to understand, this is the message that God will call his bride people to. It is the message that will close the mystery age. The message we are referring to is the message delivered to this age by God’s prophet messenger, William Marrion Branham. His message of returning back to the faith of our spiritual fathers, who were founded on the unadulterated word of God, has marked a time, and set in motion a trend of apostasy in the denominational church world that will lead to spiritual death for those who reject that message. As apostasy runs rampant in the church world we can already see that beast system rising up for the antichrist to set at the head of in the dark hour of time just ahead. In verse 8 chapter 10 we read where John is told to go take the little scroll out of the hand of him which standeth with one foot upon the sea and the other foot on the earth, verse 9 he is told to eat it up, and that it would be sweet as honey in his mouth but bitter in his stomach or belly, John took it and ate it as he had been instructed to do. It was also said to John that he must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues and kings. Now I believe those words, but I do not believe John was up there in heaven in the spirit literally eating paper, nor do I believe that he was to fulfill verse 11 in person. This was all symbolic. It had something to do with spiritual understanding of what he saw and heard. Our spiritual system is somewhat like our natural system when it comes to eating. There are times when we travel to an unfamiliar part of the world and begin to eat their foot and drink their water, it sometimes will have an upsetting effect on our digestive system. We get heart burn, sour stomach, etc. To eat spiritual food is to hear and understand, to digest spiritual food is to absorb it with the mind and feed it into our spirit. When we have been eating the same old denominational food year after year till our system has grown used to it, and then we are caught up into a different realm and fed something by revelation it may have an upsetting effect on our spiritual digestive system, but we just keep on eating till our system gets used to this new type of food. I do not believe John will be resurrected to fulfill verse 11 where it was said that he must prophesy before many peoples, nations, tongues, and kings. I believe that same spirit that was on John will be someone living here at the end of this age, who will see and understand what John received but was not permitted to write. John could not be allowed to write down what the thunders uttered. This was for the bride to know when it draws close to the time for her to be taken. As for the half hour of silence in heaven when the 7th seal was opened. I do not know whether this pertains to 30 minutes, 30 hours, 30 days or what. That doesn’t matter. The thing that really matters is that not even the angels of heaven know when he will receive authority from the Father to open that seal, and leave the mercy seat where he has sat for almost 2000 years. Why wouldn’t it cause a hushed silence in heaven where all those angels have been constantly watching that throne ever since the little season was mentioned if Jesus after 2000 years, would be seen opening that last seal, and leaving the mercy seat? You would stand in silent amazement waiting to see what was going to happen next. You may be sure of this one thing, when that little season has run its course, and Jesus opens that last seal, it will be time for the last week of time allotted to the Jews to start. The bride cannot be here long after that. All of the intercessory work that was ever needed will have been accomplished when he leaves that mercy seat. The theory held by some that the bride could be raptured two or three years before the week starts is just plain nonsense. God does not work like that. It would make more sense to believe that there could be a little overlapping of time than to believe that God would leave such a gap in between. We see the apostle Paul writing in the 2nd letter to the Thessalonians (chapter 2:1-12) that the day of our gathering together unto him, (Jesus Christ for the rapture) shall not come except there come a falling away first, and the man of sin be revealed, the son of perdition. He will come on the scene as a great man of much wisdom, a man looked upon by the world as one who has all the right answers to the problems facing mankind the world over. Apostasy will be gaining momentum on every hand, and because the people of these world systems have no love for the truth, God will send them strong delusion, that they should believe a lie and be damned. Paul was not saying that the bride would be here to go through the tribulation. He was simply stating that she would still be here on earth to see that beastly system rising up. Certainly we have been seeing this take place to some degree already. It just has not been introduced to the world yet. I wish to say to the reader, that the arrangement of the scriptures in which you are about to read are the true order of fulfillment. The Lord revealed to John the revelation in such a manner so that its message would not be understood until the time of the end. The first three chapters cover the seven church ages. The fourth and fifth chapters is when John is taken up into heaven, which is a type of the rapture or translation of the saints, that is to take place at the end of the seventh church age, which is the closing of the Grace Age to the Gentiles. The seventieth week of Daniel will start with the Jews. We notice also in the second and third chapters that the Lord Jesus himself mentioned the seven churches of Asia, in the order that each one would correspond to, in its respective age. Therefore there is no need to rearrange them as they are in order for fulfillment. The reader must also understand that the little season mentioned in the 5th Seal Revelation Ch. 6:11 is the last few years of the Laodicean church age starting some time between 1939-1945, and ending with the 70th week of Daniel being in fulfillment and this little season will probably not last any longer than a generation to fulfill the words of Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24:32-34. The sixth chapter records the first six seals that will be revealed on earth shortly before the grace age ends, by the Laodicean church age messenger who will be the Elijah spirit according to Malachi Ch. 4:5-6, (B part) and the angel messenger of Revelation Ch. 10:7. It is therefore with chapter six that I wish to start my work on the arrangements of the scriptures which are contained in the letter of Revelation. We are now living in that little season of time, therefore we know that the coming of the Lord Jesus is getting very close and we believe that soon the Anti-Christ will come on the scene and usher in the 70th week of Daniel Chapter 9:27.


SCRIPTURE ARRANGEMENT

Chapter 6:1-11


1-2 And I saw when the Lamb opened on of the Seals, and I heard, as it were the noise of thunder, One of the beast saying, Come and see. And I saw, and behold, a white horse; and he that sat on him had a bow; and a crown was given unto him; and he went forth conquering and to conquer.

Note: (This was the spirit of the anti-christ riding against the church at the closing of the first church age. See 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:7, also 1st John 4:1, 2nd John 1:7.)

3-4 And when he had opened the second seal, I heard the second beast say, come and see. And there went out another horse that was red; and power was given to him that sat there on to take peace from the earth. And that they should kill one another; and there was given unto him a great Sword.

Note: (This is the same Devil spirit trying to kill off the Christians. This was the age of Martyrdom. Compare Revelation Ch. 2:8-11.)

5 And when he had opened the third Seal, I heard the third beast say, Come and see, and I beheld, and lo a black horse; and he that sat on him had a pair of balances in his hand.

6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four beasts say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the oil and the wine.

Note: (This is the same Devil Spirit, anti-christ spirit in Roman Catholicism in the dark ages selling the word of God through church creeds and rituals. But could not touch the Holy Ghost. This brought spiritual death to mankind. Compare this to the fourth parable of Matthew Ch. 13:33. This brought the dark ages in world history.)

7-8 And when he had opened the fourth Seal, I heard the voice of the Fourth beast say, Come and see. And I looked and behold a pale horse; and his name that sat on him was Death, and Hell followed him. And power was given unto them over the fourth part of the earth, to kill with the sword, and with hunger, and with death, and with the beasts of the earth.

Note: (This is the same spirit of Anti-Christ part truth and part error Roman Catholicism & Protestantism merging together for the end False Unity – Apostate Christianity spoken by Paul in 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3. Compare to Revelation Ch. 13. Actually the fulfillment of this fourth seal will have its great climax at the end of the age as the world council of churches merge completely with Catholicism, therefore, it would be in order to move the fourth seal to a place between the fifth and sixth seal where it would coincide with Ch. 13:11-18 in fulfillment.)

9-10 And when he had opened the fifth Seal. I saw under the altar the souls of them that were slain for the word of God, and for the testimony which they held. And they cried with a loud voice, saying, How Long, O Lord, holy and true, dost thou not judge and avenge our blood on them that dwell on the earth?

11 And white robes were given unto everyone of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellow servants also and their brethren that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled.

Note: (There are the souls of the Jews, killed by Hitler during World War 2. The years of 1939-1945. This was done in order to get the Jews ready to go home to fulfill all prophecies and the 70th week of Daniel. It is during the time of this little season mentioned here in the fifth seal that God would send a prophet messenger to the gentile church, whose message would restore the gentile bride church back to the word of God. The Apostolic truth which is the faith of our fathers. His message would also close the grace age and complete the great mystery of God, which was hidden to the old testament prophets, but revealed to Paul. See Eph. Ch. 3:1-9, Col. 1:26-27. It is at this time that I want the reader of this work to study carefully. The sixth Seal is not to be in the number order as one would think. It belongs to the tribulation period. Because Christ comes under the sixth Seal. The events of the sixth Seal are the climax of all that takes place in the week of Daniel, this is when Christ comes with his saints, pouring out the wrath of God on this earth, which will bring an end t the reign of the beast system, also climax Armageddon and usher in the Millennium, therefore we must go from 6:11 to 8:1, which is the opening of the seventh seal and apply that to 10:1-11 to complete the portion dealing with the Gentiles before the week of Daniel can begin.)

Revelation Ch. 8:1

1 And when he had opened the seventh seal, there was silence in heaven about the space of half an hour.

Chapter 10:1-11

1 And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud; and a rainbow was upon his head, and his face was as it were the sun, and his feet as pillars of fire:

2 And he had in his hand a little book open; and he set his right foot upon the sea, and his left foot on the earth.

3 And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth; and when he had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices.

4 And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write; and I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not.

5 And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up his hand to heaven.

6 And sware by him that liveth forever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer.

7 But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.

8 And the voice which I heard from heaven spake unto me again, and said, Go and take the little book which is open in the hand of the angel which standeth upon the sea and upon the earth.

9 And when I went unto the angel, and said unto him, Give me the little book. And he said unto me, Take it, and eat it up; and it shall make thy belly bitter, but it shall be in thy mouth sweet as honey.

10 And I took the little book out of the angels hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey; and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.

11 And he said unto me, Thou must prophesy again before many peoples, and nations, and tongues, and kings.


HOURGLASS


Note: (The grace age ends with the events of Ch. 10 completing the mystery of God spoken of by Paul in Eph. Ch. 3. The next thing on the prophetic calender will be the opening of the week of time referred to in Daniel Ch. 9:27, which is a seven year period of time allotted to God’s dealing with the Jews. By this time the anti-christ which is the man of sin of 2 Thess. Ch. 2 will have been manifested to the world, and Rome will again be in power. The two prophets of Ch. 11:1-6 will be on the scene manifesting the events of Ch. 7:1-8, and Ch. 8:2-13. In the first two verses of Chapter 11, John is told to measure the temple, in 2 Thess. Ch. 2:4, the anti-christ is seen sitting in the temple as God, which lets us know that the temple will have to be built by then to fulfill this scripture.)

Revelation Chapter 11:1-6 (Read Zech. 4:11-14)

1 And there was given me a reed like unto a rod, and the angel stood saying, rise, and measure the temple of God, and the alter and them that worship therein.

2 But the court which is without the temple leave out, and measure it not, for it is given unto the Gentiles; and the holy city shall they tread under foot forty and two months.

3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and three score days, clothed in sackcloth.

4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlestick standing before the God of the earth.

5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies; and if any man hurt them, he must in this manner be killed.

6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy; and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will.

Chapter 7:1-17

1 And after these things I saw four angels standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.

2-3 And I saw another angel ascending from the east, having the seal of the living God; and he cried with a loud voice to the four angels, to whom it was given to hurt the earth and the sea, Saying, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our Gods in their foreheads.

4 And I heard the number of them which were sealed; and there were sealed a hundred and forty and four thousand of all the tribes of the children of Israel.

5 Of the tribes of Judah were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribes of Reuben were sealed twelve thousand, and of the tribe of Gad were sealed twelve thousand.

6 Of the tribe of Asher were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Nepthalim were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Manasses were sealed twelve thousand.

7-8 Of the tribe of Simeon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Levi were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Issachar were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe Zabulon were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Joseph were sealed twelve thousand, of the tribe of Benjamin were sealed twelve thousand.

Note: (These are tribulation saints killed by the beast, consisting of Jews and Gentile foolish virgins.)

9-10 After this I beheld, and lo a great multitude, which no man could number, of all nations, and kindreds, and people and tongues, stood before the throne, and before the Lamb clothed with white robes. And palms in their hands, and cried with a loud voice, saying, salvation to our God which sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.

11 And all the angels stood round the throne, and about the elders and the four beasts, and fell before the throne on their faces, and worshipped God.

12 Saying Amen: Blessing, and glory, and wisdom, and thanksgiving, and honor, and power, and might, be unto our God forever and ever. Amen.

13 And one of the elders answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in white robes? and whence came they?

14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of great tribulation, and have washed their robes, and made them white in the blood of the Lamb.

15 Therefore are they before the throne of God, and serve him day and night in his temple: and he that sitteth on the throne shall dwell among them.

16 They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more; neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat.

17 For the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them unto living fountains of waters: and God shall wipe away all tears from their eyes.

Note: (the seven angels with their trumpets bring judgment to Israel. The conditions brought about by the first three angels sounding is the plagues which the two prophets will plague Israel with during the first three and one half years.)

Chapter 8:2-13

2 And I saw seven angels which stood before God; and to them were given seven trumpets.

3 And another angel came and stood at the altar, having a golden censer; and there was given unto him much incense, that he should offer it with the prayers of all saints upon the golden altar which was before the throne.

4 And the smoke of the incense, which came with the prayers of the saints, ascended up before God out of the angel’s hand.

5 and the angel took the censer, and filed it with fire of the altar; and cast it into the earth: and there were voices, and thunderings, and lightnings, and an earthquake.

6 And the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared themselves to sound.

7 The first angel sounded, and there followed hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the earth; and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green grass was burnt up.

Note:(This is the result of the heavens being shut, that it rain not. This is the ministry of Elijah.)

8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood;


TIME OF GREAT PLAGUES BEGIN


9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died, and the third part of the ships were destroyed.

Note: (This is a sign of the Moses ministry, as seen back in Exodus, when God sent him to Pharaoh.)

10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers; and upon the fountains of waters;

11 And the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third part of the waters became wormwood: and many men died of the waters, because they were made bitter.

Note: (This is one of the great plagues that Moses & Elijah will smith the earth with. These plagues will occur in the middle East.)

12 And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third part of the stars. So as the third part of them was darkened, and the day shone note for a third part of it, and the night likewise.

Note: (This is the sign of the anti-christ, the middle of Daniels 70th week has arrived.)

13 And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, woe, woe, woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to sound!


THE ANTI-CHRIST BREAKS HIS COVENANT


Note: (He breaks his covenant with Israel. See Daniel Ch. 9:27 also Daniel Ch. 12. This marks the middle of the week of Daniel. It is at this time, which starts the 42 month of Revelation Ch. 13, also the times-times-dividing of times of Daniel Ch. 7 also a time of trouble known as the abomination that maketh desolate referred to by Jesus in Matthew Ch. 24. It is at this time that the great tribulation starts, also the time of Jacob’s trouble. Jeremiah Ch. 30)


LOCUSTS IN SCRIPTURE REPRESENT DESTRUCTIVE ENEMIES


Note: (The first woe goes into effect, as the bottomless pit is opened. Hell is turned loose on earth. Evil is allowed to have its way. As Satan becomes the Spirit that rules in full force.)

Chapter 9:1-12

1 And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from heaven unto the earth: and to him was given the key of the bottomless pit.

2 And he opened the bottomless pit; and there arose a smoke out of the pit; as the smoke of a great furnace; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the smoke of the pit.

3-4 And there came out of the smoke, locusts upon the earth and unto them was given power, as the scorpions of the earth have power. And it was commanded them that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any green thing, neither any tree, but only those men which have not the seal of God in their foreheads.

5 And to them it was given that they should not kill them, but that they should be tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment of a scorpion, when he striketh a man.

6-7 And in those days shall men seek death, and shall not find it, and shall desire to die, and death shall flee from them. And the shapes of the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle, and on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their faces were as the faces of men.

8-9 And they had hair as the hair of women, and their teeth were as teeth of lions. They had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron, and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of many horses running to battle.

10 And they had tails like unto scorpions, and there were stings in their tails, and their power was to hurt men five months.

11 And they had a king over them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue hath his name Apollyon.

Note: THE FIRST WOE IS NOW HAVING ITS EFFECT.

12 One woe is past; and behold, there come two woes more hereafter.

Note: (The second woe is the killing of the two prophets, which is done by the Anti-Christ, who is the beast man, of Revelations Ch. 13, also the man of sin, 2nd Thess. Ch. 2:3-4, also the little prince of Daniel Ch. 9:26.)

Note: (The three woes go into effect at the same time; all are conditions brought on by Satan & the Anti-Christ, starting in the middle of Daniels seventieth week. As the great Roman beast system comes back into power the healing of the head is the restoration of Papal power back to the Pope. This pope will possess all the powers that the popes did in the 10, 11, 12, 13, 14th centuries. But was wounded by the reformation.)

Note: (THE KILLING OF THE TWO PROPHETS AT THE MIDDLE OF THE WEEK IS THE 2ND WOE.)

Chapter 11:7-14

7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them.

8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified.

9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and a half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves.

10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth.

11 And after three days and a half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them, which saw them.

12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.

13 And the same hour was there a great earthquake, and the tenth part of the city fell, and in the earthquake were slain of men seven thousand; and the remnant were affrighted; and gave glory to the God of heaven.

14 The second woe is past; and behold the third woe cometh quickly.

Chapter 13:1-18

1 And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and saw a beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads the name of blasphemy.

2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.

3 And I saw one of heads as it were wounded to death; and his deadly wound was healed: and all the world wondered after the beast.

4 And they worshipped the dragon which gave power unto the beast: and they worshipped the beast saying, Who is like unto the beast? Who is able to make war with him?

5 And there was given unto him a mouth speaking great things and blasphemies; and power was given unto him to continue forty and two months.

6 And he opened his mouth in blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name, and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven.

7 And it was given unto him to make war with the saints, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not written in the book of life of the Lamb slain from the foundation of the world.

9 If any man have an ear, let him hear.

10 He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and faith of the saints.

11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a Lamb, and he spake as a dragon.

12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,

14 And he deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.

15 And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.

16 And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads.

17 And that no man might buy or sell, save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or the number of his name.

18 Here is wisdom. Let him that hath understanding count the number of the beast: for it is the number of a man; and his number is Six hundred threescore and six.


SIX, SIX, SIX, THE SOON TO COME-MARK OF THE BEAST


six six six the mark of the beastNote:(The third woe is the persecution of Israel during the last half of the week. But God gives her a hiding place for that space of time. The two wings of an eagle are the 2 messages of the prophets that she was warned by during the first half of the week. We have placed Chapter 13 ahead of Chapter 12 for in it we see the beast rising to power and the image coming up to join with the first beast for the persecution and mass slaughter of all who will not take the mark and fall in line with that system. In Ch. 12:6 we see the woman fleeing the wrath of this beast, and 12:11 Jews and foolish virgins being martyred.)

Chapter 12:1-17

1 And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars;

2 And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered.

3 And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads.

4 And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born.

5 And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child, was caught up unto God, and to his throne.

Note: (The Grace Age falls in here between the resurrection of Jesus and the seventieth week.)

6 And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

7 And there was war in heaven: Michael and his angels fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels.

8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in heaven.

9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.

10 And I heard a loud voice saying in heaven, Now is come salvation, and strength, and the kingdom of our God, and the power of his Christ: for the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused them before our God day and night.

11 And they overcame him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death.

12 Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for the devil is come down unto you having great wrath, because he knoweth that he hath but a short time.

13 And when the dragon saw that he was cast into the earth, he persecuted the woman which brought forth the man child.

14 And to the woman were given two wings of a great eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness, into her place, where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.

15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman that he might cause her to be carried away of the flood.

16 And the earth helped the woman, and the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast out of his mouth.

17 And the dragon was wroth with the woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus Christ.

Note: (In Chapter 12:1 we see a picture of Israel, (the woman,) showing in one panoramic view the nation all the way through her law age and over into her Millennial glory with Christ. Verses 2-5 show her impregnated with the prophecies of her ancient prophets concerning a man child, (Christ) who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron also a great dragon ready to devour the child once he is born. This was the devil incorporated in the old Roman Empire which crucified Christ and caused him to be caught up unto God when he was resurrected, Verse 5. The grace age fits in between Verses 5 and 6, then Verse 6 brings us back to the middle of the week of Daniel where the woman is seen fleeing into the place where God has prepared her for the next 42 months.)

Note: (The sounding of the sixth angel sets loose conditions in the middle east, which prepares for Armageddon that will be fought in the end of the week.)

Chapter 9:13-21

13 And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from the four horns of the golden altar which is before God,

14 Saying to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates.

15 And the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part of men.

16 And the number of the army of the horsemen were to hundred thousand thousand: and I heard the number of them.

17 And thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone: and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone.

18 By these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their mouths.

19 For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails: for their tails were like serpents, and had heads, and with them they do hurt.

20 And the rest of the men which were not killed by theses plagues yet repented not of the works of their hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither can see, nor hear, nor walk:

21 Neither repented they of their murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication, nor of their thefts.

Note: (The 144,000 will preach the last gospel ever to be preached to the world. They will preach judgment to Catholicism and condemn Atheism and materialism. The effects are in the following scriptures.)


THE LAMB AND HIS COMPANY


Chapter 14:1-12

1 And I looked, and, lo a Lamb stood on the Mount Sion, and with him a hundred forty and four thousand, having his Father’s name written in their foreheads.

2 And I heard a voice from heaven, as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of a great thunder; and I heard the voice of harpers harping with their harps:

3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne, and before the four beasts, and the elders; and no man could learn that song but the hundred and forty and four thousand, which were redeemed from the earth.

4 These were they which were not defiled with women; for they are virgins. These are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. These were redeemed from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb.

5 And in their mouth was found no guile: for they are without fault before the throne of God.

6 And I saw another angel fly in the midst of heaven, having the everlasting gospel to preach unto them that dwell on the earth, and to every nation, and kindred, and tongue, and people,

7 Saying with a loud voice, Fear God, and give glory to him; for the hour of his judgment is come: and worship him that made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and the fountains of waters.

8 And there followed another angel, saying, Babylon is fallen, is fallen, that great city, because she made all nations drink of the wine of the wrath of her fornication.

9 And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, if any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand,

10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:

11 And the smoke of their torment ascendeth up forever and ever: and they have no rest day nor night, who worship the beast and his image, and whosoever receiveth the mark of his name.

12 Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.

13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth; Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.

Note: (The preaching of the 144,000 Jews will condemn the commercial system of Catholicism. The bride of Jesus Christ cannot be doing this, for when this is taking place on earth she will be in heaven.)

Chapter 18:1-24

1 And after these things I saw another angel come down from heaven, having great power; and the earth was lightened with his glory.

Note: (The Doom of Babylon)

2 And he cried mightily with a strong voice, saying, Babylon the great is fallen, is fallen, and is become the habitation of devils, and the hold of every foul spirit, and a cage of ever unclean and hateful bird.

3 For all nations have drunk of the wine of the wrath of her fornication, and the kings of the earth have committed fornication with her, and the merchants of the earth are waxed rich through the abundance of her delicacies.

4 And I heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye receive not of her plagues.

5 For her sins have reached unto heaven, and God hath remembered her iniquities.

6 Reward her even as she rewarded you, and double unto her double according to her works: in the cup which she hath filled fill to her double.

7 How much she hath glorified herself, and lived deliciously, so much torment and sorrow give her: for she saith in her hearth, I sit a queen, and am no widow, and shall see no sorrow.

8 Therefore shall her plagues come in one day, death, and mourning, and famine; and she shall be utterly burned with fire; for strong is the Lord God who judgeth her.

9 And the kings of the earth who have committed fornication and lived deliciously with her, shall bewail her, and lament for her, when they shall see the smoke of her burning.

10 Standing afar off for the fear of her torment, saying, Alas, alas, that great city Babylon, that mighty city! for in one hour is thy judgment come.

11 And the merchants of the earth shall weep and mourn over her; for no man buyeth their merchandise any more;

12 The merchandise of gold, and silver, and precious stones, and of pearls, and fine linen, and purple, and silk, and scarlet, and all thyine wood, and all manner vessels of ivory, and all manner vessels of most precious wood, and of brass, and iron, and marble,

13 And cinnamon, and odours, and ointments, and frankincense, and wine, and oil, and fine flour, and wheat, and beasts, and sheep, and horses, and chariots, and slaves, and souls of men.

14 And the fruits that thy soul lusted after are departed from thee, and all things which were dainty and goodly are departed from thee, and thou shalt find them no more at all.

15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing.

16 And saying, Alas, alas, that great city, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!

17 For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,

18 And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like unto this great city!

19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that great city, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! for in one hour is she made desolate.

20 Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles and prophets: for God hath avenged you on her.

21 And a mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall the great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.

22 And the voice of harpers, and musicians, and of pipers, and trumpeters, shall be heard no more at all in thee; and no craftsman, of whatsoever craft he be, shall be found any more in thee; and the sound of a millstone shall be heard no more at all in thee:

23 And the light of a candle shall shine no more at all in thee; and the voice of the bridegroom and of the bride shall be heard no more at all in thee: for thy merchants were the great men of the earth; for by thy sorceries were all nations deceived.

24 And in her was found the blood of prophets, and of saints, and of all that were slain upon the earth.


DISOBEDIENCE


Note:(This is a picture of the World Best system headed up under Old Rome, the pope being the Main of Sin-the Anti-Christ-the false prince-with Catholicism riding on its back. Ready to be destroyed by the 10 horned nations of Europe, the territory of the old Roman Empire. As the week of Daniel comes to a close, the political forces of these nations will turn to communism and destroy Catholicism, to fulfill the word of God, (Rev. 17:16) We have placed the 18th chapter ahead of chapter 17, for in it we see the 144,000 who started their ministry in the 14th Chapter continuing to condemn that beast system, calling for the people of God to come out of her and escape the plagues that are to come upon her. Chapter 17 identifies her and shows her destruction as far as her spiritual identity when she is swallowed up by communism in the 16th Verse. Both of these chapters are placed ahead of Chapter 16, for it is the one that shows the wrath of God being poured out upon all of that ungodly mess that is left. The seventh vial of Ch. 16, is the literal coming of Christ to earth for the windup of it all, therefore we must insert Chapter 15, which shows the martyred saints from the great tribulation, both Jews and Gentile foolish virgins, also the 14th Chapter 14-20, which announces the time for Christ to come and thrust in his sickle. At this time we can return to Chapter 6:12-17 for this is the sixth seal which has its fulfillment when Christ comes in Ch. 16, but just ahead of Chapter 16, we will insert Ch. 11:15-19, where we see the seventh angel announcing the end by saying the kingdoms of this world have become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ, and he shall reign forever and ever. After Chapter 16, Chapters 19-22 will have their fulfillment in the order that they are written in the Bible.)

Chapter 17:1-18

1 And there came one of the seven angels which had seven vials and talked with me, saying unto me, Come hither; I will shew unto thee the judgment of the great whore that sitteth upon many waters:

2 With whom the kings of the earth have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornication.

3 So he carried me away in the spirit into the wilderness: and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet coloured beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and ten horns.

4 And the woman was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abominations and filthiness of her fornication:

5 And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS, AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

6 And I saw the woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the blood of the martyrs of Jesus: and when I saw her, I wondered with great admiration.

7 And the angel said unto me, Wherefore dist thou marvel? I will tell the mystery of the woman, and of the beast that carrieth her, which hath the seven heads and ten horns.

8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet it.

9 And here is the mind which hath wisdom. The seven heads are seven mountains on which the woman sitteth.

10 And there are seven kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.

11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the seven, and goeth into perdition.

12 And the ten horns which thou saweth are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet: but receive power as kings one hour with the beast.

13 These have one mind, and shall give their power and strength unto the beast.

14 These shall make war with the Lamb, and the Lamb shall overcome them: for He is Lord of lords, and King of kings: and they that are with him are called, and chosen, and faithful.

15 And he saith unto me, The waters which thou saweth, where the whore sitteth are peoples, and multitudes, and nations, and tongues.

16 And the ten horns which thou sawest upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn her with fire.

17 For God hath put in their hearts to fulfill his will, and to agree, and give their kingdom unto the beast, until the words of God shall be fulfilled.

18 And the woman which thou sawest in that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.

Note: (As the week of Daniel begins to come to the close, this is the spirits of tribulation saints now in heaven. Jewish and Gentile having been martyred on earth by the Anti-Christ.)

Chapter 15:1-8

1 And I saw another sign in heaven, great and marvelous, seven angels having the seven last plagues; for in them is filled up the wrath of God.

2 And I saw as it were a sea of glass mingled with fire: and them that had gotten the victory over the beast, and over his image, and over his mark, and over the number of his name, stand on the sea of glass, having the harps of God.

3 And they sing the song of Moses the servant of God, and the song of the Lamb, saying, Great and marvelous are thy works, Lord God Almighty; just and true are thy ways, thou King of saints.

4 Who shall not fear thee, O Lord, and glorify thy name? for thou only art holy: for all nations shall come and worship before thee; for thy judgments are made manifest.

5 And after that I looked, and, behold, the temple of the tabernacle of the testimony in heaven was opened:

6 And the seven angels came out of the temple, having the seven plagues, clothed in pure and white linen, and having their breasts girded with golden girdles.

7 And one of the four beasts gave unto the seven angels seven golden vials full of the wrath of God, who liveth forever and ever.

8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of God, and from his power; and no man was able to enter into the temple, till the seven plagues of the seven angels were fulfilled.

Note: (The 70th week of Daniel is now drawing to a close, the man of sin has fulfilled his elected time of 42 month. The Devil has been worshiped through hi false peace system, the ear is red with the blood of martyred saints. The Lord Jesus in heaven is preparing for the windup of Armageddon, the fact that he has a golden crown shows that He is now King of kings, and His bride is in heaven with Him.)

Chapter 14:14-20

14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the Son of man, having on his head a golden crown, and in his hand a sharp sickle.

15 And another angel came out of the temple, crying with a loud voice to him that sat on the cloud, Thrust in thy sickle, and reap: for the time is come for thee to reap; for the harvest of the earth is ripe.

16 And he that sat on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth; and the earth was reaped.

17 And another angel came out of the temple which is in heaven, he also having a sharp sickle.

18 And another angel came out from the altar, which had power over fire; and cried with a loud cry to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, Thrust in thy sharp sickle, and gather the clusters of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

19 And the angel thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the great winepress of the wrath of God.

20 And the winepress was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the winepress, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.


ANCIENT WINEPRESS


Ancient WinepressNote: (The sixth Seal closes the tribulation and ushers in the Day of the Lord, Isaiah Ch. 13, Matthew Ch. 24, See Joel; The Sixth Seal announces Wrath.)

Chapter 6:12-17

12 And I beheld when he had opened the sixth seal, and, lo, there was a great earthquake; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

15 And the kings of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks of the mountains;

16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb:

17 For the great day of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?

Note: (It is the seventh angel that announces the end. By saying the Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of our Lord, he also announces the wrath of God.)

Chapter 11:15-19

15 And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he shall reign forever and ever.

16 And the four and twenty elders, which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces, and worshipped God,

17 Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord God Almighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou hast taken to thee thy great power, and hast reigned.

18 And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and the time of the dead, that they should be judged, and that thou shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets, and to the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great; and shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth.

19 And the temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in his temple the ark of his testament: and there were lightnings, and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great hail.

Note: (Now starts the day of His wrath which shall fulfill all things ever spoken of by the prophets of Old or the apostles of the New Testament.)

Chapter 16:1-21

1 And I heard a great voice out of the temple saying to the seven angels, Go your ways, and pour out the vials of the wrath of God upon the earth.

2 And the first went, and poured out his vial upon the earth; and there fell a noisome and grievous sore upon the men which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.

3 And the second angel poured out his vial upon the sea; and it became as the blood of a dead man: and every living soul died in the sea.

4 And the third angel poured out his vial upon the rivers and fountains of waters; and they became blood.

5 And I heard the angel of the waters say, Thou art righteous, O Lord, which art, and wast, and shalt be, because thou hast judged thus.

6 For they have shed the blood of saints and prophets, and thou hast given them blood to drink; for they are worthy.

7 And I heard another out of the altar say, Even so, Lord God Almighty, true and righteous are thy judgments.

8 And the fourth angel poured out his vial upon the sun; and power was given unto him to scorch men with fire.

9 And men were scorched with great heat, and blasphemed the name of God, which hath power over these plagues: and they repented not to give him glory.

10 And the fifth angel poured out his vial upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,

11 And blasphemed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, and repented not of their deeds.

12 And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.

13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet.

14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day of God Almighty.

15 Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, and they see his shame.

16 And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.

17 And the seventh angel poured out his vial into the air; and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, It is done.

18 And there were voices, and thunders, and lightnings; and there was a great earthquake, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so mighty an earthquake, and so great.

19 And the great city was divided into three parts, and the cities of the nations fell: and great Babylon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup of the wine of the fierceness of his wrath.

20 And every island fled away, and the mountains were not found.

21 And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.


FROGS


Chapter 19:1-21

1 And after these things I heard a great voice of much people in heaven, saying, Alleluia; Salvation, and glory, and honour, and power, unto the Lord our God:

2 For true and righteous are his judgments: for he hath judged the great whore, which did corrupt the earth with her fornication, and hath avenged the blood of his servants at her hand.

3 And again they said, Alleluia. And her smoke rose up forever and ever.

4 And the four and twenty elders and the four beasts fell down and worshipped God that sat on the throne, saying, Amen; Alleluia.

5 And a voice came out of the throne, saying, Praise our God, all ye his servants, and ye that fear him, both small and great.

6 And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.

7 Let us be glad and rejoice, and give honour to him: for the marriage of the Lamb is come, and his wife hath made herself ready.

8 And to her was granted that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and white: for the fine linen is the righteousness of saints.

9 And he saith unto me, Write, Blessed are they which are called unto the marriage supper of the Lamb. And he saith unto me, These are the true sayings of God.

10 And I fell at his feet to worship him. And he said unto me, See thou do it not: I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren that have the testimony of Jesus: worship God: for the testimony of Jesus is the spirit of prophecy.

11 And I saw heaven opened, and behold a white horse; and he that sat upon him was called Faithful and True, and in righteousness he doth judge and make war.

12 His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.

13 And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God.

14 And the armies which were in heaven followed him upon white horses, clothed in fine linen, white and clean.

15 And out of his mouth goeth a sharp sword, that with it he should smite the nations: and he shall rule them with a rod of iron: and he treadeth the winepress of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God.

16 And he hath on his vesture and on his thigh a name written, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS.

17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a loud

voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the supper of the great God;

18 That ye may eat the flesh of kings, and the flesh of captains, and the flesh of mighty men, and the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great.

19 And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together to make war against him that sat on the horse, and against his army.

20 And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone.

21 And the remnant were slain with the sword of him that sat upon the horse, which sword proceeded out of his mouth: and all the fowls were filled with their flesh.